LIBRARY CALIFORNIA iANt BJ0RNSTJERNE Bj0RNso\ IN 1904 23j0rnfon's Solbaffcn EDITED WITH INTRODUCTION, NOTES AND VOCABULART BY GEORGE T. FLOM, A. M., PH. D. PROFESSOR OF SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES AND ACTING PROFESSOR OF ENGLISH PHILOLOGY STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA CHICAGO, U. S. A. JOHN ANDERSON & CO., PUBLISHERS 11 COPYRIGHT, 1905, BY JOHN ANDERSON PUBLISHING Co. PREFACE. This book is the first American edition of a Norwegian text for school or college use. The want of such an edition of a text suitable for first year reading has been felt for a long time by teachers of the Scandinavian languages both in this country and in England. Modern language instruction has since the early nineties included the modern Scandinavian tongues as elective and graduate study in practically all the chief universities of the country and in the West in many smaller colleges .* The difficulties with which the teacher of those languages has had to contend may be realized when it is said that down to 1892 there were practically no helps at hand for the study of either Norwegian or Danish. 1 In 1892 ap- peared J. Y. Sargent's Grammar of the Dano -Norwegian Lan- guage, Oxford, England. Since then have been published P. Groth's Dano -Norwegian Grammar, New York, 1894, and J. E. Olson's Norwegian Grammar and Reader, -Chicago, 189S. No text edition of a Norwegian writer has heretofore been published. 3 It is believed that the present edition will therefore supply an actual and urgent need, and the editor sincerely hopes that it may do something toward facilitating the study of the Norwegian language in this country. iScandinavian was first introduced as a university study in this country in iSjq. See article by me entitled ''Nordiske Stvdier i amerikanske Unrversite- ter" in America (Madison, Wis.) for September, 1898. 2For Swedish there existed e. g. May's Grammar, which Is so full of blunders, however, as to be practically useless. Nor has any as yet appeared of a Danish or Swedish text. iv PREFACE. Nothing in the modern literature of Norway is so suited to early reading in a course in Norwegian as Bjornson's peasant stories. The language is simple, the sentences are short-cut and clear, they contain an abundance of characteristic idioms and turns of expression, and they offer the student the best of opportunity for acquiring the vocabulary of every-day col- loquial speech. Bjornson's style is nowhere more natural and more charming ; there is not in the whole range of Norwegian literature anything that reproduces so superbly the peculiar genius of the Norwegian language. Almost any one of the peasant stories might have been selected. However, none of the others occupies such an interesting place in literary history as Synnove Solbakken. None of the others perhaps either has appealed so to English readers. Investigation also shows that Synnove Solbakken has in this country been almost uni- versally read in a first year's course in the language, frequently along with Bjornson's Smaastykker and a work from some other Norwegian writer. This edition has been prepared specifically with a view to the needs of the beginner in the language. As regards method it may be suggested that the book should be taken early in connection with the grammar. Norwegian inflexional forms are exceedingly simple, much more so than Swedish, infinitely more so than German or even French. It is believed that after about a dozen lessons covering the broad facts of the language, the finer distinctions in the pronunciation of the cultured speech of Norway, the morphological, syntactical and idiomatic peculiarities of the language as differing from English can best be and should be taught in connection with the reading of the text before one. The notes have been pre- pared with this in view ; they are explanatory where real diffi- PREFACE. V culties exist; they are often intended also merely to call the student's attention to some characteristic of the language which, because it differs from English, he should not fail to notice. The text has been normalized in accordance with J. Aars' Norske Retskrivningsregler med alfabetisk Ordliste, 14th edi- tion, 1900, and Aars, Hofgaard and Moe's Om en Del Ret- skrivnings- og Sprogsporgsmaal; Redcgjdrclsc til del kongclige Dcpartement for Kirke- og Undervisningsvzzsenet, 1898. The vocabulary is intended to be complete for all the meanings found in the text (but see Explanatory Note p. 163) In the introduction I have thought it desirable to discuss Bjorn- son's life merely down to the time represented by our story, En glad Gut and Arne. For a detailed discussion of Bjornson's life and writings the student may be referred to Chr. Collin's great and scholarly work on the poet entitled Bjornstjcrne Bjornson, now in the process of publication, and to which I am indebted for many facts in the introduction. Collin's work is truly epoch-making and will hereafter be indispensable to every student of Bjorn- son. I also acknowledge obligations to Jaeger's excellent Norsk Literaturhistorie and to a thoroughly appreciative study of Bjornson by William Morton Payne in The International Quarterly for 1903. 1 In the preparation of the notes Hof- gaard's Norsk Grammatik til Skolebrug, 39te Tusende, 1898, and Fdlk and Torp's Dansk-Norskcns Syntax i historisk Fremstilling have been of much use to me. Other works to lOf the extensive BjOrnson literature I may here mention also: Just Bing, "Ja, vi elsker dette Lanclet", pp. 1-22 in Norske Digte og Digtere, Christlania, 1898; H. H. Boyeson, Essays on Scandinavian Literature, New York, 1895 (pp. 1-104 are on BjOrnson); and the article on Bjfirnson in N. Rolfsen's Norske Digtere. Vi PREFACE. which I am indebted are listed on page 160 of this book. Es- pecially must I mention here Poestion's excellent little Lchr- buch der Norwegischen Sprache, 2te Auflage, 1900 (Die Kunst der Polyglottie, 28ster Teil). Other works not mentioned which should be in the hands of every teacher of Norwegian are Falk and Torp's Dansk-Norskcns Lydhistoric, Christiania, 1898 ; Hofgaard's, Omrids af Lydlseren, Christiania, 1890 ; Otto Jespersen's Fonetik, Copenhagen 1897-1899 ; A. B. Larsen's Oversigt over de norske Bygdemaal, Christiania, 1898 ; Jacob Lokke's Modersmaalcts Formlxre, Christiania, 1855 ; Johan Storm's Om Tonefaldct i de skandinviske Sprog, 1874 ; also the same author's "Norsk Lyclskrift med Omrids af Fonetiken" in Norvegia I; "Ibsen og det norske Sprog" in Henrik Ibsen, Festkrift, Bergen, 1898 ; Aug. Western's Norske Ret- skrivningsordlister, 4th edition, Christiania, 1887, and Kr. Mik- kelsen's Dansk Sproglxre, Copenhagen, 1893, Poestion's Lehr- buch der Schwcdischen Sprache and his D'dnische Sprache. For supplementary study or continued reading in the language J. Brynildsen's Norsk-Engclsk Ordbog, Chrvstiania, 1892, is to be recommended to the student. This contains the native idioms and specifically Norwegian forms and words which are found in such large numbers in Bjornson, Ibsen and Lie. A Larsen's Dansk-Norsk Engclsk Ordbog, 3rd ed., Copenhagen, 1897, so excellent for Danish is rather deficient for Norwegian. As suitable reading to follow Synnove Solbakken may be sug- gested, besides any of the peasant stories, Bjornson's En Fallit and Geogran og Kjxrlighed, Kielland's Novcllctter and Skip- per Worse, Lie's Fortxllinger og Skildringer fra Norge and Den Fremsynte or any of the later social dramas of Ibsen, preferably perhaps En Folkcficnde, Samfundcts Stotter, Et PREFACE. vli Dukkehjem and John Gabriel Borkman. Of Ibsen's dramas Brand and Peer Gynt offer the greatest difficulties to the for- eigner. With the sincere hope that this book will meet with a fav- orable reception and that it may do something toward pro- moting the study of the Norwegian language in this country the editor submits it to the consideration of the teacher and others who are interested in that study. GEORGE T. FLOM. The State University of Iowa. August, 1905. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Introduction _..-.. XI Text and Notes 1 Works referred to in the Notes 161 Abbreviations 163 Vocabulary 169 List of Strong and Irregular Verbs 201 ILLUSTRATIONS Bjernstjerne Bjernson, frontispiece. Bjergan Parsonage, opposite page XII. Nsesset Parsonage in Romsdal, opposite page XII. Bjernson in 1854, opposite page XX. Bjernson in 1875, opposite page XXIV. Aulestad in Gausdal, Bjernson's Home, opposite page XXX. INTRODUCTION SKETCH OF BJORNSON'S LIFE DOWN TO 1860. In Bjornstjerne Bjornson the Norwegian national char- acter finds its most typical living expression. In him are united in a higher degree than in anyone else those essential traits that go to make up the genius of the nation. Though known to the English speaking world chiefly as a writer, Bjornson has always taken an active interest in the affairs of his country. No one has held a more prominent place in the political history of Norway in his time or has had a greater influence upon the intellectual development of the country. In versatility of genius and variety of achieve- ments contemporary Scandinavia does not offer his equal. Lyric poet, novelist and orator, he stands without a peer in all, while as a dramatist most will perhaps accord him a place second only to his great compatriot Henrik Ibsen. In the collective influence exerted on his age in his own country he far outranks any of his contemporaries. He is the nation's chief representative ; he is the great Norwegian of the century. Bjornstjerne Bjornson was born of the parents Peder and Elise Bjornson at the old parsonage of Bj organ in Kvikne parish in Osterdalen on the eighth of December, 1832. Kvikne lies high up in the Dovre Mountains secluded and removed from the outer world. In the autobiographical sketch entitled xi xii INTRODUCTION Blakken, written in 1868, the author gives us the following picture of Bjorgan parsonage: "the place lay so high that grain did not grow there; the cold was such that I did not dare to touch the latch of the street door, because my fingers smarted on the iron. My father who was born near the Rands- fjord, and therefore well hardened to cold, had to wear a mask before his face as a protection against the cold when driving to the distant annex. The snow often lay even with the second story in the large dwelling, while the smaller houses of the place were buried entirely, hills, bushes and fences levelled. .. .so that the whole country lay like an ocean of snow." In this inaccessible region there was little inter- course with the rest of the world ; primitive notions had not been modified much by modern culture. The men of Kvikne bore a bad reputation for unruliness in those days, and the minister, who was at the same time to a certain extent the guardian of law and order, had no easy task. The last minis- ter had fled from the parish and refused to return and Bjorgan had been without a pastor many years when Peder Bjornson was appointed to the charge because "it was believed that he would be able to manage a boat in a storm." On one oc- casion the champion fighter of the district appeared in the minister's study; but when he wanted to teach the minister the ways of the district he fo\md to his terror that the min- ister first wanted to teach him his way; the minister promptly threw the champion down the stairs after which he was never again interfered with in the exercise of his duties. As a child at Bjorgan, Bjornson tells us in the sketch re- ferred to, his playmates were Blakken, the family horse, a dog that taught him to steal sugar, a pig which he tried to teach how to eat out of a spoon, but which always insisted on eating Bj0HGAN PAHSOXAGE \VHKKK BJ<>K\S<>\ \v.\s BORN N/ESSET PARSONAGE IN ROMSDAI. INTRODUCTION xiii the spoon, and last a cat, that unexpectedly had appeared in the kitchen one day. Whenever the horse Blakken fol- lowed his mother out into the field, the dog, the pig, the cat and little Bjornson were companions at home. When Bjornson was six years old his father was trans- ferred to Nsesset parish in Romsdal, one of the most pictur- esque spots in Norway. "Here in Nsesset parish," writes he in the same sketch, "one of the most beautiful estates in the country, as it lies there broad-bosomed between two con- fluent fjords, with the green mountains above, waterfall and farmsteads on the opposite shore, waving fields and life farther down in the valley, and out along the fjord mountains with promontory after promontory jutting out into the sea, and a large estate on each here in Naesset parish, where I might stand of an evening looking at the play of sunlight over mountain and fjord, until I wept as if I had done something wrong, and where I, when going down into the valley on my skis, suddenly might stop as if spell-bound by a beauty and a longing which it was beyond my power to explain, but which was so strong that immediately upon the highest ecstasy of joy I might feel the deepest confinement and distress, here in Nsesset parish grew my impressions, but one of the live* liest is the one I have of Blakken." In these surroundings Bjornson passed the first twelve years of his life. The vividness with which the man of thirty- six describes the two homes of his childhood shows what a profound impression these extremes of nature left upon the mind of the boy. The savagery of Dovre, which lay reflected in its inhabitants, had left a very definite imprint upon his mind. As a child, he says, he had often stood upon the table xiv INTRODUCTION in the kitchen looking down into the valley longing to go there. It is undoubtedly, however, the nature of Romsdal that has had the greatest influence upon him. To it is due in a considerable degree the gentler note that runs through all his early pictures of peasant life. It is the genial Naesset that we meet again in his first tale Synndvc Solbakkcn. 1 But Bjornson mingled much with the peasants in Romsdal and he learned to know them and their life thoroughly ; he saw that even in Romsdal the peasant's life was one of hard toil for which he reaped but scant reward. It is clear that this acquaintance with the peasant in his daily work must have safeguarded Bjornson against that hyper-romantic idealization of the peasant which was the chief mark of the literature of the time. In 1844 Bjornson was matriculated at Molde School, where he remained until 1849, from his twelfth to his seventeenth year. Bjornson did not distinguish himself in his studies ; he disliked the confinement of the school-room, and the strict regulations according to which the school was governed were distasteful to his nature. In the poem Gamle Heltberg he has characterized Molde School in not very favorable terms in the following stanza: Jeg gik paa en liden meget pyntelig Skole, paa hvilken baade Kirke og Stat kunde stole. Den dreied helt stilfaerdig i Stats-maskineriet, og skjont det kunde hores paa Hjule-knirkeriet, at sjaelden den smurtes av Aandens Talg, Saa var paa hine Kanter slet intet Valg: Vi maatte gaa der, til vi blev store. Jeg gik der ogsaa, men laeste Snorre. iThe severe Norwegian nature was first introduced into Norwegian literature by Ilenrik Ibsen in Brand in 1864. INTRODUCTION xv At the age of thirteen Bjornson started a handwritten paper among the students at Molde, to which he gave the high- sounding title "Liberty." In this students' paper he wrote several poems, but none of these earliest literary efforts have been preserved. Bjornson read much at Molde. From the first he became acquainted with the popular tales of Asbjorn- son, and he read the romances of Walter Scott and the comedies of Ludvig Holberg. He seems early to have liked the Danish poet Oehlenschlager, and particularly his moderni- zations of the Old Norse myths and heroic stories. But his special favorite among modern writers was undoubtedly Henrik Wergeland. Of the early literature of Norway he now became acquainted with Snorre, whose King's Sagas of Norway in the translation of Jakob Aal soon came to have a fascination for him to the exclusion of almost everything else. Through them Bjornson's interest in Old Norse his- tory was aroused. These sagas, told in the inimitable style of Snorre, who has been called the greatest historian of the Middle Ages, exercised a powerful influence upon Bjornson. Snorre's account of the heroic age of Norway stirred him to deeper patriotism for the Norway of to-day. It became an important factor in fostering that intense love of his country and his countrymen that has ever characterized Bjornson. Late in the autumn of 1849 Bjornson was matriculated at Heltberg's Stud enter fabrik in Christiania. Here he was to prepare himself for the University after which, according to his father's plan, he \vss to study for the theological examina- tion. The years that followed became significant for the devel- opment of the future poet ; it was a period rich in formative influences. Among Bjornson's companions at Heltberg were xvi INTRODUCTION Asmund Olafsen Vinje and Henrik Ibsen. In 1851 Ibsen left to assume the post of theatrical director of the Bergen the- atre; but his place was taken by Jonas Lie who came that year. It is an interesting thing to find these four at Helt- berg's at this time, all of whom came to occupy such a lead- ing place in the literature of the following half-century. In the poem referred to above, Bjornson gives us a picture of life at Heltberg's and his three companions in two stanzas that have often been quoted : Skjaeggede Karle, tit over de tredive, og slugne paa hvert Ord, sad og trsellede bredved rejicerede Kropper paa sytten Aar, sorglost galne som Spurv i Vaar. Kraftige Sjomaend, som stilt bag sin Disk havde beilet til Bogen, indtil Kreditor blev bisk og tog Varerne fra dem. Nu de laeste "paa Laan". Og ved Siden dovne "Lover"', det var naesten som Haan ! Unge aergfserrige, "norske" Jurister, "prseler" og praeke-lystne Seminarister, Kadetter med en Skade paa Arm eller Ben, Bonder, hvem en Skole faldt altfor sen : her de alle vilde bryde i Latinen frem paa et Aar eller to, imod otte eller fem. De hang over Baenken, de laa imod Vsggen, i hvert Vindu sad to, een just provede Eggen paa sin nyslebne Kniv i den bla?kkede Pult. Gjennem tvende aabne Rum var det dorgende fuldt. Lang og slaapen, i halvdrom, paa yderste Linje, sad og grunded for sig selv Asmund Olafsen Vinje. Anspaendt og mager, med Farve som Gipsen, bag et kulsort, umaadeligt Skjaeg Henrik Ibsen. INTRODUCTION xvii Undoubtedly no one exercised so great an influence upon Bjornson as Vinje, the peasant's son from Telemarken. Vin- je's education had begun late and he was already thirty-one years old when he and Bjornson met at Heltberg's. Vinje was well versed in the literature of Norway, and he pos- sessed moreover a considerable familiarity with European literature in general. His reading had also included history and he was something of a student of politics. Through his wider knowledge and a certain original way of looking at things he had considerable influence over Bjornson. Particu- larly during 1 the first two years in Christiania does Bjornson seem to have been much together with Vinje. Certain it is that he learned much from him, though he was never influenced by that pessimistic vein which is often so noticeable an element in Vinje's character. 1 At Heltberg's Bjornson received a good knowledge of Latin and some familiarity with Latin literature. Heltberg seems to have imparted to his pupils not a little of his own I Vinjes attitude toward BjSrnson was schoolmasterly, an attitude that he never seemed quite able to get away from even when BjSrnson had gained wide recognition as a poet. Between the years 1858 and 1868 Vinje published a paper under the name Ddlen (The Dalesman), in which he discussed in a very interesting fashion the most varied subjects of current interest, political, educational and literary. DOlen was printed in a form of the "Landsmaal" patterned somewhat after Vinje's own dialect of Tinn in Telemarken. In it he reviewed Bjornson's Artie upon its appearance in 1859, finding fault with its romantic coloring. In a later article he criticizes severely Bj6rnson's portrayal of the peasant character and Norwegian peasant life, and he does not think that Bjornson holds out much promise as a writer. It was, however, in accord with Vinje's character to hold himself aloof from the popular homage which in a short time became Bj3rnson's share. Vinje rarely took part in any move- ment; his attitude was always critical and negative. The language movement is the only one into which he ever entered actively. He scorned that which was popular because it was blind and uncritical. And so his attitude toward Bj5rnson's peasant stories was in realty not aimed so much at Bjornson him- self as at that blind following which a successful writer often receives. xviii INTRODUCTION enthusiasm for the Latin language and literature. In this connection it is interesting to note that Ibsen's first drama (Catilina, 1848) is, as the title indicates, Latin in subject. Bjornson was however more powerfully drawn by the litera- ture of Norway and the modern literatures of Europe. As he began very early to take a deep interest in the movements and the events of the time, so he turned with preference to tht literature of the present. In 185 1 1 he wrote a play, Valborg, dealing with the emigration problem. This was offered to the Christiania theatre and accepted, and the author received a free admission ticket to all the regular performances of the theatre. In the meantime Bjornson, however, having become dissatisfied with the piece, requested its return and destroyed it. But he became at this time a frequent attendant at the the- atre. From the first the theatre had a strong attraction for him, and it no doubt exercised a greater influence on him during the following years than any other thing. In Heltberg's school as at Molde the only branches of study in which Bjornson especi- ally excelled were Norwegian and French. His "stylistic exer- cises" in Norwegian are said to have been models of excel- lence. During the last part of his preparatory course he held a position as tutor in Norwegian style. Bjornson had found Molde School tiresome; and the quiet village offered little of interest to him. Those years were a period of much reading and Snorre was his constant com- panion. In Christiania he entered an entirely different at- mosphere. The varied life of the capital attracted him and he gave himself up wholly to these new surroundings. He drew lAt the close of that year, it seems, rather than the beginning of the following year. INTRODUCTION xix inspiration from his associates, from the people he met, the theatre, and from the great men of the day whom he heard in the halls of the "Storthing." One of Bjornson's companions at the time has said that he possessed a remarkable ability for meeting and becoming acquainted with the prominent men of the capital ; he had a dignified self-possessed air about him that won for him the re&pect of his elders. In August, 1852, Bjornson took the examen artium. In the following year he remained at home in Romsdal. In June, 1853, his father removed with his family to Sogne near Kristiansand, where he had accepted a call, and Bjornson returned to Christiania to enter the University. Bjornson had received from his father a monthly allowance of eight Spe- ciedalcr (equivalent to about $8.50). The condition of the allowance was that he should study for the ministry. Bjorn- son had passed the examen artium with only moderate grades. The prescribed course he found irksome and he felt himself more than ever drawn to a literary career. When in December, 1853 he wrote to his father his refusal to prepare himself for the profession of a minister, and gave his reasons for the deci- sion he had made with regard to his own future, the allowance was promptly withdrawn. Among Bjornson's early companions in Christiania was Paul Botten-Hansen, with whorrt he was on the most friendly terms. Henrik Ibsen had already in 1851 left Chris- tiania as has been said above. The two do not seem to have been specially attracted to each other. Jonas Lie, who came to the capital in 1851, became from the first Bjornson's firm friend and admirer. Ole Vig, the editor of Folkevennen, he knew, and he counted among his acquaintances both Andreas Munch and Johan Sebastian Welhaven, the two foremost xx INTRODUCTION writers in Norway at the time. Among Bjornson's new friends in 1854 must be mentioned especially Ernst Sars, who entered the University in the fall of 1853. "The Students' Union" had a hand-written paper which they called Samfunds- bladet. Early in 1854 Bjornson was elected joint editor with Ludvig Daae, and a little later Sars was added to the staf. Bjornson was much together with his companions and he rarely missed a performance at the theatre. And he also read very extensively in the modern literatures of Europe at this time, especially the drama. Next to the literature of Norway he is naturally best acquainted with Danish literature. Oehlenschlager had early been a favorite. He was familiar with Heiberg and Hostrup, whose comedies just then occu- pied the chief place on the repertory of the Christiania theatre. But the Danish drama does not seem to have appealed to him. On the other hand, he was drawn to the Danish religious writer Soren Kirkegaard and to Nicolai Grundtvig, one of the most powerful preachers of the Gospel that the Scandinavian countries have produced, and who just about this time had preached in Christiania, where young Bjornson heard him. Among German writers it' was especially Lessing that he read at this time, as Jie a few years later in Copenhagen, in the winter of 1850-57, became a close student of Goethe and Schil- ler. The German romanticists, however, he finds tiresome ; and as for English literature, barring Shakespeare, he knows as yet little of it. There can be no doubt that his interest lay far more with the French than any other foreign literature. But while the classicists have little attraction for him, he devours everything from contemporary French literature that comes into his hands. His special favorite is Scribe, BJ0KNSTJERNE Bj0RXSOX IN 1854 INTRODUCTION xxi who undoubtedly exercised not a little influence upon his own dramatic method as developed in the following years. The short sentences and that directness of style which Bjorn- son begins to employ at this time may also in a measure be due to Scribe; although it would be difficult to determine how much is Scribe's and how much is due to Snorre and the speech of the Romsdal peasant. Bjornson's journalistic career may be said to have begun with his joint editorship with Sars of the students paper Samfundsbladet. It is, however, not long before he appears as a regular contributor to the chief papers in Christiania. According to J. Lindseth (in Collin's Bjornstjcrne Bjornson, p. 178) he had already before the close of 1853 become corre- spondent for Kongsberg's Adresse. On the fifteenth of Jan- uary he contributes his first article to Morgcnbladct. 1 It was a review of a recent book, En Nytaarsbog, in which he presages the advent of a new literary revival in Norway. Tht: review attracted the attention of Borge Hjelm, who made Bjornson aesthetic editor of Krydscren*, and at the same time correspondent for Drammens Tidendc 3 . Furthermore in March he received an appointment with Christianiaposten 4 as reporter of the sessions of the Storthing. He was there- fore at this time connected with the three leading papers in Christiania besides being editor of the students' paper. When his connection with Christianiaposten was broken off not long after, he was appointed to edit the same department in Kryd- IThe Morning Journal. The Cruiser, edited by Dltmar Meidell. Its name was changed to Aften- bladet (The Evening Journal) in 1855. SDrammen News. The Christiania Post. xx ii INTRODUCTION seren. In March also he was made theatrical critic for Morgenbladet, in which capacity he made his debut by an article on "The Women of the Norwegian Stage." In this article, which appeared in Morgenbladet, March 15th, Bjorn- son takes his brother critics to task for the shallowness of their criticism. He finds fault with the Danish theatre and the prima donna of the Danish troupe Madam Schrumpf and praises the work of the young Norwegian actress Louise Svendsen, who had hitherto been assigned only minor roles. The article is significant because it was in effect a declaration of war against a Danish theatre in the capital. It inaugurated a bitter fight between the Nationalists and the conservative pro-Danish element which culminated in the famous battle of the theatre on the sixth and the eighth of May, two years later. During these two years Bjornson developed a truly marvellous activity as a writer for the papers of Christiania and a correspondent for the provincial press. In the fall of 1855 he was attached to Morgenbladet as its regular dramatic editor, and in the early part of 185G he began to publish his own paper Illustreret Nyhcdsblad (Illustrated News). Bjornson's appearance in Christiania as literary and dramatic critic really marks the beginning of a new era in Norwegian literature. His fearless attacks upon the literary tendencies of the time and the hostile attitude which he assumed toward what he termed the danomania of the capital were calculated to create violent opposition at once. Bjornson pleaded for a truer representation of Norwegian life on the Norwegian stage ; through it he paved the way for a more realistic portrayal of life in Norwegian literature. The first works in that literature which may properly be called realistic are INTRODUCTION xxiii Ibsen's De Unges Forbund, which appeared in 1869, and Bjornson's Redaktdren, published in 1875. The movement is foreshadowed in Ibsen's Kjxrltghcdcns Komcdie, 1SG2, and in Bjornson's De Nygifte, 1865; but its beginnings may be traced as far back as 1854-56. It is significant that the first rough draught of De Nygifte dates back to the year 1855. Out of that draught grew in 1856 the saga-drama Mellcm Slagene (Be- tween the Battles) and in 1865 the modern social drama De Nygifte. In order to understand the condition in Christiania at that time it will be necessary to recall that Norway's separa- tion from Denmark was only four decades old. During the union with Denmark the language of official life and of cultured intercourse was Danish, and of-course Danish had also become the literary language of the country. For a hundred and fifty years the two countries had had a common literature, to which Norway had contributed many of th'e most illustrious names, among them Ludvig Holberg, the father of modern Danish-Norwegian literature. But this literature was written in the Danish language, even though that language, as spoken in Norway, differed much in point of pronunciation from Danish as spoken in Copenhagen. Even after its political separation from Denmark Norway continued to be intellectually dependent upon Denmark. In the thirties and the forties the language began to undergo a more rapid process of nationalization especially through the influence of Henrik Wergeland and Asbjornson's folk tales. In the meantime two parties had arisen, the one styling itself the Conservative, believing that a Norwegian literature and Nor- wegian culture must be largely an outgrowth of the past, while the other, the National party, wished to break away entirely xxiv INTRODUCTION from everything that was Danish and to develop a literature entirely independent of foreign influence and traditions. In 1837 a new theatre had been opened in Christiania with a play by Andreas Munch. The presentation of Wergeland's Campbellerne on January 28th of the following year be- came the occasion for a conflict between the two factions in which the Conservatives were victorious. Since then the theatre of the capital had been in Danish hands and as a rule only Danish talent had been employed, as it was predominantly Danish plays that found a place on the repertory of the theatre. For a time this could not very well be otherwise, for Norway had as yet no drama that was representative of the nation. But as long as only Danish actors were em- ployed Norwegian life could find no true portrayal on the Norwegian stage. The director of the theatre had from time to time engaged Norwegian talent but only for the minor roles, and there were constantly new actors being imported from Denmark. Bjornson's program was that Norwegian plays should have the same chance as foreign plays, that Norwegian actors should not only have equal chance with the Danish but that in the future only Norwegian actors were to be engaged, while the Danish actors who had been associated with the Chris- tiania theatre should be allowed to remain. He wished for the gradual Norwegianizing of the stage; everything that savored of foreign dependence was to be abolished. In the early part of May, 1856, a new Danish actor Ferdinand Schmidt was engaged as guest in Hostrup's Gjenboerne, to be given on May sixth. On this occasion Bjornson's party, which numbered about six hundred, including many students, BjeRNSTJEKXE BjORXSOX IX 1875 INTRODUCTION xxv among them both Vinje and Lie, made a demonstration, which if not entirely successful, showed at any rate something of the strength of the "Opposition" as they were called by the Con- servatives. On the eighth of May Bjornson published an exceedingly well-written article in Morgenbladet under the head "The Pipers Programme," which had the effect of arousing to active support many who before had shown little interest in the questions at issue. When the fight was taken up again on the evening of the eighth of May Bjornson's fol- lowers were in the majority and they reaped a decided victory. For two months longer, until his resignation as dramatic editor of Morgenbladet, Bjornson carried on the fight in that paper. Seven years later the Norwegian theatre in Mollcr- gaden (of which Ibsen had become director in 1857) and the Danish Christiania theatre were united under a Norwegian director, and in 1865 Bjornson himself became its artistic director. And so in less than a decade the chief theatre ot the capital had been transformed from a stronghold of Danish culture to an institution really representative of the nation. Bjornson's journalistic activity during 1854-1856 and especially the prominent part that he took in the movement just described placed him prominently before the people be- fore he had become known as a writer of fiction. Many looked upon him as one from whom great things were to be expected. His name had also reached Denmark, and in Copenhagen he was regarded .as the leader of the Norwegian school, and as the one who was to take a chief part in the literary revival that was to come. In June, 1856, the reunion of Scandinavian students took place at Upsala. Bjornson was sent there as correspond- xxvi INTRODUCTION ent for Morgcnbladet. It was a festive occasion that made the profoundest impression upon him. The narrow conventions of the capital had become distasteful to his nature. The larger Scandinavianism appealed to him. The freedom and good- fellowship that he met with everywhere inspired him ; and it became a turning point in his career. In Upsala a young girl had given him a floral crown, selecting him as the one she liked best among the Norwegian students. As a young man he had longed to become a poet but had doubted his calling. Superstitiously he regarded this incident as a sign that he was after all to be a poet and that the hour had come. The impulse to write seized him. When he returned to Chris- tiania he resigned his post as dramatic editor of Morgen- bladet and, leaving Christiania, went home to Sogne, where he says he wrote and rewrote Mellem Slagene in two weeks. "I wrote down my impressions, but just because I first had lived it and then wrote, the picture received style and color, so that it attracted notice, and made me even more sure that now the hour had come. I packed up, went home, thought out, wrote and rewrote 1 Mellem Slagene in fourteen days, left for Copenhagen with the finished copy in my trunk; I wished to become a poet and therefore for a while be there, where the appreciation was greatest, the art most developed. In that year came Thrond, Synnove Solbakken and Halte Hulda" (Limping Hulda). In 1856 Bjornson had begun the publication of a weekly, Illustreret Nyhedsblad. 1 In this paper he had printed a number of shorter stories : Aunun, Ole Stormoen and Et 1 For the purpose of helping a poor printer from Molde. (Collin, BjOrn- itjerne Bjdrnson.) INTRODUCTION xxvii farligt Fricri, the last being also rewritten in "Landsmaal." Here also he began in July En munter Maud continued in later numbers from Copenhagen. In this way began a marvel- lously fertile period of three years, in which appeared not less than three longer novels of peasant life, besides many shorter sketches, superior to anything of the kind that had appeared in Norwegian literature before, and which gained for their author the homage of all Scandinavia. In March, 1857, the first fruit of his sojourn in Copenhagen appeared, Thrond or as the title ran Min forste Fortxlling. .The little sketch was written in the fall of 1856. Mcllem Slagene, written at Sogne in July, 1856, was published in 1857, as also Halte Hulda and a rough draught of the longer story Arnc. Synnove Solbakkcn appeared in 1857, being first printed as a serial in lllustrerct Nyhedsblad, Arne in 1858 and En glad Gut in 1860. In addition to Thrond he had in the meantime published several short stories : Bjdrnefxgcren and Fadcren in 1857, and Orncrcdct in 1858. In 1860 these four together with the two versions of Et farligt Frieri were published collectively under the title Smaastykker. With these belong the autobiographical sketch Blakkcn written in 1868, and En Lii'sgaadc, 1869. To the longer peasant stories finally are to be added Jcrnbancn og Kirkegaarden, 1865, Fiskcrjcntcn, 1868 and En ny Fcriefart 1869. In 1872 a new edition of all the peasant tales, including Brudeslaattcn, now printed for the first time, was published in two volumes under the title Fort&llingcr. The following dramas also belong to the period : Kong Srcrre, written in Rome in 1861, published in 1862 ; the dramatic trilogy Sigurd Slcmbc, written in 1862, but not pub- lished till 1864 : Maria Stuart i Skotland published in 1864, and Sigurd Jorsalfar in 1872. De Nygifte, a comedy, appeared in xxviii INTRODUCTION 1865, and the epic romance, Arnljot Gjclline, in 1870, in which year he also published his collected Poems and Songs (Digte og Sange). Bjornson' s two earliest pieces, Mellem Slagene and Thrond, are in a way slight, but they are important in that they mark an entirely new departure in Norwegian literature. In style and general character they were so widely different from anything that had preceded as to attract immediate atten- tion. While they no doubt accentuate unduly traits which Bjornson believed he had discovered to be peculiarly Nor- wegian, they portray for the first time certain qualities of the peasant's character in unmistakable colors. In Synnovc Sal- bakkcn, however, Bjornson appeared in perfect mastery of his art. In order to understand its influence at the time it will be best to go back a little. There had before Bjornson appeared no work that por- trayed intelligently and sympathetically the Norwegian char- acter. The collecting and publication of the folk-songs and the fairy tales by Jorgen Moe and P. A. Asbjornson had called to life a considerable literary activity. A period of extravagnt national romanticism followed ; but while much was written about the peasant, little attempt was made to portray him as he actually is in his daily life. The peasant was idealized, re- garded as living apart in an idyllic world of his own. No one had succeeded in drawing a realistic picture of peasant life. To be sure, C. P. Riis had attempted to do so in his Til Sxters as Nicolai Ostgaard in En Fjeldbygd, but the former did not possess the necessary familiarity with the peasant, while Ostgaard, who had lived in the country the greater part of his life and therefore knew the life of the peasant, lacked the abil-- INTRODUCTION xxix ity to portray the deeper side of the peasant's character, and his sketches, which are written in a heavy style, are in reality nothing but descriptions of peasant life and activities. Bjorn- son, however, possessed the two-fold qualification. He knew the peasant thoroughly ; he was himself of peasant stock on his father's side but one generation removed. His early days were passed in close contact with the peasant and he had learned to know him in his daily toil, as he was in real life. Above all he knew the serious side of the peasant character; and this he was the first to introduce into Norwegian litera- ture. Bjornson too, however, stands to some extent under the influence of the time. He places his peasants in an idealized environment and the environment in turn reflects upon the characters a measure of romance. Through the influence of the fairy tales and the popular poetry, the romantic poets had come to invest the Norwegian peasant with a highly poetic temperament. Poet as he was, Bjornson also, yielding to the tendency of the time, endowed his own creations with some- thing of the trait which the age had come to accord the peas- ant as his by right. There is something of the poet in all these peasants of Bjornson. They are all able to tell an inter- esting story or to turn into song the events of their life. The sad story of the schoolmaster Baard and his brother Anders, told by Oyvind's mother, and the charming little story of the minister's son and the bailiff's daughter, from Ingebjorg, are illustrative of this. In the sketch Thrond, when Alf, who lives with his wife in the mountain- forest, removed from the rest of his fellows, with whom he rarely speaks even when he comes down to the valley, breaks his silence it is to xxx INTRODUCTION tell to Thrond the fantastic tale of Blessommen; even the repulsive Aslak is able to weave a thrilling story out of the circumstances surrounding his birth. Arne is the story of a boy who is filled with a deep sense of imprisonment in his home which is surrounded on all sides by mountains. He longs to see what there is beyond; and this longing gradually finds ex- pression in stanzas of a beauty that has rarely been surpassed. Similarly when Synnove receives the letter from Thorbjorn on his sick-bed she gives vent to her feelings in another song of the most exquisite lyric beauty. The story Arne is char- acteristic of the whole series and it is not without significance that in the collected tales published in 1872 Bjornson placed it first in the series, so that the fairy-tale of the Juniper with which it opens comes to form a kind of introduction to the peasant novels in general. Between the Battles was the first fruits of Bjornson's studies in Old Norse history. In Thrond he made his first effort to portray the modern Norwegian peasant. Thus he studies the saga-period and modern life simultaneously and in the following years we find him, always at work at the same time on a saga-drama and a story of peasant life of to-day. This is of importance for an' understanding of Bjornson's manner and his general literary method. In this connection it is of interest to note that in Mellcm Slagcnc the character Einar Veitten is taken from real life, from Bjornson's own surroundings in Romsdal, as Chr. Collin informs us. In the energetic brevity of the saga-style Bjorson had dis- covered an element that was closely related to the terse speech of the peasant. Bjornson wished to point out the essential simi- larity between Snorre's Norsemen and the Norsemen of the INTRODUCTION xxxi present time. Between the Norway of the heroic age and the Norway of to-day, relatively so unimportant by com- parison, there lay a night of four hundred years, in which the country, at first ravaged by the dread Black Death, then subject to foreign rule, had come to occupy a position of dependency in the long union with Denmark. During this time its language had sunk to the position of mere dialects, and the Danish language and Danish culture had replaced the native language and culture among the upper classes. In showing that the peasant of to-day possessed a language which not only in outer form was genuinely Norwegian, as opposed to the language of official life and of literature, but which in its very genius was closely related to the speech of the old Norsemen and the language of the sagas, Bjornson established a connecting link between the Norway of to-day and the Nor- way of the heroic age. To quote Boyeson : "The lesson that Bjornson set out to teach his countrymen was that this Nor- wegian peasantry were the real representatives of the Norse nation ; that they had preserved through long years of tyranny and foreign oppression the historic characteristics of their Norse forefathers, while the upper classes had gone in search of strange gods, and bowed their necks to the foreign yoke; that in their veins the old strong saga-life was still throbbing with vigorous pulse-beats this was the lesson which Bjorn- son undertook to teach his countrymen, and a very fruitful lesson it has proved to be. It has inspired the people with renewed courage ; it has turned the national life into fresh channels and it has revolutionized national politics." The discovery of this element in the native language of Norway as fjmething distinctly national belongs to Bjornson. xxxii INTRODUCTION The representation of it in the speech of the peasant was some- thing absolutely new in Norwegian literature ; it is the distin- guishing mark of Bjornsonian prose. We have discussed briefly some of the things that made Bjornson's stories so noteworthy. With them the romantic period came to a close; they inaugurated a more realistic ten- dency in Norwegian literature. And in that whole period no work stands out so prominently as Synnove Solbakken. It has in it yet that which belongs to a bygone time and still it con- tains much that was indicative of the coming period. As someone has said it is that work from which we get the broadest outlook back into the past and forward into the future. 3 en ftor al fan 1 ber bare et til alle iber fritlig* genbe, 2 I)0it (Steb, fom olen bcerer traaler paa, fra bet 3 ben gaar op, ti( ben falber. )g be, fom bor tcrt tore inibcr gjelbene og fjelbnere foar ol, falber ba fyint 2tcb en Sofbaffc. Sen, fyDorom 4 Ijer JM fortcelleS, bobc 5 pan en faaban, fyboraf aarben Ijabbe fit Sftcrtm. Tor lafloc Snecn fig fibft om $0]tcn, ber braanebe bet 6 ogfnn f0rft om ^ail, may. The modal auxiliary f unite denotes ability, possibility and permission. It corresponds, therefore, more closely to German foiuicn than to English 'can,' but is more generalized than these. s In general the present participle is much less common in Norwe- gian than in English, except in such adjectival use. Especially should its purely adjectival force after OCtre be noted, it can not, as in English, form a tense. St tit ollc @it>er fritliggenbe, l)0it teb, a high place, exposed to all sides. 3 fra bet, from the time. 4 t)0orotn is a relative compound standing for om t)tiem. Such relative com- pounds, formed of the preposition of the clause and the adverb I)t>or, may in Norwegian take the place of the preposition and the relative pronoun whether the antecedent is a thing (as German tuoOOIt luoran, etc.) or a person (contrary to German). Cf. the French 'dont' for 'de qui' and 'ou' for 'auquel, dans lequel,' etc. E Weak verbs ending in a vowel form their preterite in ede or de (dde). The latter is the form in the spoken language of the cultured and is now common in literature, regularly so written in Ibsen and Bjornson. The principal verbs that add de (dde) in the preterite in the spoken language are: beti), bfo, bo, brt), gro, iiaa, rao,ro, few, ffa, |paa, ft), tro ; I)a(t>e) is also to be included here, of which the preterite is pronounced Ijabbe, written tyabbe or fyabbe (never Ijabe). 6 bet, impersonal. (3) @aarben (Jicre bar jgaugtanere 1 og falbte Sccfere, forbi be fyabbe bet trablere mcb at Icefe i 23ibclcn enb anbre $olf. Sftanben fjcb (Suttorm, og onen aren; be fif en (>Jut, fom btfbe for bem, og i trc 2tar 2 font be iffe baa ben 0ftre ibe of .ftirfen. @fter bette ib*forI06 fif be en 5 v,cnte, fom be fnlble ob efter utten; fjan ()adbe fyebt Stjdert, og I)im oleo b0bt St)nn0t) / bo be iffe fanbt no= get ncermere. 9Wen 90?oberen falbie ^enbe Snnn0t)e, for bt fjun, fan loenge 33arnet bar libet, fyabbc for 3St at Utggc "min" til, og bet ftjnte^ ^enbe at falbe lettere. ^bor 10 ban bet bar og iffe bar; 3 ben tb ^enten bleb ft0rrc falbte alle Ijenbe @t)nn0be eftcr S^obcrcn, og be flcfte 4 fagbe, at t 9}?anbcmtnbe bar iffe faa fagcr en $>ente bol^et ber i 23b,gben fom St)nn0be olbaffen. $un bar iffe gammel, f0r be Ijbcr ^roefcn'S^nbag 5 15 tog fjcnbe mcb i ^lirfe, ff|0nt tjnn0be i S0rftningen iffe bibftc bcbre, enb at ^reften ftob og ffjenbte baa Iabc= 93ent, fom fittn faa ftbbe 6 lige ncbenfor ^rcrfcftolen. J Hans Nielson Hauge, b. 1771, d, 1824, a well-known Norwegian lay preacher. He traveled about and preached in Norway and Den- mark especially during the last decade of the 18th century. During the years 1804-1811 he was in prison in Christiania. Since 1815 he lived near Christiania in a home bought for him by his followers, who were called Haugianere. These form at present an important branch of the Lutheran church in Norway, as well as among the Norwegians in the United States. 2 i tre 9tar,/or three years. Note the preposi- tion in the Norwegian, "tporbcm bet Dai Oc] iffe Dar, however that might be. 4 be flcfte, note definite article. s l)Dei ^Brccfen Sjtfltbog, every Sunday there was service. G fom l)UU faa ftbbe, etc. The verbs te, 'see' and l)0ie, 'hear' are followed by a predicate infinitive to the Synn0oc Solbaffen 5 bilbe gaberen, at fwn ffulbe bcere meb "for at faa SSanen," fagbe fjan; og 30?oberen bilbe bet famine, "ba ingen bibfte, f)borlebe fyun imiblertib bleb 9Sar ber baa aarben noget Sam, ib eller nogen 5 liben ri, fom bantribbes, eller en o, noget onbt 1 fom ober, bleb bet altib gibct t)nn0be til ienbom, 2 og 3Wo- beren ftjnteS bibe, 3 at fra ben timb fom bet fig ; 5abe- ren tvobe 4 iffe rigtig, bet fom beraf, men "bet bar i atle 5ofb 5 bet famme, ^bem of bem eiebe ^ceet, naar bet blot 10 tribbe." ^aa ben anbre ibe of 25olen og tcet nnber bet I)0ic ivjelb laa en aarb, fom fjeb ronliben, faa falbet, forbt ben laa mibt i en ftor ranffog, ben eirefte i bib Dm- freb. (JiercnS DIbefaber ftabbe ba?ret blanbt bem, fom is laa i $offten 6 og bcntebc 9htfen, og fra ben f^cerb bar Iian mange fremmebe og fornnberlige gr0forter meb I)iem 7 i J'orniftret. S'em blantcbe Ijan runbt fine ^ufe; men t ^a?ngbe bar en efter en gaat nb, fun nogle ran* object, not the present participle as in English. The object of the principal verb becomes the logical subject of the infinitive. For ex- amples see Falk og Torp 127, Hofgaard 138. Mtoget OJtbt. Note the common omission of the relative pronoun-object, here also for reasons of euphony. 8 ttl tcilbout, as her property. 3 |'^ne, is followed by a predicate infinitive to the subject, the subject of the main verb is here the logical subject of the infinitive, thus, SDiobereit ftjnteS mbe: SKoberen ft)itteat t)un Dibfte. See note 6 on page 4. 4 See note 5, page 3. 5 i otic gulb, in any case, jebeilfaHS, in alien fallen. 6 Iaa i Jgolften, were in camp in Ho/stein. 7 meb ^jem, back home with him. 6 SYttn0fe SoIbaMett fogler, fom fcert no! bar fomne iblanbt, Ijabbe fat fterf fog og fftjggebe nu Jpufene til alte ibcr. >olftenf* fareren 1 fyabbe fyebt fjorbj0nt efter fin 23cbftefaber, ^anS oelbfte 0n cemunb efter gaberen, og faalebeS Ijabbe paa ben aarb Gnerne ffiftebiS Ijebt ()orbj0rn og ccmunb - 5 op i nminbelige iber. Sften bet )rb gif, at i ronltben Ijabbe blot anbenl)bcr 9^anb Sdffen meb fig, og bet Dar iffe fyam, 2 fom l)eb S^orbi0rn. 3)a ben nuucrrcntc ter, cemunb, ftf ben fjzfrfte (S0n, toen!te t)an mange- f)annbe berbcb, men tnrbe bog bnnffelig brt)bc legtenS 10 fif og falbte I)am berfor f)0rbj0ni. rnnbebe ()nn 3 bo ober, om iffc ntten fitnbe opbragcS flig, at f)an foin forbi ben fjcebneften, naffet fiabbe lagt i ^an 9Sei. .^an bar iffe rigtig bif \)aa bet, men I)an fbnte merfe 4 ftribigt inb ^o utten; "bet ffal ijliiffcs ub," fngbe is I)an til SWoberen, og faa fnart 5t^orbj0rn bleb tre 5(ar, 5 fatte ^aberen fig ftnnbitm fien nreb et 9ti^ i $acwbcn, tbang I)am til at bare alle SSebtrcer tilbage til fin ^Iab, tage ob igjen ben ^op, I)an fyabbc faftet, flabpe fatten, fom ^an fjabbe flebet. SWen SWoborcn gif giernc ub, 20 naar bet inb fom ober $abercn. l, the one who had been in Holstein. The compound is formed of forer, traveler, and the name of the country. 8 The dis- junctive pronoun is fyant, not I)ait, nom. as English or German; cf. French, 'c'est lui, c'est moi.' 8 ($runbcbe I)Qlt b(l Dbor, a case of inversion of subject and predicate where the sentence is an imme- mediate continuation of the preceding, a characteristic of Bjornson's style in imitation of the sagas. 4 fl))ite ntcrfe, see note 6 page 4. 5 tre 9lar, eliptical for tre 9lar gammel. 6 2ftobm'u gif gjcrnc ub^ QJerilC means here 'usually.' It may also as the German gprii mean cemunb unbrebeB beb, at alt font (Sutten fcleb ft0rre, bar ber mere at rette fjo Ijam, og bet itagtet Ijan ftebfe bleb ftrengere ntebfaren. >an Ijolbt Ijam tiblig til 33o- gen og lob fjam gaa meb aa $?arfcn for at funne fjabe et 0ie mcb fjam. Sftoberen Ijabbe ftort >u og maab0rn; fyim funbe iffe mere enb !lae og formanc S0nnen SWorgen, f)un flocbte I)am paa, og tale fagte meb ren, naar ^elligbagene 1 famlcbe bcm. SWeu tcenfie, naar ^an fif >ugg, forbt a=b fagbc 2 06 og iffe Ba, og forbi fyan iffe fiabbe 2oo at gitie liben ^ngrib 9li, fom 10 gabcrcn gab I)am: -- bet er bog itnbcrligt, at jeg ffal ^abc bet fan flcnit, 3 og alle maaf0ffenbc mine 4 ffal f)abe bet faa gobt. >a f)an bar meft omfring ^aoercn, 09 f)Qn i^ e titrbe tale fonbcrltgt til ^ara, ulcb 5cm orbfnap, ff]0nt iffe fan- is ta?nft. (Jngnng unbffap bet Oam bog, men be brog ^aa bet bnabe 0: "borfor cr alt ^0et t0rt og inbe ber= oner paa olBaffen, og l)er cr bet baabt?" "Sorbt be Ijar oftere ol cnb bi." - Tet bar forfte Sang, l)an lagbe ^Jerfc til, at ben 20 olgfan ber Borte, liait tit Ijabbc fibbet og glocbet fig bcb, ftob fan felb nbenfor. ibcn ben 2)ag falbt ljan oftere pan Solbaffen enb f0r. "Sib iffe ber og gab," fagbe gciberen, og gab Fiam et Mike to,' as: jeg Iccfer gieme Xl)ff. ^elligbogene, the (weekly) holy days Sundays. 2 forbt I) fagbe ob, because a-b spelled ab. 3 l)UDe bt't faa flcnit, be so badly off, unhappy, so badly treated, 4 SpfftMlbe, signifies 'brothers and sisters,' as German (SJefdjlUtfter. 8 Synttizfpe Solbaffen "October man bi flibe, bet bi fan, 1 baabe liben og [tor, ffal bt faa noget i $u." 2 cemimb ffiftebe Sjeneftegut, ba ^OorBj0rn funbe bcsre 3 omfrtng be ft)b, otte. 4 9(Iaf tjeb ben ntje, og Ijan bar nof allerebe bibtreift, ffj,0nt Ocm Mot bar Urtgguttcn 5 5 enbba. Sen STbelb, Ocm fom, bar 0orbj0rn fjctat til @ena,, 6 men ben nocfte ag,0an fab og Icefte, 7 flog en ob 2)0ren meb et faabant barf, fom 'Oan albrig Ijabbe 00rt f0t, og bet bar SBIaf, ber fom brtbenbe meb et [tort 3fanij 95eb, 8 - - ftengte bet meb ^Qtt neb baa (Sulbet, faa ft* 10 erne f0g til a lie ibcr. elb OoWebc Ocm 9 fyft'it i SSci* ret for at trambe ncen af fig, og for O^ert $ob raabte Oan: "Set er folbt, fa' 10 rolbbrttbcn, Ijun fab i ^ HI 5$eIteH" u gctberen bar tffe tnbe, men SWobcren fobtc neen fammen og bar ben ftiltienbc.itb. 15 glaner bit eftcr?" fagbc 5BIaf til StOor- J bet Di fan, all we are able, as well as we know how. lua inir f onneit. 2 jfal Di faa noget i ll, //^^ are to get anything under cover. 8 !unbe Doere, might be. 4 ontfring be ft)t), otte, note the definite article. 6 Hll(jguttcit, a young boy, an exceptional use of the definite form. 6 ttl @eiig, to bed. In Old Norse tit governed the genitive case; ex- amples of this old genitive are: til 5Utev, tit $6orb, tit S3uiib, tit immel, til j0b3, til @alg, til 0be, til @i)ite. The last two are (rom older genitives in -a and -ar. 7 beit nccftc ag, I)ait jab, etc., ba or mcn is omitted. 8 et ftort %anQ $8cb, an armful of wood, ap- positional partitive genitive as in German. 9 Note ft'lo in stressed first position. 10 fa'=fogbe. J1 bet er folbt, fa 1 Irolbbruben, l)uit fab i S til S3eltet. This omission of the connectives (ibet, meil, ber) Is characteristic of the style of the folk-tales, from one of which Aslak is quoting. Solbaff en 9 ">ffe eftcr noget," fbarebe benne, tfn' Ijan bar rceb. "ar bu fet ben jganen, 1 fom bu fjar Bag i $ogen ber?" - fjar fiilbt of $0n omfring fig, naar Sogen cr 5 luffeti; Tjarbufef bet?" - "9*ei." - "aafeefter!" uttcn gjorbe foa. "Su er en o|f!" fctgbc 5BIaf til Ijam. SWen fra 10 ben tunb fjatibe ingen ben SWagt ober f)am fom 5TIaf. 2 "u fan ingenting," 3 fagbc ST^Iaf en Sag til T)orfcj0rn, bcnne ^iltebe fom fcbbanlig efter Tjam for at gibe 2fgt. "v>o/ icg fan til ben fjerbe ^art." 3 15 "^?ttt! D^ci, bu ^ar iffe cngang T)0rt Xrolbct, ber banfebe faa lamge meb ^entcn, til olen ranbt, og bet rednebe fom en alb, ber ^ar fpift nrmelf \" ^ fine Se dcbage T)atibe Xf)orbi0rn iffe ^0rt faa megen ^unbffab ^aa en ang. "^Dor bar bet?" fpurgte fjan. - 20 "bor? -- $0 bet, --jo bet bar borte paa ol- I)affenbcr!" 1 belt fallen, colloquial double definite article, not used in Danish, but is literary in Swedish and is common in literature in Norwegian. s bcn WlttQt otter fyam fom 9lffaf, the same power over him that Aslak had. 8 3Mt fan indenting, see note 1, page 3. jeg fon til ben fjerbe $art: la\\=know by heart. Stt Iitnnc en Seftie,en 5Bog, ubcnob, to know a lesson, a book, 'by heart.' ben fjerbe ^art, the fourth part of the catechism. &tan as used in lines 12 and 15 means 'know' =Fr. 'savoir.' 10 gljorbitfrn ftirrcbe. "$ar bu fyflict om am, fom folgte fig til ganben for ct SjSar gamle t.tfbler?" 1 Slljor&jtfrn glemte at fbare, fan forunbret bar fjan. "Sit toenfer Del paa , f)bor bet bar fjc? - - Set 5 bar ogfaa fcorte aa oIBaffcn ber, rigtig ligc neb i ben S3a?f, bit fer! - - 33orf)erre bcbar' o! Set ftaar baarltg til mcb bin SlriftcnbomSfunbffab/' jagbe fjan bi bcre. "Sit fyar t)d iffe engang fjtfrt gjete ^cnbe iTari 9?ei, I;an T)abbc ingenttng I)0rt. )g mcn 10 nu arfieibcbe fort, fortalte ^an cnbntt fortcre, og bet bar om S^ari Xroeftaf, om ^Tbcrncn, ber tnalte alt ^aa ^abfen^ 2 23unb, om ^anbcn mcb Srocffo paa, Xrol- bet, fom fi! ar bet traDelt, be busy, see note 3, p. 7. In such idioms English employs the verb 'to be' with an adjective, while other Ger- "2ta, Salt figer, at l)an I)ar fceftet gnntfbe @oI6af= fen," fagbe 2(Iaf; "men golf figer og[aa faa meget/' 1 lagbe F)an tif. Soorbjtfrn forftob bet iffe rigtig, men Bleb bog ilbrjdb ober Ijele Slnftgtet. Sa 2lslaf gjorbe opmert= fom (jerboa, fr06 fjait neb of $ccnfen, tog fin atefis>mit s og fatte fig Ijen at Icefe. "^a, tr0ft big meb @ub3 Orb, bit," fagbe 2BIaf ; "bn faat f)enbe faa iffe alligebel." Ta bet leb faa tangt frem i llgen, at fyan toenfte, be I)abbe glcmt bet, fpurte f)an a)?oberen ganffe fagte, tf)i ^an bar nnofelig beb bet : "5)u, - - Fjbem er t)nn0be 10 olbaffen?"- "Xet er en liben ^ente, fom engang ffal etc @ol- Baffen." "$ar ^un ingen Xra'ftaf ba?" Slioberen faa fornnbret paa fjam; "fjbab er bet, bit is figcr?" fagbc fjun. ^>an Mte, bet maatte bare noget burnt, og taug. "Cnt f)ar albrig fet bafrere 23arn, cnb f^un er," lagbe Stfobcrcn tit, "og bet ^ar f)un faat i S0n af 23orf)errc, forbi fntn bcftanbig cr fnilb og Brab og fltttig tit at Icefe." 20 9?n bibfte f)an bet meb. 2 it Xag, Sccmunb fjabbe beeret i 2>?arfen fammen meb 3fIaf, fagbe Ijan om ^belben til manic languages and the Romance languages for the most part, use the verb for 'to have' with a noun. Other expressions in Nor- wegian are: at fjatoe s Jtet, Uret, 'be right, wrong,' ljae aft, 'be in a hurry,' Ijatie t)ft til, 'be desirous of,' with the first of these compare Germ. 9tecf)t fyaben, French, avoir raison, and Spanish, tener razo"n, 1 mcn . . . ogfao, but then etc. 2 meb, is here an adverb, also. 12 jTal iffe oftere bare fammen meb jcnefteguttcn." Wen f)orBi0rn agtobe iffe bibere fcaa bet. @aa I0b bet en titnb efter: "Scrfom bu finbe oftere fammen mcb fjam, gaar bet big iffe gobt!" Sa fneg (jor&i0rn fig ef- ter fjam, naar gabercn iffe faa bet. Senne fom ober 5 bcm, ber be fab og taltc fammen; ba fif f)orBj0rn ^rt)l 1 og Bleu jagei inb. SWen fibcn afebe Sf)orbi0rn 2l3laf ob, naar gaberen iffe bar fjjemme. 2 Sn 0nbag, Saberen bar i irfe, 3 gjorbe nof Ijor- b]0rn Ugagn ^jemme. 2tIaf og I)an faftebe nefiolb baa 10 fybcranbre. "9cei, nei, bu fbceler mig," Bab ^orBj0rn; "lab o fafte fammen baa noget anbet." S^Iaf bar ftraf fcerbig, og faa faftebe be f0rft efter ben fpinfle @ran Borte beb 33uret, faa eftcr 33urb0rcn og enbelig efter 93urbin- buet, iffe bctte felb, fagbe 9!3laf, men Siften omfrtng 15 bet. I)orBj0rn traf imiblertib 9?ubcn og Bleb Bleg. "$t)t, !)bem faar bibe bet? Saft Bebre!" $an faa gior- be, men traf nof en. 4 "-Wit bil jeg iffe mere." % bet famme fom l)an oclbfte 0ftcr, liben -^ngrib, ub. "^aft efter I) en be, bit!" ()orBj0rn bar ftrafS rebe, ^cntcn groeb, 20 og $?oberen fom ub. ^un Bab bent Ijolbe inbc. "^laft, faft!"r)t)iffebe2BIaf. Efjorbitfrn bar ^eb ogo^ibfet; ^an gjorbe faa. " : ^eg mener, bu gaar fra Gibbet, jeg," fagbe ^t^l pronounce ^rpt. 2 Note that Ijjcm is home, homeward, while Ijjentnte is at home. Similar derivate adverbs in 'e' with locative force are: ncbe (from neb), oppe (op), ubc (ub), tube (inb), fremme (frem), bortc (bort), ijenne (^cn); cf. ^toor er ^an ^enne? and ^oor gif ^an fjen? 'omission of the connective as p. 8, line 7; see note 7. 4 nof en, Germ, nod) etn, one more, also en tU, enbnu en. 13 Sftoberen og renbte imob l)am. an foran, ljun efter aarbcn runbt; 2lIaf lo, og 2)iobcren tritebe. 30?en ber fif f)itn Oam fat obbe i en nebribe og flab fig ifcerb meb rigtig at bcragc fyam. jlaar igjcn, leg, bet Brugcr be tyer." 1 5 fiblbt forunbret tnbc og faa .baa fjam. "2)et ^ar en nnben Icert big," fagbe ^un faa, tog fjam ftiltienbc beb ^aanbcn og f0rte Ijam inb. ^un fagbe iffe et Orb mere til F)am, men ftcllcbe gobt for I)an (3maafj2(jTenbe og talte meb bcm om, at nu fom gar fnart ^jem fra ^irfen. 10 a fiegmtbte bet at Blide brjgtig Tjebt i tuen. 2BIaf bab om Sot) til at befjzige en legtning; bet fif fjan ftral; men 2:[]or&j0rn Met) meget minbre, ba 3tIaf bar goat. $an Ijanbe frtjgtelig onbt i 2)tat)cn og bar faa flam t ^O3nberne, at Fjan fbebebe 33og'en, naar fian tog i ben. 2 $are 2J?o- is ber iffe bilbe fige noget til gar, naar fjan fom ^jem; men at Bebe berom fif fjan iffe ober fig. 3IIt, ^an faa baa, ff if tebe Ubfeenbe, og tneu^ret fagbe: 23anf, 93anf 3?anf, 93anf! $an maattc ob i 33inbuet og fe toaa ol- baffen. S^cn alcne laa tilfnect, ftiKe og bcrlebe i olen, 20 fom beftanbig ; htfct ftob og lo 3 ub af alle JHuber, og ber bar btefelig iffe en enefte itu; JR^gen for forfccrbelig glab J bet Britger be ^er, eliptical for bet bmger be ot gjtfre ^er. 2 naac ^Olt tog t ben, whenever etc., only in this sense can naor be used with a past tense in the indicative, otherwise ba is used. In naar fjan fom tyem, the verb is subjunctive. 8 ftob og lo, stood there laughing. Verbs of rest are thus followed by the conjunction og and another indicative in Norwegian where the second indicative corre- sponds to a pres. partic in English. 14 op af ^pibcn, faa Ijan funbc forftaa, at be ogfaa ber fogtc for irfcfolfet. S)cr gif fceftemi t)ttn0bc OQ faa ub cftcr gar fin og ffitlbc flct iffe Ijabc wa,a, naar Ijan font fjjem. >an bibfte iffe, fybab Ijan ffnlbe tage fig for, og bleb faa en @ang fern fja'rltg mob fine @0ftre, at bet bar tngcn 5 Cntbe |)aa bet. ^ngrib bar fyan faa gob 'mob, at Oan gab I)cnbe en blanf ,^nap, font ()an '^abbe faat af 2B(af. ^uii tog ^am om $alfen, og ^an tog fjcnbe om ^alfen: "S^iai- re, be^Ie ^narib nttn, cr bit fint ^)aa mig?" - "D^et, be3le Stfjorbi^rn ! it fan gjcrne faftc faa me- 10 get (Site faa mig, font bit tril." SWeit ber trambcbe en nccn af fig t balcn! et bar ganffe rtgtig gaberen; ()an ft)nte mtlb og gob, og bet bar enbnit bcerre. "%lu?" fagbe l^an og faa fig omfrtng, og bet bar is formtberltgt, at ifte tucitfjret rantlebe neb. 3Woberon fatte 2)?aben frem. "^borban ftaar bet til Tjcr?" ffttrte ^aberen, tbet ^an fatte fig og tog feen of; ^I)orbi0rn faa faa TOoberctt, faa Xaarcrne font fyam i 0incne. "9ta jo," fagbc Ijim rent ittroligt langfomt, og f)itn 20 bilbe fige enbnit mere, bet faa Ijan nof. "^cg gab 21laf Sob til at gaa ub," fagbe I)itn. - - Set bar mi ben ang, 1 ta?nfte SIjorDijarn, I)an tog til at Icgc mcb ngrib, fom om Ijan tffe toenfte faa nogen 9Scrbcn Xing. 2 @aa Iccnge fjabbe gabcren albrig ff tft, og fyorB]0rn gab fig 25 ttlfibft if cerb meb at toelle fyber 33ib ; men ba Ijan fom til J 3)et bar mt ben ang, transl. so fat so good. 2 nogen Xing, anything in the world, 15 ben fjerbe, bilbe Ijan fe, fjbor meget f)an funbe tcelle op melfem ben fjerbe og fentte, og faalebeS gif bet i ttjffer for (jam. l Grnbeltg reifte gaberen fig og gif ub. 9tu berne, Sftuberne, flirrebe bet for 0rerne .baa ^om, og ^an faa efter, om be bar Ijele, be, font bar i tuen. .^50, be 5 bar fyele allefammen. 99?en nu gif ogfaa 3Koberen ub. tog liben ^ngrib i gang og fagbe faa bltbt, at forunbret maatte ftirre paa ^am: "3Si to ffal lege ulbbronning i (Jngc, bi!" S)et bilbe Ijttn ba gierne. Og 'faa fang Ijan, mcn 33enene ffalb unber {jam: 10 93eIe 33Iomme, ^0r nu libt paa mtg! Dg bit bit bccrc Sljcereftcn min, 2 faa ffal bu faa en aabe fin is af -(0tI og ulb, af ^erler fulb. S)ittclt, butteli, beta - og Solen ffinner toaa @aa fbarcbe fjitn: 20 ulbbronning. ^Pertcbronning, I)0r nu libt baa mig ! ^if bet i Staffer for ^am, he lost count. 2 $jcereften tniit. Note the possessive adjective and the definite noun. See note 1, p. 9. A possessive adjective stands after the noun it modifies if the noun is already in the definite form. 16 r^eg bil et bcere ja:reften bin, jeg bil et fjabe aaBen fin of gfott og ttlb, of ^erler fulb. SDttteli, bittteli, beta og olen ffinner :baa ^eta. 1 2Ren font nu benne Seg t)ar Bebft t Sang, 2 font ten inb og fatte 0iet bift paa fyant. $an trtjffebe ^ngrtb tcettere t %anQ og fatbt ffet tffe of tolcn. gabcren benbte fig bort, fagbe ingenttng; en Ijalb ^time gif, T)nn 10 fyabbe cnbnu intet fagt, og Ijorbi0rn bilbe norften Be* gtjnbe at bcere glob, men titrbe tffe. $an bibfte iffe, fytoab fan ffutbe tto, ba gabcrcn felt) ^jalp til at flcebe of; ^an begvjnbte faa fmoat at ffjoelbe igjen. 3 a gaberen ^am paa $obebet og ftrj2fg f)on ^inb; is bet fyabbe I)cin tffe gjort, faa langt tifbage utteit fimbe ^uffe, og berfor Blet) tyan faa barm om ^iertet og ober ben fyele @iop, at grtjgtcn ranbt af ^am, fom %Z for @ol fttf. an bibfte iffe, f)borlcbe ^an fom t Seng, og ba fjan ^berfen fitnbe gibe fig til at fringe eller raabc, lagbe 20 fjan ^)a?nberne ftille ot>er ^or, Bab gabcrbor fe! ange fremla?ng og Baglcengg, ganffe fagte, -- og f0Ite, ibet Ijan fobnebe tnb, at ber bar bog ingen aa ub grtfnne ^orb, ban fiolbt fltg af font gar fin. >en ncefte ag baagnebe ^an t en forfoerbelig 9Tngft, 25 J |)Cia is an East Norwegian definite form of Ct, (mountain-) ridge, a fem. noun in the dialects. 2 bebft t ang, at its best, in full swing; cf. German tnt beften (followed by the verbal noun), "foa fmoat, little by little, gradually. SYtttt0ce Solbaffen 17 forbi Ijan iffc fitnbc ff'rigc; tf)i Ijan ffutbe nu atligebel I) nnc $rt)L 2)a Ijan flog 0tnenc op, mcrfcbe Ijan iil ftor Cettetfe, 1 nt 5cm tjabbe br0mt bet, men mer'febe 013= faa fnart, at en cmbcn netob jfttlbe Ijabe SJ5rt)I, og bet bar 2Bta!. cemunb gi! ob og neb ab utbet, og 5 ()orl)i0rn fjenbtc nof ben ang. Sen nogct title, men unbcrfcctftge SWanb faa en og anben (Sang unbcr be Bu* ffebc 33rtjn faalcbe tjcn tit 5fIaf, at bcnne no! f0Ite t)bab ber taa i Cnftcn ; 2 5tta! fetb fab opbe paa 33unben af en ftor 0nbe, ncbab fjbitfcn ^an Sen bingtcbe clter fro= 10 gcbe obober. an ^abbe font febbantig ^ccnbcrne i fiommen og ^uen paa ^obebet trbK'ct tet neb, faa bet ttjffe, m^rfe aar, fta! i Suffer frem unbcr fgggen. Sen tibt ffja?be 2>?unb bar enbnu ffjoebcrc, bet tjete ^obcb tjotbt Ijan tibt 3 paa faffe og faa tit (sccmunb fro ibcn 15 af itnber fiatbt tittuffcbe 0ientaag. " : ^a, uttcn bin er gat not'," fagbe Ijan; "men bcerre cr bet, at >cftcn bin cr trotbflrocmt." ccmttnb ftanfcbc; "bit er en @ab!" fagbe ^an, faa bet br0nebe i tucn, og 5tIa! Inf!ebc 0icnlaagcne enbnu 20 tccttcre til. ocmitnb gif baant). St^taf fab en tunb ftitte. "So gu' 4 cr ben trotbf!roemt, jo!" og f!ottebe efter ^am for at fe, t)bab 33irf ning bet tjabbe. "9tei, men ben cr jfogrccb er ben," 5 fagbe oemunb 25 'til ftor fiettclfc, to his great relief. s f)Dab bcr faa i fiuften, what was coming, what was in the air. 8 Iibt means 'a little', while libet is 'little.' 4 u' = ub. B 9Jei, men ben er ffogrccb, er ben. Repe- ol6affen. 18 5?nn0e Solbaffeii frembelc3 gaaenbc; 1 "bit Ijar fcelbet Xrcc Oder ben t ?Jiar-= fen, bin ubtfrnc luff, og bcrfor fan tngen Iccngcr faa ben ill at gaa roltg ber." 2BIaf Ijtfrte en tunb baa bctte. "^a ja! tro bet, bn, roen ffjamimcr ingen. 2Rcn jeg tbilcr baa, ben gj0r 5 >eftcn bin gob igicri," lagbc Ijan til og ffubbcbc fig i bet famme Icengere tnb ^aa X0nben og bceffcbe for Slnfigtet meb ben cne ^aanb. oemunb font ganffe rigtig f)en til ^am og fagbe fagte, men f)tjggelig nof: "Sit er en onb ". 10 "cemunb!" I0b bet borte fra Staren, bet uar ^nge= b]0rg, Slonen, font trjsfebe pan fjam, Itgefom f)tnt fab og tt)febe paa ben tninbfte, ber bar Bangc og utlbc ff rige. 33arnet (jabbe ttet f0r, og nit taitg ogfaa oemunb; men f)an ftaf bog fin for en faa itnberfa?tftg 9^anb mcgct 15 Hfle 9Zoebc Itge obunber ^afen baa 3lIa! og Ijolbt ben ber en titnb, tbet ^an Iitbcbe fig frem og orccnbte Tjam meb ^incne t Sfnfigtet. 2)erbaa gif ^an font f0r og faa fjen til ^am en og anbcn (Sang t $aft. 21laf bar meget bleg, men (o bog meb bet fyalbe 2(n= 20 figt obcr til ^Ijorbjtfrn, ibet ^an I)olbt ben ibc ganffe ftram, font benbte mob ocmitnb. "23or()errc gibe o ct tition of the personal pronoun or af a subject in a substitutory pro- noun or, as here, in a substitutory pronoun and verb both is peculiar to colloquial Norwegian as opposed to the higher style and Danish. ^rembeleS gaaenbe, continuing to walk. Cf. German tmmer gefyenb. 19 gobt aalmob!" fagbe f)cm om libt, men I>0iebe i bet fam= me 5lI6ucn op jom for at af&tfbc et Ing. cemirnb ftanfcbe t'bcert OQ ffrcg meb nl fin temme, ibet fjcm fatte gobcn i @nlbet, faa SBIaf gab fig: "!ftaebn iffe I) a m, b it!" ^ngebjtfrg reifte fig meb pccboarnet 5 og tog {jam rnUbt i Airmen, >an faa iffe til Ijenbe, men lob i bet famme 9lrmen falbe. >un fatte fig, fjan gif atter op og neb; men ingen fagbe noget. Sa bette barebe en Stunb, maatte 2tIaf til paant). 1 "^a, Ijan T^ar DC! meget at ibeftille paa ranliben, 10 -Fian!" "a:mnnb! cemunb!" T^uiffebe ^ngeo]0rg; men f0r bet naabe frem, bar ocmnnb alt rafet Ijen til 2TIaf, font fatte jyoben for. en bleb britbt neb, &\trlen gre&et 2 i ben og r0ie is ), literally the same as English 'anew.' 2 $en bfet) brubt Itcb, arlfH grebct etc. Note the neute- form of the past partic. with an antecedent of the common gender. In Norwegian (contrary to German) a predicate adjective agrees with the noun in gender and number, as 3JJanbcu er gob, 33arnet er tiaffert, (Sleoerne er flitttge Similarly a perfect participle when used adjectivly agrees with the subject in gender and number if it is a strong verb, in number only if it is a weak verb, e. g.; >e[teu ftctar buitbeit, aarben er alt folgt. Further the participle in the compound tenses of verbs for- med with ticcre and b(it>C did so agree regularly formerly, but this is no longer the case. The neuter form of the past partic. is more and more coming to be used; especially is this so in East Norwegian, from which the literary language has been influenced. In general it may be said, that where the participle is more adjectival in force there will be agreement, but the more the participle has grown to- gether with the auxiliary verb into a tense of the verb, the more the 20 5 f tin '0 v e" S o 1 1b a i 1 1 it fraben, Itfftet og faalcbeS fat imob ben htffcbc 2)tfr, at gcclbingen gif ub, fjan ub igicnncut ben baa $obcbet. SToncn, F)or&j0rn, alle 230rnene ffreg og Bab for I)am, og Ijele ufct ftob i en 1 jammer. 29?en@cemunb ub efter Ijam, 2 Iniffcbe tffe pact at luffe 0ren orbentlig ob, men fbambte 5 Otcfterne tilftbc, tog I)am anben ang, Bar I)am itb af nalen, itb ^QQ (Saarben, Itfftcbe ^am fi0it og faftebe Ijam meb al 93?agt neb tgjen. Og ba fjan merfebe, at ber bar for megen ne til, at I)an fitnbe flaa fig tilgagn, 3 fatte fyan ^nocet tiaa ^an 93rt)ft og for fyam lige ob i SInfigtet, 10 I0ftebe fjam trcbje ang, Bar f^am til et mere fnefrit teb fom en lilt), bcr brager en f0nberreben ^unb, flab T)am atter, bccrre enb f0r, fnoegi! I)am, og ingcn fitnbe bibe, T)borlebe bette ^abbe enbt bcrfom tffe ^ngeB]0rg bar fttjrtet imellcm mcb ba?bBarnet t 3frmen; "g]0r o iffe is uh)!felige!" ffreg Ijim. n tunb cftcr fab sngeBj0rg i tucn, 5tf)orB}0rn participle is apt to be used in the neuter singular form without regard to gender or number of the subject. Hence in our sentence Morten (Met)) grebct and not Met) greben. By influence from the spoken language this is fast becoming common also in literature. 1 en, emphatic. 2 mcn cemunb Ub efter f)am. In abrupt narrative Norwegian, like German, frequently omits the verb of motion with an adverb or preposition of transition, the latter in itself being felt to be sufficient to indicate the verbal idea as it does the direction of the motion. 3 tilgagtt. One of a number of petrified genitives, that have become purely adverbial in meaning, hence are now best writ- ten together in one word. The principal ones with til- are : tilftebe, tilftbe, tilbelS, ttlfob3, tiHanb, tilfj0. Cf. the adverbial expres- sions given in note 6, p. 8. Solbaffen 21 flcebte fig, 1 gaberen gif otter ob og neb, braf nit og ba Itbt 33anb, men ^aanben birrebe flig, at 23anbet fI0i obec oben og flaffebe i ufoet. 2fIaf font iffe inb, og >ngebi0rg gjorbe om Itbt Stfine til at gaa itb. 5 "23Iib inbe," fagbe Ijan, font bar bet iffe til fyenbe, 2 f)an talte, og fjun Bleb tnbe. (n tunb efter a,if fyan bog 3 fetb. wn font iffe igjen. Ijorbi0rn tog fin 93og og Icp|te uaflabelig uben at fe ob, ffijefnt ^an iffe famlebe en oetntng. 10 Grt tnffe Icengere frem paa gormibbagen bar ^ufet i fin gamle Orben, ffj0nt olle ^abbe en Stfklfe ober fig 4 font efter et fremmeb 33ef0g. ^orBj0rn Ijabbe goat ub, og ben f0rfte, fjon m0bte ubenfor 0ren, bar 2lfaf, font T)abbe Ia?fct alt fit 0i toaa en Recife; men ^jcelfen bar is f)orbj0rn. 3:^orbi0rn ftirrebe paa ^am; tfyt f)an faa fttjg nb. Slobct bar floebet faft i Stnfigtet og fmitrt bibt ubober, f)an fioftebe og tog fig ofte for 93rt)ftet. ^an faa en tnnb ftilttenbe paa Xr)orbj0rn, og faa br0b ^an fterft frem: "^eg lifer iffe be 0inene 5 bine, @ut!" Sermeb 20 1 Xorbj0rn ffoebte fig, was dressing himself. There is no progressive tense in Norwegian as in English; the durative present, past, etc. must be rendered by the simple tense forms. 2 fom t>Cir bet iffe til fyenbe = font om bet iffe ar etc. 8 bog corresponds very much in its use to Germ. bod). The exact meaning can only be determined in any one case from the context. Its force is generally that of a mild contradiction of the preceding statement, and may generally be translated by 'but' or 'however.' 4 i)abbe en 3f0Ielfe Otter fig font etc., had a feeling as ;/etc. 6 0bserve the double definite and the possessive adjective. 22 jTrcebebe 'fjan ober jcelfen, fatte fig og agebe nebober. "3)u faar fe til, fybor bit finber ja?Ifen!" fagbe f)cm 03 lo, ibet fjan enbnu engang benbte fig og rafte Sitnge ab fjam. a reifte 3lIaf. SWen i ben tlge, fom fitlgte, fom ScnSmanben bib; %a* beren bar ftunbum borte, SWobercn grab, og fyitn bar og= faa et ^ar ange borte. "Sta, 9tSIa! ^ar forbolbt bet altfnmmen." aa en Sag greb be Itben ^ngrib i, at Ijun [ab 10 og [ang: 1 O, bit Htrf altge SSerben ! 9^u er ieg let af bin gaerbcn: ^enten ftiffer goben frem, @utten gaar fra fine fern, 2 15 SO^abmor bfanbcr SSanb i 90?ab, SDJabfar Itgger long og lab ; fatten er ben flogefte i ufet: $an ftjccler ^mmen af S)et bleb bel 3 et burlag efter, f)bor T)itn fiabbe loert 20 ben SSifefhtmb. ^o, bet bar af ()orbj0rn. Tcnne bleb meget ra:b og fagbe, fyan Tjabbe Iccrt ben af 9f*IaF. Set fagbe f)am ba, at berfom fyan felb fang eller Ia:rte fjenbe flere flige SStfer, fif ^an C>wfl9- 4 2^t efter libt fom liben en $ag greb be liben ^ngrtb i etc., they caught little Ingrid in the act of singing. s fine fern, sell, (Sanjer, his five senses. 3 t>el means here you can imagine, you may be sure. 4 pf, conjunctive, = ffulbe \ oa. Syitn0r>eSoIbaIfen 23 tit at fcanbc. l fjor6j0rn bleb otter falbt til, og cemunb mente, bet Uar fcebft, Ijan fif Itbt af 9tifet meb bet famine; men f)an grccb og loucbe faa fagert for fig, at fjcm flap for benne Sang. Sen ncefte ^rafenf.cfnbag fagbe gaberen til '^am: "^3= 5 bag ffal bu ftip^e at gj.tfre Ugagn 2 ^jemme; bu ffal ftflge meb mig til STirfe." 1 font til at, happened to. 2 Ugagn = Ugabn. The word is specifi- cally Norwegian, hence Ugagn is the better spelling; pronounce llgangn. 2lnbct irfen ftaar i $onben an!e fmo et f)0it tcb og for fig felt), frcbltjft, meb @rabcn $0iljeb omfring, 9ftes>fen Stbligfyeb inbe. Sen er bet enefte $u> i Salcn, fjborfcaa l fyan rjar anbenbt $ragt, og ben bir rceffer bcrfor ogfaa Itbt Icengre, enb bet foneS at rceffe. en Iof!er ^tl[cr 5 Iangbet ^an (Sang bib ben rene 0nbagmorgen, og fjnn I0ftcr altib ^ao $uen til bem, fom Tjan tn'Ibc 2 figc bcm et Saf for ftbft! Set er et gorbnnb imellem fjam og bem, fom ingen fjenber. ^ibltg ftob I) an bel i ben aabne S0r og Itjttebe til bem mcn Slirfef0Iget brog i ftille og for 10 tt nebe paa 5Beien; gar lagcbc fig til, men fyan fdb bar for liben. $an foruanbt ba mangen gorcftilling meb bennc tnnge, fter!e St)b, bcr regcrcbc mcllem Sielbene en ^ime eller to og Ijomebe fra bet ene til bet anbct; men en bar itabffittelig fra bem: rene, nrje Ulaber, f!inncnbe Stoinber, is fwbfebe ^efte meb Blanfe cletjzii. )g naar be faa en @0nbag ringer ober I)an egen Srjffe, ber Ijan fclb i fblintcrnt), men for ftore tla?ber, gaar ft0 beb fin ^bcr ibe og ffal f0rfte ang berfjen, ja, ba er ber ^nbcl i bcm ! So fan be be! jlaa alle S0re 20 o$ for, Ijbab ^an bil faa fe! Og baa Sil&agcbeicn, naar be larmer rjen obcr ^obebct, enbnu tnngt og buggenbe baa , see note 4, p. 3. s fom stands for font om. (24) 25 ange, Sftesfer, $prcebifenorb, ber jager og jage of, Ijbab 0tct J)aa famine Sib fjar optaget: SUtertablen, Sragter, ^erfoner, ba fybalber be ogfaa en ang for alle Sag ober bette famlebe nbtrt)f og bier inb bett minbre irfe, fjan bcrcfter Bocrcr i fit %nbre., 5 fitbt cclbre maa fjan giccte tilfjelbS; men noor ^on ben bafre, bugfulbe @0nbagmorgen fibber aa tencn meb ^reaturerne nebenfor fig og 1^0rer ^irfeftofferne ober bere 2?jelbcr bo BHbcr Ijan timgfinbig. Zfyi ber flinger i bem noget Itjft, let, loffenbe bernebe fro, San!e om jen=- 10 binger beb ^irfen, Iccbe, naar man er ber, enbntt ft^rre nnar man ^ar bceret ber, gob SO^ab ^jemme, gar, 99?or, 0ffcnbe, Scg ^aa 23olben ben gtabe 0nbag!belb, og bet lillc ^ierte gj0r Dtoftanb i SBrtjftet. 9Ken bet enber bog oltib meb, at bet bar irfeflo!!erne, fom I0b; I)an is fwffcr fig om og finbcr tilfibft en fialb almcftuB, Ijau fan ; ben ftjnger fian meb folbebe ^oenber og et langt 0ie neb i alen, figer faa en liben 330n obenbaa, fbringer ob, er glab og ft0ber i Suren, 1 faa bet ff'ralber i gjelbene. cr i be ftille gjelbbale I)ar enbnu ^ir!en fin fcerffilte 20 Sale til enfjber Wlbcr, fit eget tjn for et'^bert 0ie; meget fan I)crt>e btjgget imellem, men albrig noget ober. en ftaar bofien og fcerbig for onftrmanben, 2 -- meb obraft ginger, fjalbt truenbe, f^albt binfenbe, for 3)nglingen, fom ^ar gjort fit SSalg, Brebffnlbret og ftcrf ober 3ftanbcn3 25 org, ritmmelig og milb ober )Ibingen, fom er trcet. i fiuren, blow the Alpine horn. 2 ^onftrmonb, candidate for confirmation. The usual age of confirmation is 15 26 SYnntfreSoIb 9P?ibt nnber Ghtbsticneften inblcbc og b06e be fmoa 230rn, og bet cr Befjenbt noF, at nnber bennc .Baubling er Sfnbagten ft0rft. 2ftan fan berfor iffe tegne norffe 230nbcr, forbcerbebe efler u forbcerbebe, uben et eller anbet teb at ft0be font- 5 men meb ir!en. 2>et bil ftme en nSformtgfjcb; men bet er maaffe iffe ben ba-rfte. ette bccre 1 fagt ^n ang for ollc og i!fe neto^) for bet ^ir!ebef0g Itjlb, fom ^er fommcr. ^^orb]0rn bar glab til Xitren 2 og Stjnet ftf fonin- 10 berltg mange Barber t 0inene ubcnfor SHrFen, f0Ite ben (Sttl()ebcn ^tjngbe, fom laa ooer alle og alt inbenfor, ba $D?efen enbnit iffe bar Begtjnbt; og ff]0nt 'fyan felb iffe fliiffebe at Btfie ^obebct, ba 330nnen bfet) Iceft, bar bet bog fom B0iet beb tinet af flere ^mnbre b0iebe obeber. 15 angen gif, og alle fang toaa en (Sang om!rtng I)am, faa bet bleb fyam nceften forfccrbcligt. aa ^enfunfen fab ^an, faa fjan float ob fom af en S)r0m, ba bere tol fagte Bleb aabnet for en, fom traabte inb. fter enbt ang tog gaberen I^in 9D?anb i >aanben 20 og fburte: "(Staar bet gobt til toaa oluaffcn?" Xf)orBi0rn f if ^inene ob ; men fjborlcbe ^an faa el ler i!Fe faa, 3 bar ber libcn gorbinbelfe at f0gc meb benne Sftanb og noget Iag ^rolbbom. et bar en milb, It)?* let 2)?anb meb ftore, Blaa 0inc, fyi 5j5anbe og Ij0t i ccbct; 25 1 t>0?re is optative which always has the same form as the infinitive. s tiar glab til Sturm, was happy at the thought of the Journey , looked for- ward with joy to the journey. 3 men K)&orfebe fycw faa eller iffe faa, but however much he looked. Cf . note 3, p. 4. 5 Y tt it v e S o ( 6 a f f eit 27 Ijan fmilte, naar Ijan talte til Ijam, og fagbc ja til alt- fammen, a'mnnb fagbe, men bar ellerS faatalcnbe. - "Ser fan bit faa^enbeSonntfbe at fe/' 2 fagbe Sobc ren, ibet fyan lubcbe fig neb til Ijorui0rn, tog Ijam paa Shtce og egebe obcr t ben Itge oberfor bem bccrenbe bin 5 bcftol. Ser ftob en libcn $ige baa nce obtie paa Sccnfen og faa ubober 9tefba?rtet; Tjun bar enbnu Itifere enb f)tn 2)?anb, faa It)3, at f)an albrig ^abbe fet 30?agen. un Ijabbe r0be glaggeruaanb t ^uen,t)0ibc\ule ^aar inbunber og lo ntt ober til fjam, faa ^an en lang ib iffe funbe fc 10 .baa anbet enb J^cnbc fjbibe STa:nbcr. $un fjolbt en fftn= nenbe Salmcbog i ben ene .'gaanb og et fammcnlagt rjdb* gult ilf et0r!ra?be t ben anbre og morebe fig mcb at flaa 3 Sommet0rf[ocbet toaa almebogen. %o mere fjan ftirrcbc, be mere lo Tjun, og Ijan bilbe ogfaa ftaa .baa nce paa is 33a?n!cn Itgefom fiitn. @aa nif!ebe fiun. $an faa en tnnb alborlig |^aa fienbe; faa niffebe T)an. ^un lo og niffcbe en @ang til; Ijan niffebe atter, og en @ang, og enbnu en ang. >un Io, men niffebe iffe mere, -- f0r om libt, ba Ijan atter fjabbe glemt bet, faa niffebe fjttn. 20 n bit faa etc. ^oa literally means 'receive, get' and may often be translated by 'get' with the preposition before the infinitive. $aa also may serve as a single auxiliary of the future perfect as : $eg ffctl fommc naar jeg faar faeft S3ogen, 'I shall come when I (shall) have read the book.' On other uses of this peculiarly Scandi- navian auxiliary, see P. L. 207, 3. s l)enbe @l)mt00e, In the dialects and in colloquial speech it is common to thus place the pronoun before the name where the person referred to is well-known, much as the German prefixes the definite article. 8 meb at flaa, notice infinitive corresponding to present participle in English. 28 "eg bit ogfaa fe!" btfrte ban bag fig og f0Itc i bet fnmmc en brage fjam efter 23enene neb paa ufoet, faa ban bar ncer bcb at falbe; bet bar en finflaaren liben en, [om nu arbcibebe fig tapped: op i ban teb; ban ^abbe ogfaa It)ft, ftribt aar og en But ftcefe. S^Iaf ^a^be nof J 5 Icert I)orbj0rn, b'borlcbeS be flemme (Suiter, l^an m0bte t STirfe og fole, f!ulbe tage; fjorbi0m fneb berfor ut- ten Bag, faa ^an btlbe til at ffrige, 2 men ^olbt inbc og frablebe i bettes teb 3 meget fort neb igjen af 93amfcn og tog ^f)orbj0rn i beggc 0ren. Senne g'rcb fat i Ijan3 2ug 10 og fatte f)am inb itnber fig; Ijin jlrcg enbnu iffe, men beb 2^orbj0rn i Saaret; f)orbi0rn traf bet tilbage og fatte f)an 5Tnfigt Itge Iitft i ulbet. SDa bleb ^an felt) tagen 4 i Str0iefrat)en og I0ftet op font en >almfcef, -- bet bar Saberen, fom fatte fyam i gang. is "33ar bet iffe i irfen, fif bu 5 ^rt)!/' f)biffebe fjan I)am inb i 0ret og trtjffebe f>an ^aanb, faa ben fbeb lige neb i $oben. >an l^uffebe paa @t)nn0be og faa ober; bun ftob ber enbmt, men faa ftirrenbe og fortabt, at fjan bc= gtjnbte at ane, fibab ban Ijabbe gjort, at bet maatte bare 20 ^obbe nof Icert Xorbjjtfrn, ^oorlebcS etc., Aslak had not neglec- ted to teach Torbfirn how. 2 faa !^an bitbc til at ffrige, so that he came near crying out. 3 i bctte @teb, instead, the antecedent of betted is at ffrige. 4 ba blet) !^an felti tagen, here the past partic. agrees with the subject, see note 2 p. 19. By the introduction of fyan felt) between the auxiliary and the past, partic., the latter is more closely connected with the subject and the purely verbal idea suffers. a Met) fyan felt) taget (pron. tat) would also here be the form ordinarily in the spoken language, 5 fif, see note 4, p. 22. 29 noget rigtig gait, aa fnart f)un merfcbc, at fjan faa faa fyenbe, fr06 ljun neb af 23cenfen og bar iffe mere at fc. Ser fom loffcr, ber fom $reft frem: f)an f)0rte og faa bel faa bem ; bcr fom otter SHof fer og otter $reft, - men enbnti fob Ijan ber faa 3aberen Song og tccnfte: 5 ffal tyim iffe fnart fe op igicn? $iu arl, fom I)abbe tritffet Ijam neb af Sccnfcn, fab faa en fammel Icengre tnbe t Stolen, og Iper @ang T)an m'Ibe retfe fig, ftf ^an et ^uf i ffitjggen af en gammel en, fom fab og bubbebe, men baagncbc regerma?ftg, T^bcr (Sang Tjtn giorbe 9Ktne til at 10 rcife fig. "fal fjun iffc fnart fe of igjen," tcen!te f)or- &i0rn, og I)t)crt r^bt 93aanb, fom f)an faa r0re fig runbt omfring, minbebe om bem, Ijun fjabbe, og ^bert ttlftabfet Sillebe t ben gamle irfe bar enten netof faa ftort eller libt minbre cnb Ijun. o, bw ftof ^un ^obebet of; men is jirots fyitn fif fe ^am, traf fjun bet alborligt neb igien. - SHoffcren fom frem og ^reften enbnu en ang, ber olcb ringct, 1 og man reifte fig. gabcren talte atter fagte mcb ben ftjfc 90?anb, be gtf fammen ober til ^binbefolfefto- len, fybor man ogfaa ^abbe reift fig.Sen f0rfte, fom fom ub 20 beraf, bar en It) ^one, fom fmilte ligcfom SWanben, men bog minbre; ^im bar ganffe liben og bleg og fyolbt @rjn- beb >aanben. ^orbj0rn ftrnf Uge mob benne; 2 men x bet bfet) ringet, the impersonal passive of an transitive verb as in German eS ttwrbe gefungen, e lourbe geraudjt, which in English may usually be rendered by 'there was' and the participal substantive. Transl. here, the bell rang. 2 0n such omissions of the verb see note 2, p. 20. 30 fjun traf fig Ijitrtig unba fjam, 1 nmbt om SftoberenS "Sab mig bcere!" fagbe T^un. "$an bcr fiar nof iffe f0r bccrct t SHrfe," fagbc ben Ibfc one og lagbe aanben aa Ijarn. 5 "9?ei, berfor jTaaS Ijan ogfaa ben f0rfte @ang, fyan er ber, [ngbe ocmunb. fact ffamfulb o$ $aa ^enbe og bcrfra p aa , bcr fonteS tjam enbntt alborltgere. >e gtf aUe lib, be cclbre t amtale, men fjorbi0rn cfter onn^uc, 10 [om traf fig trcttere til ^Zoberen, I)bcr 05ang I)an font fjcnbc nocr. Sen anbcn (Sut faa (jan iffe mere, llbc paa Slir!cbolbcn ftanfebe be og Begtjnbtc en Icengre amtalc. XflorBjjzfrn T)0rte flcre ange "2TIa!" ncrbne, 2 og ba Ijan tar Bangc for, at bcr ogfaa ffulbe tales libt om tjam fclb is mcb bet fammc, traf fjan fig tilbage. "u ffal iffe T)0re bcttc!" fagbe 2Robcrcn til git- n0be; "gaa en mule Bort, SSennen min; gaa bort, figer leg." 't)nn0be brog fig n0Icnbe tillage. ^fjorlij0rn gif ba 20 'away from', comes from older Ultban and therefore incor- rectly sometimes written Ultbaf. 2 f)0rte - - ItCCtilte. An active in- finitive with passive meaning appears in Norwegian after tube, l)0re, and sometimes fe without the sign of the infinitive, e. g. tri lob bcm fyente, jeg ^art fct @tl)ffct fpide. However, the passive may be employed to avoid ambiguity, as: jeg fytfrte I)om blioc falbt Deb 9?at)n, cf. Germ, id) Ijorte t^n rufeit, active and passive; see further Falk and Torp 122, also Hofgaard 138 and note 6, p. 4. 31 noermere fyen til Ijenbe og faa aa fyenbe, og Ijun faa fjam, og faaban ftob be en long tunb Blot og faa fjberanbre. nbelig fagbe Ijun: "&)!"- "$borfor figer bu ft)?" femrte Ijan. - "3t) !" fagbe f)im enbnu engang. "3?t), ffamme big !" lagbe F)tm til. "bab fyar jeg ba 1 gjort?" "2)u fyar ffaoebeS 2 i irfen og men ^reften ftob og meSfebe, ft)!"- "$a, men bet er loenge fiben." ette flog ^enbe, og fun fagbe om libt: "(r bet big, 3 font Ijeber ^orbj0rn rcmliben?" *ba like English then and German beitn makes the question less abrupt. a further serves here to connect the question more closely with the preceding, say: what have I done then (to make you say that, that you say that). z f)cir flaaebe, have been fighting. Observe that deponents and s-passives take the auxiliary fyabe, not bCCte and bltBe, in forming the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect (fyu&e = er bfctJet). In the compound tenses the use of the deponent is commonly avoided in the spoken language, as: be er bletine (or bleDet) eitige, instead of be fjar enebe. Colloquially fyar jlaaebeS is pronounced fyar f(aa. 3 er bet big, the disjunctive personal pronoun is the objective mig, big, f)dm, etc. not the nominative jeg, bu, ^ail. See note 2, p. 6. In the older language the nominative was used and this is still for the most part the case in the dialects. The objective disjunctive is due to East Scandinavian (and Danish) influence, and is characteristic of East Norwegian. In the collo- quial language and in recent writers the nominative is more and more common again. This is quite generally the case if the dis- junctive pronoun is followed by a relative clause in which the relative is subject, as in our sentence e. g. er bet bit, font fyebber etc. 32 "fa, og er bet big, join Ijeber nmt0be fen?" - "50. - - %eg fyar beftanbig Ij0rt, at bit bar faaban en fnilb @ut." - "9?ei, bet er iffe fanbt; for jeg er ben flcmmefte af 5 alle o fyjemnte," fagbe {jorbj0rn. - '"Ru fyar jeg albrig Ij0rt - " fagbe <2>tjnn0be og flog be fmaa $cenber fammen; "Sftor, Stfor! f)an ftger " "%i ftille og gaa bort!" m0bte Ijenbe fra benne ant, - og ^un ftanfebe, benbte ber|jaa langfomt og Baglceng 10 ttlbage, meb be ftore, Blaa '|2tne I)cftebe paa 2ftoberen. ^ar beftanbig f)0rt, at b u far faa fntlb," fagbe "^a, bet cr fomme iber, naar jeg I)ar loeft, bet/' fbarebe fjitn. - is - "Grr bet fanbt, bet er faa oberlag fulbt meb $fti fer og Jtrolb og anbet onbt ber borte ^aa cber banter?" 1 fpurte fjan, fatte >aanben i then, ben cne gob from og ft0ttebe fig paa ben anbre, -- netop font f)an fjabbc fct SlSIaf gi0re bet. - - 2 20 y '2r?or, 9Wor! b^b bu, f)bab fjan finer? I^an figer " "Sab mtg boere, ^0rer bit! >g font iffe fjib, f0r jeg falber taa big!" un maatte atter langfomt og bag= , however, writes the objective mtg, big etc. ^oa ebcr r, lit. in your directions, transl. in your part of the country or where you live. 2 netop font ^au ^attbe fet Stslof gjjtfre bet, just as he had seen Aslak do. S)et, which is not necessary in the Norwegian, resumes the idea of the antecedent. Cf. the French; 6tes-vous le pfere de cette jeune fille? Oui, je le suis, 33 IcengS ttl&agc, ibet f)uu buttebe en nib of 0rf(cebet inb t Sftunbcn, bcb faft og traf i bet. "Cr bet flet iffe fanbt, at I)ber 9M faa filler bet 1 t >augene ber borte?" "mil"- 5 "arbualbrtgfeirolbba?"- t - "3fo, bet ffal bit iffe ftoc!" - "2fa \)t)t; bet er tffe farltgt!" fagbe ^an og f^Qttebe 10 mcllcm ^ccnbcrne for at trife ^enbe, ^Dor longt ^an funbe "So/ Jo," fagbe Ijurt; "for faa 3 fommer bu i cl bebe!" - "ror bu bet?" f^urte ^an Bettjbeltg mtjgere; tf)i is ^an Ijatobe Blot tornft fig, at ^an funbe faa ^ugg for bet, - og nu ftob gaberen faa langt Borte, "bem baa Sag 4 er ben ftcrfefte berober too eber^ @ibe?" fburte ^an og fatte uen libt mere .baa ben ene ant. - 20 "^ei, bet bcb leg iffe." - "$0, baa bor ibe er bet gar; Ijan er faa fterf, at Ijan brt)Ier SBIaf; og bu fan tro, STSlaf er fterf." - "So, faa." 5 - _ 1 fda, here a superfluous connective, that is very characteristic of the dialects. z ajjen i ^efu 9tolm not be translated literally which would be stronger than the Norwegian, say but for heaven' s sake 8 for few, because then. 4 t>em pao Sag, is literally, 'just about who,' may translate, who might be zte. 5 $a faa, say, is that so, or is he? 3 34 SY "JQan r)ar engang Itfftet en >eft." - "Cm $eft!" - 'Set er jaa fanbt, faa fanbt, for fjan fjar felb for* talt bet." a tbtlebe jo Ijeller iffe fjun. 1 "bem er 51S* 5 "3M er Del en jTem en, fan bu tro. 2 $an Snr ^am flto, at I;er t SBcrbcn er nu albrtg SKanb Ole= ben f>rot't [lig fjzfr." - "Iaa -S bcr Borte ^o0 ebcr?" 3 - 10 "^a fomme tber, faa - @i0r $ bet i!fe ouer f)o eber?" - "9Jci, albrig." - "$dab g]0r S ber bn?" - "9Ia, 9Kor [teller meb S^aben, btnbcr og fijr; bet is gj0r ^ari ogfaa, men iffe faa gobt fom 3Wor, for Hart cr faa lab. 9D?en Dfanbt |iafer Hj^rene, gar og (Sutternc cr t 3D?arfen eller ogfaa r)iemme." Sette fanbt fyan bar en tilfrcbfttllenbe gorflartng. "9Wcn fiber 9(ftcn Iccfer bt og ftjnger bt," fortfatte ^un, "og bet g]0r bi om @0nba- 20 gen ogfaa." - "Slllefammen?" - "3a." "Set maa bcere langfomt - - "Sangfomt? Sftor, ^an fig " men faa fjuffebe 25 ttrifebe jo Defter iffe ^un, say, indeed, she didn't doubt either then. bu tro, you may believe, I tell you, 3 I)0, Germ, bet, French chez, at one's house. 35 fjun, at ber fyen ffulbe Ijun iffe. -- "3)u fan .tro, jeg eier mange aucr," fagbe Ijun. - "@W bit bet?" - "$a, ire gaar meb Sam i Sinter, og ben ene, tror jeg Beftemt, faar to." l 5 "3aa bu (jar alter, bit?" "Csa, jeg (jar ogfaa ^j0r og rife, ^ar bit ingen?" "^om bort til mig, f!al bu faa et Sam. 2 @aa ffal bit nof fe, at bit faar flere of bet." "et bilbe ba?re itrimelig tr0ifomt." ;De ftob libt; 10 "funbe iffe ogfaa ^nQ^ib faa et Sam?" fpitrte Ijan. - cr ^ngrtb?" ueIe Sngrib?" 9cet, Fienbe fjenbte ^un iffe. "Sr Ijitn minbre enb bit?"- 15 "va bivft cr ^nn minbre enb jeg, - - faapa font bu." 3 "?fa net! 4 fienbe maa bu tage meb, f)0rer bu!" 50, bet ffulbe f)an ba. "9Wen", fagbe tyim, "ba bu faar et Sam, fan Ijun faa en ri." Set fanbt ogfaa fan bar 20 langt flogcre, og nit fortalte be Itbt om fcelle ^jenbin ger, fjboraf be rigtignof iffe fyabbe mange, ^orcelbrene bar fa?rbtge, og be maatte gaa f)iem. Cm fatten brjzsmte I)an om olfiaffen, og frjnte Uror jeg beftemt, / really believe; beftemt, is past partic. of be- stemme, cf. Germ., beftimmt. 8 The understood connective before ffof is faa. 3 faapa font bu, about as big as you. 4 3(a net! say oh my! 36 SY Ban 1 at fe Bare fybibe Sam ber Bortc og en liben It) 3 ^ente meb r0be 23aanb gaa mibt tmelfem bcm. S'ngrtb og Ijan talte fyber enefte 2)ag om at fomme berober. e Babbe faa mange Sam og maagrife at basfe, at be btbfte i'ffe, F)borlebe3 be ffulbe benbe fig imellem bem. ^mib* 5 Icrttb vinbrebe be fig meget ober, at be iffe funbe gaa bib ftraf. "gorbt om ben beIe ^entungcn I)er Bebt eber?" fbitrte SWoberen; "^ar bu i)0rt fligt f0r?" -- "^a ja, bent nu til na?fte ^rcefenf0nbag," mente ^I)orBj0rn, "faa ffal 5 fe." 10 Sen fom. ";Du ffal bcere faa flem til at ffrgbe og Itjbe og Banbe," fagbe t)nn0be ba til Iiam, "at bu iffe faar Sob til at fomme, for bit I)ar lagt bet of." - ".bem liar fagt bet?" fpurte ^orBj0rn forimbrct. "S0?or". is ^ngrib bar fbcenbt taa ^jemfomften, og Ijan ^ortalte fjcnbe og SWoberen, ^borban bet bar gaat. "Ser fan bit fe!" 2 fagbe Woberen. vsngrtb fagbe tn- gcnting. SWen ^erefter bafebe Baabe fjun og SOfoberen baa ftam, I)bcr 05ang Bon Banbte eller ffr0b. !^ngrib og 20 I)an Font imiblertib ob til at flaa om, Ijborbibt 3 ben fare i mig!" Funbe bcere at Banbe eller ei. fif ^rtjl, og fiben Brttgte fjan "."gunben fare i mig!" I)de 2)agen. S0?en om ^belben I)0rte S^beren bet. "^o, Ban ffal rigtig fare i big!" fagbe Ijan og breb til f)am, faa Ban 25 tumlebe Ben. I)orBj0rn bar meft ffamfulb for a Ofl ft)ntc I)aH, the simple conjunction og does not necessitate inversion, but see note 3, p. 6. 2 er f nit bit fe ! there you see! 3 J)ottnbt, as to how far. 37 men Ijiin gif om en liben tunb bort til Ijam og flatobebe fjam. S)a et $ar Sftaaneber leb frem, font be begge Oder baa olbaf f en ; bnntfbe bar fiben f)0 bem, be atter ber, og faalebe unber Ijele )bbef*ten. f)orbi0rn og ton- 5 n0be fablceftc; be gif i famme Sfole, og fan bleb tilfibft flinfere, faa fltnf, at ^reften tog fig of ^am. 9Wen ^ng- rib gif bet baarligere meb, og ^enbe ^ial^ be begge. og t)nn0be bleti faa uabffillelige, at $olf falbte bem forbi be altib f!0t fammen, og begge bar me- 10 get Infe. et ^cenbte fig, ret fom bet bar, 1 at tjnn0be flog fig breb fcaa 3;5orbj0rn, forbi Ijan bar bel bilb af fig 2 og ragcbe i flammed baabe f)ift og ^er. ^ngrib gif ba al- ttb imellem, og be bar atter obbenner 8 fom f0r. 3?Jen 15 fif 2t)nn0be 2>?or ^0re om Iagmaal, fom fyan iffe baa Solbaffen ben Uge og fnabt nof ben ncefte. cemunb turbe ingen fortcelle om ftigt; "^an farer for fjaarbt meb utten," fagbe ffonen ^an og baalagbe alle auf)eb. 2om be nn bof^te til, bleb be alle tre fagre at fe til, 20 ffj^nt Ijber baa fin Waabe. nnn0be bleb ^0i og flanf, fif gitlt ^aar, et fint, ffinnenbe Stnfigt meb ftille, btaa Hne. 9?aar {jnn talte, fmilte fjun, og golf fagbe tibltg, at bet bar belfignet at gaa inb unber bet mil. \5ngrib bar minbre, men f0rere, Ijabbe enbnu Ibfere ^aar, men et 25 ganffe Tibet 5rnfigt, ber bar bI0bt og runbt. f)orbj0rn J ret fom bet Dor, every now and then. 2 el tritb af fig, rather wild. r, stress first syllable. 38 Synnalve Solbaffen bleb af 9WibbeIf)0ibe, men faare belbofSen, fif m0rft^aar, bunfelblaa Hne, ffarbt Stnfigt og fterfe Scmmcr. $an bleiebe gjerneMelb at fortcelle, naar fjan bar breb, at fjan funbe Icefe og jfribe ligefaa gobt fom folcmefteren og frrjgtebe ellerS ingen Sftanb i alen - - uben fiat fin 5 tcenfte fyan; men bet lagbe fjcm iffe til. j;^orbi0rn bilbe tiblig fonfirmere; men beraf bleu ber intet; "fact Icenge bu iffe er fonfirmeret, er bu bare utten, 2 og jeg fan bebre raabe meb big!" fagbe ^at fyan. reften $amilie faa gobt om (Stjnn0bc, at be tog fyenbe inb for at tale meb fyenbe. Sn,rtb og ^f)orb]0rn ftob igjen ube blanbt be anbre, og ba en ut fagbe til T)am: "an bu flab iffe inb meb? 5 3>c tager ^enbe beftemt fra big!" faa 25 J ^on ^jleiebe gjerne etc., fie was in the habit of. 'uttcii, see note 5, p. 8. *oa til ^Sreften, meet at the parsonage for weekly lessons in preparation for the confirmation, see note 2, p. 25. 4 eit bebre 9#ailb t, the son oj a well-to-do man. 6 00 bit flop iffe inb, and so you, etc. 39 foftcbe bette fjin ($ut et Bloat $ie. Sro nit of Bleb bet en fif Blanbt be anbre utter at erte Ijam meb ton- n0be, og bet bifte fig ogfaa, at intet funbe fa?tte Ijam i ft0rre 33rebe. 5 en fog of unber SJkeftegaarben Bled ber tilfibft og efter Slftale et lagSmaal, ber Ijabbe bette 5 til @runb; bet bofte jlig of, at Ijor&i0rn fif at gj0re meb en (jel glof paa en ang. ^btnbfolfene bar gaat i goi> betcn, faa ber bar ingen til at f!tlle bcm ab, og bet Beb berfor bcerre og bcerre. XaBe bilbe f)an iffe, 1 ber font flere inb .baa Ijam, og nit forfbarebe Ijan fig faa Ijbab 10 Waabe fjan Bebft funbe, f)borfor ber ubbelteS lag, fom ftben felb fortalte, fybab ber bar foregaat." Starfagen fom meb bet famme of, 2 og ber Bleb fterf ale om bette i 33ggben. 9tccfte ^5ro:fenf0nbag bilbe XfjorBi0rn iffe gaa tt( is Sirfe; ncefte Sag, be ffulbc bare f)o $reften, lagbe I)an fig 109- Sngrib gif berfor alene. $an fburte fjenbe beb ^iemfomften, T)bab t)nn0bc f)abbe fagt. "^ngenting." a ^an faa gif meb igjen, ft)nte Ijan, at alle golf faa faa f}ant, og at ^onfirmanberne fnifte. Wlm Qn= 20 n0be fom fenere cub be anbre og bar meget tube ^o ^re- ften ben Sag. ^an fnjgtcbc fenb af ^rcften, men merfebe fnart, at be to encfte i 23tjgben, fom iffe fjenbte noget til lagSmaalet, bar Ijan egen Saber og ^reftcn. Set funbe enbba gaa an; 3 men fyborlebes? f)an atter funbe 25 fomme i Safe meb rjnn0be, bibftc f)an iffe; t^i bet bar 1 observe the order, why is the verb placed first? 2 fom . . . Op, became known, "bet funbe cnbba gaa an, transl. thafsnot so bad after all. 40 f0rfte @ang, Ijan iffe rigtig bilbe bebe lent. (fter enbt Ot)cr^0rtng bar imlen ^abbe ct fbagt Oberbrag af Blaagraa @?Qer, f)tft 10 og fyer ihtrebet, faa bet bar, font ont nogen fif ffue ub i bet bitnfle Blaa font af et 0ie. ^ngen bar at fe omfring wfene e'tler Icengerc Borte; men t roeSfet til alle iber ffbattrebe rcef)optoerne, en 3(gcrriffe malte til fjtftre og fbarteS af en til benftre, T)bor^aa ber Begtjnbte en ang is t ra>3fet fro teb til teb, faa bet bar I)am, ber gif, 2 font Jjabbe f^an 3 et ftort S0Ige, ffjj2fnt ^an iffe faa en enefte. fogen traf fig Blaa, fiben bunfel og bunflere op imob Uren og fnnte et ftort ^aagel)ab. 9??en berinbc fra B0rte f^an Orren faille og flaa til St)b, en enfelt ^atngfe 20 ffrige og gofen fbocbe fine gamle, fjaarbe 9?im fterfere enb nogenfinbe, nu, ba alt Ijabbe fat fig neb for at Ij0re faa I) ant. f)orBj0rn faa ober mob oIBaffen og gif af- ftcb. $an B0iebe af fra be banlige SScie, font raff berober og ftob fnart t ben lille ^obe, font tjmttfbe eiebe, og font 25 x tjel had best here be translated by barely or as soon as. s foa bet Dar Ijont, ber gif, durative past. 3 fom ^aube ^an, see note 2, p. 21. 42 S Inn lige itnber bet ene SoftSbinbit, netop bet, tnbenfor fibilfet Ijun fob. $an Ityttcbe og fpcibebe, men nit bar ftille. 5Da faa fjan fig om i >abcn efter StrBetbSrebffa- Ber og fanbt ganffe rigtig Baabe pabe og @reB. cr far Begtmbt paa Opfpnbning af en (Seng; Blot en Itben 5 (Snip bar BIcben fcerbig, men i ben bar allerebe to 33Iom=- fter fat, formobentlig for at fe r ^borlebe bet tog fig itb. ">im er Bleben trcet, taffel, 1 og er gaat fra bet/' toenfte Ijan; 'T)er maa en 2)?anb til," 2 tocnfte f)an bibere, og gab fig ifcerb meb bet, 3 f0Ite flet ingen Stift tit @0bn, 10 ja ft)nte enbog, at Ijan albrig fjabbe gjort faa let et 2lr- Beibe. $an Ijitffebe, T)boiiebe be fulbe fcetteS, I)itf:febo ogfaa ^preftegaarbSfiaben og .ba^febe nu bet ene i bet an* bet. fatten gif meb, 4 men Ijan merfebe bet iffe, I)an fjbilte ne^e og fil I)de (Sengen opfpabet, 33Iomfterne fat, 15 en og anben omplantet for at faa bet enbnu fmuffcrc, og alt i ett ffottebe T^an op til SofiSbinbitet, om bog nogen ffitlbe merfe fam. 9Wen I)berfen bcr eller anbctftebS bar ber nogen, ei Ijeller I;0rte ^an faa meget font en $nnb g]0, f0r ^nen tog paa at gale, bafte @lobcn Sugle, fom ba 20 en efter en fatte fig op for at fgnge "gob SWorgen". 2)?en fjan ftob ber og flappebe ^orbcn til omfring, fjuffebe Ijan paa (bentt)rcne, fom 2BIaf ^abbe fortalt, og IjborlebeS fjan engang trobe, ber boffte Strolb og 9cifcr ober paa 1 Staff el, poor girl. The specifically Norwegian word is (Staff ar, Staffer, (from O. Norse, taffarf), which often, however, is used in a pejorative sense. 2 f)er maa en SJfaitb ttf, a man is necessary for this, "got) fig ifcsrb meb, began. *Q\l nick, passed. 43 olbctffcu. $an fao ob til Softs-binbuet og fmtlte til, 1 f)bab Stjimtfbe nu i ^lorgcnftimbcu btlbe tcenfe. Set bar blettct bygtig It)ft, g-uglene fjolbt allcrcbe et forfoerbeligt epetafel, r)borfor fjan fjccbcbe [ig ober S^ocfboerfet og ffynbtc fig f)jcm. cia ffulbc ba ingen funne fige, bet bar Ijam, font fiabbe bocrct obcr og blantet 33Iomfter i n0be fmtlte til, and smiled at the thought of, see note 2, p. 26. Srebje (Snart Bleb mange Jpaanbe fortalt i Stjgben; men ingen bibfte noget mcb (Sifferfjeb. 9llbrig Bleb ()or* Bj0rn tiere fet paa oIBaffen, 1 efter at be Begge bar fon* firmerebe, og bet bar bette, golf mtnbft funbe for[taa. ^ngrib fom ofte obcr; tjnntfbe og Ijun gif ba gjerne en ur t 8fogen; "bltb tffe for lange Borte," raabte 2Ro= beren efter bem. "2ta net!" fbarebe tjnn^be og font iffe I)}em f0r t Slbelbtngen. 3)e to grtere melbte [ig nt). "^un faar felb bcere om bet," [agbe SWoberen, g ren mente bet famme. SWen ba @t)nn0be Bleb tagen af= 10 fibe og fbttrt, fif be 2tf[Iag. er melbte fig ogfaa flere, men tngen ^rte om, at be Bar Stjffen mcb fig r)jcm fra oIBaffen. Gngang 90?oberen og Tfjun ftob og ffurebe nogle SDMfertnge, fbitrte SWoberen, I^bem fjun egentlig toenfte paa. et fom faa Ijaftig ober @t)nn0be, at tyim 15 bleb r0b. "^ar bu gtbet nogen bit 20fte?" ftmrtc fyin tgjen og faa fiffcrt paa- I^cnbc. "^et", fbarebe i)nn0be rafft. 2)er Bleb iffe mere ale om ben J;ing. a ^un bar bet Bebfte @ifte, golf bibfte af at fige, faa bar bet lange Hne, fom fttlgte I)enbe, ber Ijun gif beb ^tr= 20 fen, bet enefte @teb, fjurt bar til at fe, forubcn t ^jemmet; blet) X^orbj0m tiere fet etc. Thorbjorn was not seen any more. (44) 45 film fanbte nemlig iffe beb nogen 2an eller cmben 2t) ftigfteb, 1 faafom gorcelbrene bar ^angianere. f)orbi0rn fab lige oberfor Ijenbe i irfeftolen, men be talteS albrig beb, [aa bibt Bolt fnnbe merfe. @aa meget tt)fte fyber og en at bibe, at ber maatte bccre noget imellem bem, og, ba 5 be iffe omgiffc fjtncmben baa famme 33t fom onbet ungt ^joereftcfolf t ^alen, Begtynbte man at fige mangt og me* get. 2 2:5orbj0rn Bleb Itgefom iffe bibere lift. ait ftflte bet nof felb; t^i ^an lagbe be! ^aorbt frem, fybor flere bar fammcn, faalebeS beb Sanfe og i 33rt)IIttb; og bet 10 Ijcrnbte ba, at Ijan en og anben @ang gif fig Bent frem i et Iagmaal. $er meb fagtnebe bet bog, efter fybert fom ffere Tcerte, ^bor fterf fyan bar; ^orbj0rn bcennebe fig bcrfor tiblig til iffe at taale, at nogen ftob bel meget i 23eien for I)am. - - "^u er bit fommen taa bin egen 15 .^aanb," fagbe ^oemunb, gar fan; "j^uff bog enbnu baa, at min fanffe er fterfere enb bin!" $0ft og Winter gif, 35aaren fom, og enbnu bibfte golf intct beftemt. Ser for faa mange 9?tjgter runbt om be 5ffjTag, t)nn0be ^abbe ubbelt, at T)im ^albbei bleb gaa= 20 enbe fom for fig felb. 2tfen ^ngrib fulgte fyenbe; be to ffulbe brage til ceterS 3 fammen i 2lar, ba olbaffefolfct Mtcnilig. It is difficult to render the extract force of this word in English. It corresponds very much to German nfimficlj, and generally connects the sentence with the preceding one by way of explanation. It may usually be translated by some such expression as, 'it was this way, the fact is,' or simply by 'for.' s mangt Oj meget, alliterative couplet of synonymous terms, say simply 'much.' 'tit (Soeter?, see note 6, p. 6. 46 SYn fjabbe fj0Bt $part t ranlibfaeteren. 9)?an Ij0rte Bj0rn ftjngc ovpc i Sicrnc; t(jt (jan lagcbc ct og anbct til x for bem. Ght baffer Sag, ba bet alt laffcbe mob Slbelben, og fjan bar fccrbig, fatte Tjan fig Ijen at tcenfe .baa ct og anbct. 5 2)ct bar nof meft, fybab ber talte om i 23t)gbcn, fjan tamfte ^aa; ^an lagbe fig {>aa 9?t>ggen r^cn i bet r0be og Brune Stjng, og meb ^ocubeme op itubcr ^oDcbct gao ()an fig til at ftirre o i ^immelen, font ben gif bcr blaa og ffinncnbe Bag be toette ^trcefroncr. 2>ct gr0nnc 20D og 10 33ar fI0b ub otoer ben ffjcelbenbe tr0m, og be m0rfe @re ne, font ffar igjennem, gjorbe fcelfomrne, Uilbe 5tcgntngcr beri. 2ften ^imlcn felb bar !nn til at fe, 2 naar et 33Iab blaffebe til ibe; Icengre Borte, mellcm be kroner, font iffe naabe fjueranbre, Br0b ben frem font en Brcb GIu i In= is ncfulbe tiingninger og I0B fienober. ette ftemmebe f)an inb,. og ^an Beg^nbte at ta:nfe baa bet, ^an faa. - 23irfen lo attcr mcb tufinb ^2iine ob til @ra nen, gwruen ftob ber meb tatt3 goroflt ftrittebe meb fine Digger til alfe ibcr; tl)i efter fjbert font Sitftcn Bleb 20 mere fjcelen, fbifnebc flere og flere rjglinge til, rcnbtc t 3Sciret og ftaf bet friffe 20b lige ob i 9?a:fen paa 3 gurnen. ! one thing and another. 2 lwr til at fc. Observe the active infinitive after the verb ticerc as in German and French corresponding to the passive infinitive in English, 'was to be seen.' So fyait Dor iffe at filtbe (er tpar ntdjt ^n finben, 'il n'etait pas ^ trouver'), ber er intet mere at gj0re, (ba ift md)t meljr ftii t^uu, 'il n'y a rien plus ^ faire'), there is nothing more to be done. Likewise after the verb blttoe, e.g.: jeg blir at finbe i (gftermibbafl. *^aa, possessive prep, of, common colloquially but only used when the thing possessed is an integral part of the possessor. 47 "Utfontro, 1 fjbor % bar i Winter?" fburte gurucn, btftebe fig og fbcbte $arbif t ben utaalclige cbe. "Set er na> [ten for gait! fact langt mob 92orb fut!" SWen faa bar bcr en gammel, graajMIet guru, 2 font faa ob ober alle be anbre, funbe enbba b0ie en fingerrig 5 (Srcn noeften lobrct neb og tage en brifttg S0n i ben 0berfte >aartor, faa ben Jfalb Itge neb i noerne. Sen* ne fabnett)f!e guru fiabbe iDZcnncflene fbiftet alttb Icenger og Icrnger o^obcr, til ben engang, tra?t og fjeb af bet, meb ctt ffjtfb faaban tilbcir, at ben fbin!Ie ran bel (Siben 10 Meb rceb og fpurte ben, om ben ogfaa f)uffebe Winter- ftormcnc. ")m jcg r)itf!cr bem?" fagbe gurtten og bo- ffebc ben beb ^ioclb af 9iorbcnbinbcn faalebc om 0rene, at ben iffc bar langt tfra at tabe ^olbntng, og bet bar ilbe nof. Sen ftorlemmebe, m0r!Iabnc guru Fiabbe nu fat 15 en faa brclbig gob t ^orbcn, at Xrcrne ftaf ob en 6 Stlen ifra ben og bar cnbba ttjfferc enb omfring bet ttjffeftc af eljcn, Ijbab benne meb llnbfcelfe en belb rjbiffebe til ^umlen, fom forelffet fbanbt fig o^ ober ben. Sen f!ja:ggcbe guru bar fig fin Scribe Bebibft og 20 ma:Ite til 9Wenneffene, ibet ben f)0tt ober bere bner ia> gebe @ren paa Oren 3 ub i ben bilbe Suft: "^bift mig, om ^ fan!" t, be !an iffe fbifte big!" fagbe 0rnen, ncblob fig transl. Iwondsr. 2 gitru (Dan. ^l)r) is the East Norwegian dialectal form (with final U corresponding to e and a south and west), which has been practically adopted in the literary language. 3 @5ren pad ren, branch after branch. 48 Sy naabig, lagbe fine linger [ammen meb 9lnftanb og pub- febe noget itSfelt gaareblob of fine Siccr. - "^eg mener, jeg beber SDronningen foctte fig Ijer, jeg ; fyun Ijar nogle Grg, Ijun ffal faftc," iilf0tebe ben fag- tere og faa neb paa fine ffallebe 23en; tfji ben bar ffamfuib 5 Oder, at ber font ffybenbe en $5el mtlbe (Srinbringer fra fjtne tibligfte SSaarbage, Ijbort man blioer f)aldtofet obcr ben f/efr[te oloorme. nart Ijceoebe ben igjen ^>obebet og fttrrebe unber be f|cerf!t)ggebe 33rt}n op i be forte lire, om Sronntngcn tffe 10 ffulbe 1 fcile ber etftcbS, oegtung og Itbcnbe. 3Ifftcb fatte ben, og 3umen furtbe fnart fe garret oppe imob ben flnre, blaa finft, fjbor be fetlebe i Itge Sinie meb ben ^0i=- efte ^jelbtop og ciff^anblebe fine fjnSlige 2InIiggcnbcr. 2)et t)nr ifle frit, at ben bar Itbt uroltg; tl)t faa gilb ben cnb is f0Ite fig, bar bet bog enbnu gilbere at faa et 0rnepar at nugge. S)e font begge neb, og lige til ben! Se talte iffe til ^beranbre, men gab fig tfarb meb at fjcnte tftbtfte. ^uruen bibebe fig, om muligt, enbnu mere nb, ber bar ba IjeUer ingen, font fnnbe Tn'nbre ben beri. 20 Sftcn mellem ben j2eSoIbaffen 49 fine, faa be bar lette no? at fange; jo, tilfibft Ijabbe ben t ^eben brjgget og &0iet fammen et tcet, libet @renlju, tcef* fet meb frtffe 23(abe, faa Sinerlen birfelig oar baa 3Sei til at inbrette fig bcr for orrtmeren. $lu berimob: 0i> nen fyabbe fat fig faft t torfurnen, og beef maatte ben. 1 5 Set bar bel en org ! 2 Sen fang en trillenbe 2lfffeb3* fang, men ganffe fagte, for at $rnen iffe ffulbe merfe bet. 23ebre gif bet iffe nogle maafpurbe Borti 3 et Dre- fjcer. Se ^abbe f0rt et faa ftjnbtgt 4 Seben ber, at en Sroft ta?t beb, obbe t en 2tf!, albrig fif fobe t rette Zib, 10 Bleb ftubitm It)ncnbe fint 5 og gjorbe Wlunb. 6 Sn al- borlig ^affefbat i 9?aootroeet I^abbe let, faa ben ncer f)ab be brattet af $inben. 9??en ber faa be 0rnen t torfurtten! og ^roften og Smaafpurbene og ^affefbcetten og alt, fom fftjbe funbe, 15 maatte affteb ober >al og ^obeb, 7 ober og unber rc= nene. Xroften Banbte, ber f^an ff0i, baa, at fyan iffe of tore ffulbe leie flig, at fjan fif Sburbene til jenboer. aa ftob Sfogen ber omfring forlabt og eftertamf* fom mibt i bet muntre olffin. Sen [fulbe fjabe al fin 20 Iccbe af torfnruen, men bet bar en ttjnb Icebe. fo- gcn b0iebe fig Bange, ^ber ang 9?orbenbinbcn gif, tor- furucn flog Suften meb fine boclbige Orenc, og 0rnen fI0t 1 og Dccf ntoatte ben, and leave it must, see note 2, p. 20, tooef = Germ, tueg, 'off, away,' 2 bet war el en org, Germ. So tuar loo^l eiu ram. say 'twas indeed sad or it was most sad. 8 5ortt=borte t. 4 |"l)libigt, awful, terrible, literally and usually 'sinful', but with the words geOen, Stpi and 33raa! it has the transferred sense. 6 lt)iienbe fint, flry angry, note the transferred meaning. 6 gjorbe Sftunb, made faces. 7 oDer al og 0tteb, alliterative couplet, over head and heels. 4 StjnnjJbe Solba!fen. 50 i 9?ing om ben, rolia oa finbtg, fom om bet Blot bar on frtjBcnbe aftebinb, ber Bar nogen itsfd 23iraf op til ben fro f ogen. Sftcn ben Ijele guritfamtlie bar glab ! %f fe en Ijitffebe, at ben felb intet Otcbe fi! at bitgge bet SCar. JBcef I" fagbe be, ,..bt er af legten!" s - "$bab Itgger bit og tcenfer baa?" fburte i^ngrtb, ^un traabte fmilenbe frem mellem nogle 93u ffe, fom I)un ^olbt B/iict til 8ibe. ^^orbj0rn reifte fig; "aa, faa mangt fan lege i cn ^u", fagbe ^an og faa trobfig I^en ober ^rccrne. "(IIcr 10 fnaffer be for mcget i 33tjgbcn baa benne ^ib," 1 lagbe flan HI, ibet Ijan B^rftebe noget t0b af fig. "$borfor Brt)r bit big ogfaa Beftanbig om, I)bab Sol! figer?" "STa, jeg beb iffc rigtig; men enbnu ^ar albrig is golf fagt noget, fom iffe fjar bceret i mit inb, om bet og faa iffe ^ar bceret i min ^anbling." "Set bar ftygt fagt." - "Set bar bet ogfaa," fagbe Ijan; om libt f0icbc fyw til: "9Wen bet bar fanbt." 20 $un fatte fig baa r0nfbceret, ^an ftob og faa neb for fig. ">eg fcm let Blibe flig fom be btl f)abe mig; be ffnlbe lobe mig bcere, fom jeg er." "8'aa er bet bin fglb tilfibft alligebel." - gjerne bcere; men be anbre fjar Sel t ben. 25 poo beitnc Xib. @Her introduces a further explana- tion, say besides, they talk etc. 5 Y n tt ? o e 5 04 batten 51 ftger: jeg bil Ijabe greb!" 1 raabte f)an nceften og faa ob mob 0rnen. XfjorBjtfrn!" fjbiffebe ^ngrib. benbte fig mob Ijenbe og lo. "$g, fjt)," fagbe f)an; "fom fagt: mongt fan lege t en ^u. ar bit talt 5 meb Qnntfbe tbag?" "'^a; ^itn er alt bragen 2 til 8ceteren." 10 "graMa!" 2fa, olen fer neb {ma rceet fit, "taar bu ber, bit fftnnenbe itlbet mtt?" is Xriitmltt, trtitmlot, baagnebe og f!bat: er paofcerbe?" - "^ SKorgen T0fer bt 330Imgen," fogbe Sngrtb; m'Ibe benbe ^anfen til en anben ^ant. 20 "%eg ffol bcere meb at bribe!" fagbe S^orBi^rn. "9M, gar bil felb bcere meb," fagbe fjitn. "^a faa," fagbe ^an og taitg. fburte efter big ibag," fagbe ^ttn. be left in peace. 2 jjmt er brogeu til Saeterelt. See Note 2, p. 19. 52 "@iorbe rjan bet?" fagbe Stfjorfcitfrn, [far en bift nf meb fin ollefnib og begmibtc at flccKc ben. "Sit ffitlbc tale oftere mcb $ar, enb bit gi0r," fagbe Ijim Blibt; "fjan Tjolber meget af big," lagbe fjun til, - "Set fan gjerne bare/' fagbe fjan. 5 "^an taler ofte om big, naar tit er ube." "Sefto fjelbncre, naar jeg er inbe." "SDet er bin Sfnlb." - "Set fan gierne Deere." "@Itg ffal bit iffe tale, &&or&i/zirn; bit Deb felt), ^bab 10 ber er tmellem eber." ".^bcibcr betba?" "fal jeg fortcelle bet?" - "Set fommer bel ^aa ett itb, %ngrtb; bit ueb, l^bab jeg beb." - is "^a bisft; bit farer for meget paa bin egen aanb; bet beb bit, fjan t!fe lifer." - bilbe nof T)olbe i 3frmcn." l naar bit flog." - "@fal ba golf faa Sob til at gjtfre og fige, T^bab 20 bebil?" "^et; men bit fan ogfaa gaa Itbt af 3Seien; bet fjar ^an felb gjort og cr Dleben en agtet 2Wanb beb bet." 2 "$an er fanffe bleben mtnbre blaget." - ^ngrib taitg Itbt, faa fortfatte Tjitn efter at fjabe fet 25 fig om: "Set ntjtter bel iffe at fomme tnb ^aa bette 1 no!= indeed, I am sure. 2 cr btebdt etc. See note 2, p. 19 and note 4, p. 28. Synn^peSoIbaffen 53 tgjen: men alligebel fjbor bit beb, at Ubenner benteS, B0r bu bcere Borte." "iftet, nerob ber bil jeg bcere! $|eg fyeber iffe Stfyor- Bj0rn ranliben for ingenting." >an fyabbe flceffet 93arfen of biften; nit f?ar ^an 5 ben mibt ober. Sngrib fab og fact pact fjam og fpurte noget langt: "@fal bit tit 9corbf)ong (Jfter at f)abe tiet en titnb itben at fe paa ^am, 10 fagbe fjitn tgjen: "33eb bu, at nitb 9ZorbIjoug er font- men I)iem til @0fteren 93rt)IInb?" - 9ht faa f)itn baa Ijctm: "! "8fal fjan ^abe mere Sob nit en f0r til at gaa imel- is lem mtg og anbre?" - "^an gaar iffe imellem; iffe mere, enb anbre btl." "%ngen fan bibe, ^bab anbre btl." "2)et beb bu gobt." - "elb figer f)un i alle g-alb ingenting." 20 "2Ta, ^bor bu fan fnaffe!" fagbe Sngrib, faa ubillig baa ^am, reifte fig og faa Bag for fig. an faftebe fine biftftumber, fatte niben i 8Iiren og benbte fig mob f)enbe: "^0r, bu jeg er ftunbimellem fjeb of bette. Solf 25 ffjenber SCrren af Baabe fienbe og mig, forbi intet gaar aaBenlbft til. Og baa ben anben ant, jeg fommer jo J @fat bit til etc., are you going to. 54 iffe engang ober. >aa oIBaffcn, forbi goroclbrene iffe fan life mig, figer Ijim. %eg faar tffe Bef0ge Ijenbe, faa- Iebe font anbre ittter Bef0ger fine Center, forbi fjitn nu er af be fjelltge, maa bibe!" 1 "fjorBi0rn!" fagbe ^ngrtb og Bleb libt urolig, men 5 fjan fortfor: 2 "gar bil intet Orb Icegge inb; fortjener jeg Ijenbe, faar jeg Ijenbe, figer fjan. naf, Bare naf ipaa. ben ene @ibe, og tntet 23ebetiag for naffet paa ben anbre, ja, jeg beb iffe engang, om fyun birfelig " ^ngrib for til og lagbc ^aanbcn ober IjanS SO'Junb, ibet 10 fum fao fig tilBage. S)er Bleb 33nffene otter B0iet ttl= fibe, og en fy'i, flanf en traabte BIufenbe r0b frem; bet bar @t)nnj2fbe. "@ob mielb!" fagbe I)ttn. ^ngrib faa |3aa Zl)ot= B]0rn, font f)itn bilbe fige: ber fan bit fe! )orBj0rn 15 faa paa ^ng^ib, font I)an bilbe fige: bet ffulbe bit iffe Ijabe gjort. '^ngen faa $aa t)nn0be. "^eg faar bel Sob at fcctte mig libt; jeg T)ar gaat faa meget ibag." Og Ijitn fatte fig; 50:)orBj0rn benbtc $aa ,obebet font for at fe, om ber bar tyrt ber, Intn fatte fig. ^sitgrib f;abbe labct 20 Dinette I0Be nebober til (Sranltbcn, og nit raaBte ^un meb ett:" "3ta nei, aa net! ftagcrlin I)ar flibt fig og gaar mibt i 9?tjageren. Set fttjgge SDtjr! HjcIIcroS ogfaa? 9tei, nit Bcerer bet ober fig; bet cr forn0'cn, 3 bi fnart Font* mer aa a?teren'" og faa lagbe fjim nebober 4 f)enab 25 'niao Dibe,_xoM may know, you know, of course, be JjeHtfle, the Haugians were often thus called; see above p. 4, lines 1 3 of the text. 2 fort- farc is a Swedish word and not in regular use in Norway. 3 f orn0'u =forn0beit. 4 og faa lagbe Ijun nebouer, and down she started. 55 Cierne uben at figc garbcl engang. Onn0be reifte fig ftraf. ,,aar bit?" ftmrte I)orBi0rn. ,,%a," fagbe (nm; men fnm ftob. "3)it t0r gjerne bente Itbt/' tjtrebe fjan uben at fc aa fjenbc. 5 "(n anben ang," Bleb ber fagte fbaret. "Set fan Blioe lange til." ^un faa ofc; ^an faa nit ogfaa ^aa ^enbe; men bet bar en hmb, fj2(r be [agbe noget. "a-t big igien," fagbe Ijan libt forlegen. "^ei," fbarebe ^un og Bleb ftaaenbe. >an f0Ite 10 Xrob[en ftige op; men ba gjorbe l^un noget, f)an iffe bentct; Ijim gif et Sfribt frem, 50iebe fig lige imob faa fjam o^) i 0iet og fagbe meb et mil: "(r bu breb paa mig?" Og ba fjan ffulbe fe til, faa grceb ^un. "S^ei," fagbc fyan, Iiter0b i Sfnfigtet. 15 $an rafte ^aanben frem; men ba 0inene bar fulbe of SBanb, mcrfcbe fntn bet tffe, og ^an brog ben tilbagc. a," fagbe finn, faa o$ og lo; men ber bar nit flere gaarer i 0tnene enb f.0r; Ijan bibfte iffe, 5bab ^an ffulbe 20 gj0re og figc; ber falbt (jam bcrfor of 9Witnben: "^eg fjar fanffe baret for flem." Set bar meget milbt fagt; fntn faa neb og benbte fig fjalbt ort: "2)it ffal iffe b0m* me om bet bit iffe fjcnber." Sctte bar fagt meb fjalb* fbalt 9t0ft, og Ijan Bleb ^elt ilbc bcrbeb; 1 ^an f0Ite fig font 25 'Of] Ijan bfet) ^elt ilbe berbcb, and he become quite ill at ease over it. 56 en Sreng 1 og fagbe berfor ogfaa, ba Ijan iffe fitnbe finbe noget anbet: "3eg Beber big om gorlabelfe." 90?en ba Braft Ijim itb t birfelig (Sraab. Set fimbe Tjan iffe taale, men gif fyen og tog fjenbe om Sibet og lubebc fig neb oner Ijenbe: "olbcr bit ogfaa rigtig of mig, @tjnn0t>e?" - 5 "3a," fjulfcbe r)itn. - "9Hen bit cr iffe Itjffclifl bcb bet?" -- fjun [Dnrebe iffe. "9Wcn bit er iffe Itjffcltg neb bet?" gjcntog Tjan. >itn grceb nit mere enb nogcnfinbe og nilbc brnge [tg itnba. "tjnnjzfbe!" [agbe I)an og tog fafterc om fjcnbe. 10 lagbe fig op til (jam og groeb mcget. "^om, bi ffal tale libt fnmmcn," fagbc fjan, og fjon ficnbe nt foette fig t Stynget; felu fatte fjan fig t>eb iben. 2 $itn 10rrcbe fine $ine og forf0gte pan at fmile; men bet btlbe iffe gaa. an ^olbt en af f)cnbe $a?nbcr is og faa Ijenbe inb i 5fnftgtet. "^jcere, f^borfor fan jcg iffe fomme ober foa olOaffcn?" -- ,$un taitg. "or bit albrig Bcbt berom?" un taitg. ">borfor fjar bit iffe bet?" fpitrte f)an og brog I)cnbe >aanb noermere til fig. - ">eg t0r iffe/' 3 fagbe fjitn ganffc fagte. 20 ^an Bleb mjtfrf, traf ben ene Sob libt tit fig og Ia> means in Danish 'boy,' in Norwegian generally 'servant man.' 2 fdO fatte fyait etc.=he himself sat down by her side, ibeit; as in German, the definite article takes the place of the possessive where the reference is to parts of the body or wearing apparel and the connection leaves no doubt as to the possessor. 3 The fundamental meaning of tltrfce is dare, the Ger- man student therefore should be carefull not to confuse it with German bitrfcit. For a discussion of the use of turbe and moatte see P. L. 207, 45. Solbatten 57 nebe Jfl&uen til nceet, ibct I)an lagbe fit obeb i ben. - - "$aa benne Sftaabe fommer ieg del albrig ber= over," fagbe fjcm cnbelig. Sftebetfor Soar begnnbte ljim at rtjffe Smtget op. "3fa ja ieg fan del fjabe gjort mange Xing, -- 5 fom - - iffe oar, font be bitrbe. -- Gn maatte bog bccre libt ober meb mig. -- 3eg er iffe onb, (fjan ftiitt- fcbc en 8tunb), jeg er ogfaa ling enbnii libt ober ttjbe 3far - - ieg;" --- fjan funbe iffe fulbf^fre ftra!. - "2)?en ben, fom fjolbt r i g 1 1 g af mig," fagbe Ijan igjen, 10 - "maatte bog", og fjer ftanfebe f)an rent. 1 2a ^0rte Ijan beb 3iben af fig, boempet: "Su f!al iffe tale ftig; - bit beb iffe, fjbormeget en ... ieg t0r iffe engang ftge ^ngrtb bet (og faa igjen fterf raab) jeg . . . . liber .... faa meget!" an flog 2frmen om ^enbe og 15 traf lienbe toct til fig. "Sal til bine goraelbre, f)bif!ebe ^an, "og bit ffal fc, alting Bliber gobt." "Jet Bliber, fom bit bil," f)bif!cbe Fjitn. "Som ieg?" a benbte Snnnj2fbe fig og B0iebe fin 9Trm om ftim* $aI0. "$olbt bit faapaS af mig, fom jeg af big!" 20 fagbc ^itn meget inberlig og meb et 8orf0g til mil. - "Cg bet gj0r ieg iffe?" fagbe f)an Mibt og fagte "D^ei, 9iei; bit tager inter JRaab af mig; bit beb, ^bab ber f0rer o fammen, men bit gjtfr bet iffe. ^borfor gi0r bit bet iffe?" g ba ^un nit bar fommen paa 9Sei meb 2 at tale, 25 faa fagbe fjitn i famme Sart: "^erre lib, bibfte bit, ieg ^ar bentet baa ben Sag, ieg ffitlbe faa fe big 'rent, entirely, 2 ar fommen poo 9Sei meb, gotten started, begun. 58 Synn^oc SolbaFFen ober >aa olbaffcn. 9Wen altib ffnl en f)0rc om noget, ber iffe er, font bet burbe bccre, og bet ffal bocre 3or a?Ibrene fclb, fom ficercr bet inb til en." Sa tcenbtcS It* gefom et 8t)3 for Ijam; fjan faa Ijenbe nu ttybelig gaa ber .baa olbaffen og bente aa en Itben frcbelig tunb, 5 fjbori ^un funbe f0re I^am fclibt frem for gora:Ibrene; f)an gab ^enbe albrtg en faaban nfene i Sfttbten faa ub font en fitnben 5reb*blct, ber meb SWagt 5 bar tagen fra ben bilbe 9J?arf. Set .bar 14 aarbe, font Fnnbe icelleS fra QJranlibfcctcrcn ; af ranltbgaarbenS wfe faa be blot agene og bet enbba Blot fra ben ttberfte ^nnt paa cctcrbolbcn. 3nitgeDeI Bleb ^entente ofte fib- benbe 1 at fe cftcr 9t0gen, 2 font fteg op fra p&erne bcr. 10 "9tit foger S)?or 9??tbbag/' fagbe ^ngrtb; "ibag f!al be ^abe faltet $itfb og glef!." "^0r r ber raaber be paa 9)ianbfolfcnc/' fagbe t)im0bc; "montro, Ijbor be arbet- l . . .bleti. . . .ftbbcilbe. As in English the present participle is used after the verbs blioe 'remain' and fontme 'come,' e. g. fycm font gaaenbc, 'he came walking.' The German Student, however, should observe this particularly. The use of the infinitive in the first case and the past participle in the second (6t blieb ftefyen, cr fam gcgaiigeii) is peculiar to German among Germanic languages. 2 ---- Met) ---- fibbcnbe at fe (might be og fc). If another verb is added after such pres. partic. following btttie, that is put in the infinitive with the preposition at or the conjunction og. Observe the difference in English and German; the latter uses the preterite (fie bfieben fi^en itnb fafyen) while the English would employ another pres. partic. (they remained sitting- looking) or would change the expression to avoid the juxtaposition of the two pres. participles. (61) 62 ber ibag?" og bcre 0ine fulgte 9l0gen, font fftjnbte fig fort og bilter op i ben fine, folglabe Suft, men fnart fpag- nebe, fcetcenfie fig, fltfb faa i ct brebt og itbober fo* gen, altib ttjnbere, tilfibft font et biftenbe glor og fnart neppe fbnlig Sftangen anfe fteg bem ba i inb og 5 fagbe fig ub ober Stigben. Sen Sag m0bte be beb 9?orb fioug. Set bar et $ar Sage efter 23rtil(ubbet; men ba bette ffitlbe ftaa en fcf Sage naabe ber enbntt, ret font bet bar, @?ub og enfelte 9^aaB of be allerfrafttgfte op til bcm. 10 "Se ^ar bet muntert ber," fagbe ^ngrib. - "%eg |TaI iffe mtSunbe bem bet," fagbe 8nnn0ue og tog fin Stnbing. "Set ffulbe bog bcere trjzfifomt 1 at bare meb," fagbe ^ngrib, ber fab paa $u! og faa Bortobcr mob aarben, 15 Fjbor golf gif frem og tillage mellcm ^nfcne, -- nogle Fjcnab tabfwrct til, f)bor bcl 93orbe meb Sftab ftob op= bceft'ebe, anbre parbiS Icengre fra bem og i fortrolig am tale. "%eg beb iffe ret, Ijbab en Ia?nge efter ber 6orte," fagbe 8t)nn0be. "^eg beb bet fnapt felb," fagbe %ng- 20 rib, ber fab font f0r; "bet er bel Sanfen," f0iebe fjun faa til. t)nn0be fbarebe iffe noget berpaa. "ar bit al- brig banfet?" fpurte ^ngrib. "^ei." "ror bit ba, bet er mtb at banfe?" "Seg beb iffe rigtig." ^ng rib talte iffe mere ont bet ftrafS; t|i ^itn minbebeS, at 25 ^aitgianerne ftrengt forb0b San, og goraelbreneS Sor fjolb til @tmn0be i bet tnffe 2 bilbe fjitn iffe bibere pr0 J bet ffulbe bog etc., after all it would be. 2 t bet Sttjfff, in that respect. 63 be. $?en Ijborban nit 1 anferne falbt, fan fagbe fyun om en 8tunb: "23ebre S)anfer enb f)orbi0rn fyar jeg albrig fet." tmn0be bentebe Itbt, f0r Ijun fagbe: "%a, fyan ffal banfe gobt." 2 "u ffulbe fet 3 Ijam banfe," ubbr0b ^sngrib og benbte [ig mob fyenbe. 2Ren raff fbarebe @t)n 5 u0bc: " s Jtei, bet bil jeg iffe." Sngrib ftitbfebe Itbt beb bet, <5t)nn0be fjelbebe fig neb ober fin 33tnbtng og taltc fine ^oefter ob. 2)?eb en ang lob fjitn 33tnbtngen falbe i ftanQet, faa enbe ub for fig og fagbe: "Saa tnberlig glob fom jeg er ibag, ^ar jeg 10 bog 4 tffe bceret boa locnge." "^borfor?" fburte rtb. - - "2fa, - - forbi fjan tffe banfer baa ibag!" on0rib fab t fine egne ^an!er. "^a, ber ffal bare Center 5 fom Ioenge efter ^am," fagbe f)tm. @^n- n0be aabnebe S^itnben, fom bilbe fjitn tale, men taitg, traf is en @tiffe itb og Bt)ttebe. ";t^orl;)i0rn IcengeS nof felb ogfaa; bet fTal jcg bcere fiffer baa," 6 fagbe ^ngrib, men mcrfebc f0rft bagefter, fybab f^un ^abbe fagt, og faa baa St)nn0be, ber fab BhtSfenbe r0b og Banbt. 9?u fitnbe ^sngrib meb ftor Sort fe Bagober faa ben ^ele amtab, 20 ffog ^cenberne fammen, flt)ttebc fig baa ncc i Sdnget, faa at Ijun fom foran fjenbe, og gab ^un fig til at fe 'men f)ttorban nit. It is difficult to render nit adequately in English. Say, whatever her thoughts were. 2 I)ait ffal banfe gobt, they say he dances well. 3 Note the omission of the auxiliary Ijotje in the second conditional. This omission which is so characteristic of literary Swedish is not frequent in literary Norwegian but common in the colloquial language. 4 bog, really, indeed. 6 ^a, ber ffaf tocere, transl. you may be sure there are. 6 Set ffal jeg tooere fitter paa, / am sure. 64 SynnizircSoIbaFPcn rjnntfbe lige inb i Hnene; men rjnntfbe banbt. So lo %ngrib og fngbe: "9?it f)ar bit mangen $erren gob Sag gaat og gjemt noget for mig igjen." - "$bab figer bit?" fbitrte tjnntfbe og faftebe et itfif* fert 23Iif baa fjenbe. - 5 "3)it er iffe fint, forbi fjor&j0rn banfer," fagbc ^ngrtb fom far. Sen anben fbarebe tffe; ^ngrtbS 3Infigt bar Bare et enefte mil, og faa tog fjitn @t)ttn0t)e om $al- fen og Ijbtffebe ^enbe inb i 0ret: "9J?en bit er fint, forbt fyan bonfer meb anbre enb big!" 10 "$bor bit fnnffer!" fagbe onn0be, fteb fig 10% og reifte fig. Sngrib rcifte fig ogfaa og gif efter Ijenbe. "Set cr 8^nb, bit iffe fan banfe, t)nn0De!" fagbe T)im og lo; -- rigtig ftor Qnb! ^om nit, faa ffal jcg lige faa gobt Icere big ftraf!" ^itn tog t)nn0be om Sibet. is "$bab till bit?" fbitrte bcnne. "Scere big at banfe, for at bit iffe ffal Ijabe flig org i 3Serben, fom, at fjan banfer meb anbre enb big!" 9ht maatte ogfaa tjnntfbe Ie eller labe, fom Ijitn lo. "2)er fan fnart nogen fe o-," fag- be fwn. "@ub figne big for baret, faa burnt fom bet 20 bar," fagbe %ngrib og gab fig alfcrcbc til at tralfe og flijtte t)nn0be efter aftcn. - - "9?ei, net! Set gaar iffe an!" "Su Ijar io iffe bceret faa glab fcaa mangen gob Sag, fagbe bit ntjlig; fom nit!" "itnbe bet bare gaa an!" - - "$r0b, faa ffal bu nof fe, bet gaar!" --25 "Sit er faa bilter, bit Sngrib!" "$an fagbe faa, fatten til bitrben, ogfaa, ba bitrben iffe bilbe ftaa ftilfe, faa fatten fitnbe faa tage fjam; fom nit!" "^eg fjar ba i 65 runbcn Stjft ogfaa, men ". "9?it er jeg fjor&i0rn, og bu ben unge Molten f)an, font iffe oil, fjan f!a[ banfe mcb anbre enb big." "2#en " ^ngrib traKebe; "men" Ijolbt Stjnntfoe enbnu pact; men Ijun banfebe alferebe! Set bar en prtngbanS, 1 og ^sngrtb gtf foran 5 mcb [tore Sfribt og manbfiafttgc ^rrmcfmng, nnn0oe ef tcu mcb fmaa 8fribt og ncbflagne 0ine, og Sngrtb fang : Dg Dtituen Ion unbcr 93irfcrob :': oortueb Songet. :': 10 Og anen ^oppeb' paa lette gob 2 :': otier S^nget. :': Set cr Del noget til @olffinbag ! 3 Set glttrer for, og bet glttrer Bag :': ot>er Snnget. :': is Og Sta'ben lo itnber 23trfcrob :': oortocb Stjnget. :': Og ^arcn f)oppcb* i btlbe 9)?ob :': oocr Stjnget. :': ^9 er faa glob obcr alle ZUIQ ! 20 it [jet, gj0r bit fltge focere Spring :': ofcerSmtget? :': or Springer, a Norwegian rustic dance, sometimes also called s ^o[ffbait, in which the dancer dances in a circle without reversing. 2 f)0ppcb'=f)0ppebe, a weak verb of the first class. The colloquial form is, however, fyoppeb (pron. I)0ppet), which form is now also literary. Ibsen used it as early as 1862. $aa lette gob= paa letten gob archaic and poetic. 8 bet er Pel noget til bog ! say what a bright sunny day it is! 5 Sqnnpoe Solbaffen. 66 . Og 9teben benteb Bag 23irfcrob :': bortbeb Sgnget. :': Og $aren tumlcb rjam mibt imob :': Oder Srjnget. :': 9J?en, lib forbarme fig, cr bit bcr! - 2ta, fiacre, Ijbor t0r bit bnnfc Ijcr :': otter Sgnget? :': "9ht, gif bet iffc an?" fbnrtc Sngrib, ba be anb* fcuftne ftanfebc. tjnntftoe lo og fagbe, fjun ^abbe mer St)ft ttl at 10 tjnlfc. vsa, berfor bar ingenting t 3Seten, mcnte ^ngrib, og be lagcbe fig alt til, ibct 3>ngrtb biftc f)cnbe, fjborlc* bc-5, r^itn ffulbe foette ^.cfbbernc; "tf)i SSalfen er banffelig, ben." 1 -- "9la, bet gaar nof, naar bi Bare fommer i a?= ten," fagbe 8b / nn0be, og ^ngrib bilbe ba, be fMbe br0be. 15 aa gjorbe be. ^ngrib fang, og t)nn0be fang mcb, i 93cgt)nbclfen &Iot ntjnnenbe, fiben ftcrft. 2>icn ba ftan- febc v>ngrib, jlato Fienbe og flog ^ornbcrne fammcn af bare gornnbring; "bu fan jo balfc!" 2 ubbr0b ^nn. "^t), lab o iffc at talc mere om bet," fagbe Styn* 20 n0be og tog atter fat i Sngnb for at fortfccttc. "9D?cn HI)! SSatfcn er ticntffelig, belt. On the repetition of the subject in colloquial Norwegian, see note 5, p. 17. If the subject is a pronoun, that pronoun is repeated, if the subject is not a pronoun it is repeated in the proper substitutory pronoun, here, bell, the antecedent being a common gender noun. 2 t>lt fan JO tifllfe! why you know how to waltz! On the various meanings of JO see P. L. 216, .17. 5Yttn0t>eSolbatfen 67 fybor fjar bit Icert " -- "ral, tral!" og f)itn [bang fyenbe. 2)a tog ^ngrib ret fat of ^JjertenS 1 8t)ft, og Ijun fang: "e, olen banfer .baa ^auMifjelb ; ban, bit |cereften min ; tin' fnart er bet belb ! 5 e, @Iben ^o|?per mob blanfen 2 $ab; Ijop, bit biltrefte itt; ber benter bin @rat)! c, 33trfen fbater for 33inbene ^aft ; fbat, bit freibige T101 bab bar bet, fom braft? e x " 10 "3)et er fltge itnberlige SSifer", bit ftjnger, fagbe S^nn0be og ftanfebe SDanfen. "&5 beb i!fe, ^bab ]eg ftjnger, ieg; ^^orbi0rn fjar fitnget bem." -- "2)et er af Iabe=$ent SBifer/' fagbe @tjnn0be; "jeg fjenber bem." - "Sr bet af bem?" fbitrte Sngrib og Bleb Itbt rocb. is >un faa itb for fig og fagbe i!fe itoget; plitbfelig bleb f)itu opmerffom paa en rtebe $aa 3Seien. "Sit, 3 ber !j0- rer nogen neb fra ranfiben og tager bort ober SQgbe- bcicn!" Spntfbe faa ogfaa ber fyen. "r bet Ijam?" fbitrte Ijun. "$a, bet er 3:f)orbi0rn; ^an f!al til Styen." 20 Set bar Ijorbi0rn, og ^an f]0rte tit 93t)cn. Sen laa langt beef, fjan ^abbe ftort Sce og fj0rte,berfor i 9Waa bort ober ben ft0bebe SSei. enne laa flig til, at J af jerten fityft, in this expression we have instead of the regular genitive jertet3, the archaic jertcit from O. N. fyjattaitS. See also note 6, p. 8. 2 I)Icntfen, an old strong accusative masculine, now only found in poetry and with no gender idea, here used before a neuter noun. 3 u used in familiar address, may be translated by say! 68 Synn0vt Solbatttn ben fimbe fe fro ceieren, og ba f)an mt f)0rte bet Jjaitfe beroppe ifra, ff]0nte (jan, fjbcm bet bar, [teg op paa fet og Ijaufebe igicn, faa bet Ijontcbe meltcm 25a fpillebe bet paa Sur neb til fyam, fyan fab og Itjttebe, og ba bet ftanfebe, reifte fyan fig otter og Ijanfebe. 5 aalebe gif bet Bortober, og fjon bar glab til Sftobe. $an foo poo olfroffen og ftjnte, ben olbrig fjobbe Ijabt foo tnegen @ol fom nit. SWcn men ^on fab bcr og foo efter ben, glemte Ijan rent >eftcn, faa ben gif, fom ben btlbe. a jftot I^an op bcb, at ben gjorbe ct fba?rt 93t)f 10 til iben, fao ben ene faa? fnaf, og $eften offtcb i uilbt rat> ub ober ^orbl)ougmarfernc; tf)i bet bar ober bent, SScien gif. an reifte fig i 35ognen og f)olbt igjen; bet Bleb en lamb mellem ^am og $cftcn; ben bilbc ub obcr en frent, og ^an fjolbt. .^an fif ben faa bibt, at ben ftet* 15 lebe, og bo fiobbebe ^an of og Ijabbe, f0r ^cften otter fatte fig t Sort, foot ag om et 2ra?, og nu maatte ^eften ftao. Scesfet bar tilbel faftet, og en faaf itn, og $?* ften ftob og ffolb; fyan gif frem til ben, tog ben beb 33ib- flet og talte ben blibt til; f)an benbte benftraf^for at bare 20 fiffcr baa frcntcn, om ben lagbc offteb baantj; ftaa ftille funbe ben tffe, faa ffrcemt fom ben bar, og Ijan maatte i ^albt 8brong f0Ige ben locngre og loengre frem* ab, Itge op til 3?eicn tgjen. .^on for ba form' fine egne oger, fom be laa ber Faftebe oberenbe, obberne itit, og 25 ^nbf)olbet iilbelS forboerbet. fjabbe fion bceret optogen of 5ciren, nit Be gtjnbte don ot ffj^nne S^Qerne of bette og Bleb arm; bet 69 ftob for fjam, at ber ingen 23t)reife Bleb of, og jo flere 33e tragtninger, fyan gjorbe, be3 fyarmere Bleb Ijan. om men ob iil SSeien ffbat >eften en @ang til, forf0gte faa at gj0re el aft for at flibe fig I0, og ba 6r0b Barmen ub. SDienS fjan meb benftre >aanb fjolbt 93ibflct gob Ijan 5 ben meb ben f)0ire ^en ab Soenberne of fin [tore 9ieife|b0Be S(ag t log, lag i lag, faa ben bleb rafenbe og fattc gorf)oberne baa f)an Srtjft. 9Wen ^an 5olbt ben fra fig, flog ben nu ba?rre enb f0r, af al fin 2ftagt, og brugte ^!t)!- enben of Sb0Ben. 10 "S^g ffal Ia?re big, bit trobfige amb!" ^eften brin- ffebe og ,ffreg, T)an flog. "^ei, ^er JM bu fjenbe S^cebe, fom er fterf \" og fian flog. ^eften fntjfte, faa fummet bait Ijam neb ober f)an $aanb ; men T)an flog : is "Set ffal boere f0rfte og fibfte @ang, bin r0BItng! ber! enbnu ett! faa! f)ei, bin gillegamp, bu ffal pr0be Sianbetugt!" og ^an ffog. llnber bette ^abbe be benbt fig, eften gjorbe iffe Ia?nger 9J?obftanb, rt)ftebe og Bcebebe unber fyoert lag og B0iebe fig brinf!enbe, naar ben faa 20 b0ben ncerme fig i Suften. a Bleb 5!5orBi0rn ligefom Itbt f!amfulb; ^an ^olbt inbe. ^5 bet famme Bleb ^an bar en $?anb, ber fab baa @r0ftefanten, ft0ttet baa 9ri6uen, og lo ab fjam. ^att bibfte iffe, fjborlebe bet gif til; bet Bleb nceften fort for 25 t, og meb ^eften beb ^aanben rufte ^)an mob Ijam meb 70 "%eg fM gibe big noget at le ab!" 8Iaget falbt, men traf fun fjalbt, ba Stfanben meb ct 9laaB beltebe fig neb i @r0ften. ^er Bleb fjan ftaaenbe baa alle fire, men benbte baa $obebet, fMebe til 2f)orbj0rn og traf SDhmben ffjaM.it ob til Cotter; men Satteren felt) f)0rte fjan iffe. fjor 5 Bj0rn ftnbfebe; tljt bctte fjabbe fjan fet f0r. ^so, 1 bet bar 2tIaf. ^t^orbjj2(rn bibfte tffe fyborfor; men bet I0b fiam fofbt neb obcr 9tt)ggen. "Set er bel big, fom I)ar ffrcemt $c- ften Begge (Sange," fogbe Tjan. - 10 "^eg Icta Bare og fob, jcg," fbarebe SBfaf og I0ftebe libt toaa fig; "og faa bafte bn mig, ba bit ffabtc big gal baa ^eften bin." - "25et bar big, fom giorbe ben gal; alle 2)i)r er ra'bbi' big," og fian flabbcbe ^eftcn, bcr bar faa fbebt, at bet is brtjpbebe af ben. - "2>en er nit bcl enbelig rorbbere big cnb mig; 2 flig ()ar jeg albrig faret meb nogen $eft," fagbe 2lIaf, (jan ftob nit baa no: i r.^ften. "SSaer iffe for fterf i SWunben!" fagbe ()orbjtfrn og 20 tritebe meb b0Ben. 2>a reifte 3lIaf fig og frablebe op. "Gub jcg ba! 3 fterf i 3Knnben? ^ei! ^bor ffal bn Tjen, '^0, bet fcar 3BIa!. See the preceding sentence. Thorbjorn had seen this face before, but could it be that it was Aslak? Such a query is to be understood. $0 affirms this suspicion and contradicts the implied doubt. -cnM\(\=indeed, I should think. 3 enb jeg ba! $eg fterf i SUiitubni? cnb usually means 'but' or 'and', not to be translated here, say: // you say I use strong language? S'ftttt*< SoiVaffeti 71 fom farer faa fort?" fagbe Ijan meb Mib temme, ibet I}an noermebe fig, men flingrebc til 6egge Siber; ti I) cm bar fitlb. - "geg flipper no! for at fomme loengre ibag," fagbe f)orlvi0rn, fom fbrceitebe $eften fra. 5 "Set bar rtgtig leit, bet," fagbe SBIaf og ncermcbe fig cubit mere, ibet Ijan tog ti( men. "(Sub fcebare mig," fagbe fjan, "flig en ftor, baffer arl, bu er Meben, fiben fib ft jeg faa big;" fjan fiabbe Begge JJoeberne i Sommen og ftob faa gobt, Tjan fuube, og Bctragtebe Xljor&itfrn, ber 10 iffc funbe faa ^cften I0 fra 9tefterne af 33ognen. ^Tjor- bj0rn trocngte ^joelp ; men ^an htnbe iff e faa bet ober fig at fccbe f)in om ben; tf)i SBIaf faa ftqg ub; fjau ^Iceber bar tilraffct af Q5r0ften, ^an aar fiang filtrct neb uuber en blanf at, bcr bar btjgtig gammel, og 2rnfigtet, |Ti0ut 15 ti(bel bet bel Befjcubte, bar nit Bcftaubtg fortruffet. til 2; mil, og 0inene enbnu mere igjenhtftc, faa ^an maatte fyofbe .^obebet Itbt bagober og SRuuben libt gabenbe, naar fjan faa paa en. 2t(Ie Srag bar Blebne matte, og ben fyele ^vonu bar ftibuct; tfn' 3IoIaf braf. ^I)orui0rn f)abbe tibt 20 not fet (jam f0r, IjoUfet 2BIaf lob, fom f)an iffe bibfte. 1 tibt itof fet fycutt f^r, l)t>iffet etc. When the antecedent is a sentence the relative in Norwegian is f)t>tlfet corres- ponding to English 'which, something that,' Germ. tuo<. Particularly the German student should note, that when the antecedent is a generic neuter pronoun or a superlative adjective the ordinary relative is the regular one fom, 'that,' e. g. iffe aft font glittrer er ufb, bet er ben enefte (fom) jeg tyar. However after alt, 72 @om frebbefyanbler Ijabbe fjan faret 23t)gben runbt og bar gjerne ber, Ijbor ber bar Sgftigljcb, ba fjan fjabbe mange SSifer at ftjnge, fortalte gobt*og ft! 23rcenbebin til 23eberlag. aalebeS fyabbe fjan ba bccret i 33rt)IIubbet baa 9?orbf)ong, men fjabbe, fom f)orbj0rn fiben ft! bibe, 5 funbet bet bebft at fjolbe fig en titnb borte, ba fjan efter gammel 33i fyabbe faaet gol! ob til at jlaaB, og bet tnt= ebe meb at gaa itb ober f)am felb. - "2ige faa gobt Binbe ben faft til SSogncn fom fbroette ben fra/' 2 fagbe ^an; "bit maa faa aUigcbel ob til 9iorb- 10 fyoitg for at faa big i tanb tgjen." ^^orbjj2(rn fjabbe no! tcen!t bet fammc, men Ijabbe i!fe rtgtig billet tcen!e bet. "Set er et ftort 23rt)IIitb ber/' fagbe ^an. - "Serfor ogfaa ftor ^jcelb/' fbarebe 5(faF. 5trjor- is bi0rn ftob libt tbilraabig; men uben .>icelb funbe I)an Ijberfen fomme frem eller tilBage, og faa bar bet bebft at gaa op i aarben. $an banbt Jpeften faft faa tonge og gtf. 3 5fIaf fom eftcr; ^f)orb]0rn faa tilbage baa I)am; "faa faar jeg gobt 3#lg e tilbage til 23rr)Hubgaarben 20 igjen/' fagbe 2Ma! og lo; XI)orbi0rn fbarebe tffe, men gt! fort. 9rIaf fom efter ftmgenbe: Ser brager to 930nbcr til 33ri)IIubr)u o. f. b., en gammel, belbefjenbt SSife. "2>u gaar fort, bu/' fagbe fjtwb may often be used, e. g. en fan ilfe tro olt,^t)ob man ^0rer. The relatives fybilf en and ^Dcm are much less used in Norwegian than in Danish and are constantly getting rarer, ^ortaltc gobt, knew how to tell a good story. 2 supply bit fan before lige faa gobt. s faa fange, in the meantime. 73 Ijan om en tunb; "bit fommer no! frem alligebel," lagbe fyan til. fjorBj0rn fbarebe f)am iffe. jenlrjb of 3)an og pit mtfbte bem, Stnfigter gab fig til at fe ub paa bem gjcnnem be gamle SBinbuer i ben ftore to (tager 23t)g* ning. rupper famlebe fig i aarben. >an fan, at be talte fig i mellem om, fybem bet funbe bcere, tillige, at fnart bar fjenbt, og at be Itbt eftcr libt fif 0ie paa [ten berncbe og ^obperne, fom laa ubober Corbet. Sanfen f)0rte op, ben fjele bcerm bceltebe ub i ben, netop fom be to fom op. "ib fommer 33rt)I(upv- ic folf mob fin SSilje!" raafite 2TIof, ba I)an enbclig nocr- mebe fig rebfen, Bag bj0rn og flog reb om "ub figne Saget, gobt 01 paa Sorbet, bafre binb* folf paa ulbet og gobe pillemanb paa raffen," fng is be 9(Iaf og ffjtfb fig i bet famme mibt iBIanbt bem. ^ogle lo, anbre for&Ieb alborlige; en fagbe: "frep- pe^BIaf x er altib beb gobt Stfob." S:f)orBi0rn traf ftraf fjcnbte ^volf, fom ^an maatte forttrlle om fin ^cenbelfe; be tillob f)am iffe felb at gaa 20 neb igjen efter $e[ten og X0tct, men Bab anbre gaa. 5Prubgommen, en ung Wanb og forbumS folefammerat, . B0b fiam inb at fmage paa 23rt)IIupBrngget, og nu brog bet til Stuen. 2 ^ogle bilbe fortfoctte anfen, tfcer ^binbfolfene, anbre bilbe l)abe en Itben SJriffeftunb og 25 faa 2TIaf til at fortcelle, fiben ^an nu alligebel bar fom- mcn til aarb igjen. Pedlar A slak. 2 og nu brog bet til tuen, Germ. unb jefet giug e nad; bee Stube ju. 74 S "Wen bit t0r bcere Itbt barere enb fibft," lagbe en til. 25orbjtfrn fbitrte, fybor alt golfet bar. "2Ia," fbarebe ber, "bet gif nt)Iig Itbt urolig til; nit er enfelte goat til bile, anbre fibber borte fcaa Saaben og fbtller ort; men nogle fibber ogfaa ber, fjbor mtb s er." fbitrte efter, f)bor ^nub S^orb^oug bar. 33rwbgommcn 3a&er/ en gammel 9P?anb, ber fab og r0gte of en rtbtpibe og bra! 01 til/fagbe mt: "^om faa meb en Iftegle, bit 3tIa!; 2 bet fan bcere gilbt no! at 10 for en ang ftjlb." "Grr ber flere, font Beber mtg?" fpttrte 5TIaf, font fat fig ober en ra! et (tt)!!e fra S3orbet, omfrtng Ijbtlfet be anbre fab. "^a biBft," fagbe 33rttbgommen og gab Ijam et Ia is 9Jra?nbebin; "nu beber jcg big." - "(5r bet mange, font beber toaa ben 3Waabe?" fagbe "Tct tj2ir l^enbe," fagbe en itng ^one borte baa <2>'t* bebocnfen og bj?(b et @t0b mcb 3Sin frem. Set bar 33ru* 20 ben, en binbe toaa ttjbe War, It)Iet, men mager, meb ftore 0ine og et ftramt ra:! om $htnben. "^eg Ii!er gobt bet, font bit fortccller," lagbe fwn til. 23ritbgommen faa toaa Ijenbe, og ^an ^oer baa flam. 25 "^a, 9?orbf)oitgfolfet ^ar altib Itbt mine ftegler," 'til, with ft. 2 fom foa meb etc., then give us. 75 fagbe 3felaf. "SGre bcere bent!" 1 raabte Ijan og tdmte et &la>, fom BIet> raft (jam of en 33rnbefoenb. "om faa meb noget," raabie flere. "Dm igrib gantcfjarring," 2 raabte en. "3tet, ben er ftyg!" fagbe anbre, tfcer binbfoll. 5 "Dm Sierflaget!" bob Suenb Xambiir. "9Zet, Ijeller noget tr/stfomt!" fagbe en ran! ut, fom ftob i ofjortecennernc og Iccncbe fig op ab SBccggcn, mens Ijau^ f)0irc ^aanb, fom fjctna ftapt neb, foe Del ofte 5ort t 3 $aarct paa nogle unge Center, fom fab bcr; be 10 ffjcnbte, men fltjttebe fig i!fe. "9tit fortccller jcg bet, jcg Dil, 4 jcg," fagbe 9[Iaf. "Sa'en Ijcllcc!" mnmlebe en cclbre 2)Zanb, fom laa oocr Scngcn og r^gte; fjanS ene 93en ()ang neb, mcb bet anbct laa f)an og fparf'cbe til en fin r0ie, fom f)ang obcr is oengcftofyen. - "Sab ocere ^r0ten min!" raaBte f)tn ut, fom ftob op eftei' SBffggen. - "Sab Dcrre T0trcnc mine," fbarebe Ijan, fom laa. 9cit fhjttcbe ^'entente fig. - 20 "oo, leg forta-Iter, IjDab jcg nil!" raaBte 2BIa!; "^ra?nbebin i .^rop fftjbcr 9JJobet op!" fagbe f)an og flog be ffabc ^ccnbcr fammcn tncb ct ^iaff. - "ported, l)Uab ui Dil!" gjentog SOZanbcn Dorti Sen- gen; "tl)i 33roenbet)inen cr Dor." - 25 bem, honor be to them. 2 Sigrib gantefjcErring, Sigrid the Gipsey Woman. 3 Dort i, over into, cf. bortt, over in, adverb of place. 4 nu f ortoeller jcg bet, jeg toil, when the relative is objective it is very often omitted in Norwegian. 76 SY ffal bet fige?" 1 fburte 2lIaf meb ret aabne "2fa, ben @rifen, 2 bi g0ber, flagtcr bi ogfaa," fagbe SWanben, ibet l)an binglcbe mob 23cnet. SBIaf luffebe 0incnc igicn, men bleb ftbbcnbc i fam 5 me tilling mcb $obebet; faa falbt bet neb ^aa fjan 93rt)ft og fjan fagbe if!e noget. glere talte til fjam; men f)an f)0rtc bet iffc. "^Brccnbcbincn tnger I) am," fagbc fjin i Sengcn. 3)a faa ^an ob, tog atter (smttet baa fig; "jo, nn ffal ^ 10 T)0rc en fyfttg Stub," fagbe fjan. "@nb bcbare mig, Tjbor It^ftig!" fagbe I) an om en (Stnnb og lo mcb bib 5F?unb, men ubcn at be fj0rte Sattcren. "^an er rigttg i (3oblagct 3 fit ibag," fagbe 23ntt)' 15 gommenS ^abcr. - "^a, bet bar ftaab til bet!" 4 fagbe SHIcrf; -- en Sram baa SRcifen ba!" fagbe fian og ftraftc >aanbcn from. Sen Fom, fjan bra? ben langfomt nb, Iiolbt ,^o bebet libt Iiagober mcb ben ftbftc Sraabe i SQtimbcn, 20 ffal bet fige? what do you mean by that? as German Um foQ 2 $cn rifen. Note the definite form of the noun after the definite article ben. This double definite article, which is not permissable in Danish, is good usage in Swedish, and is especially characteristic of the dialects in Norway and gaining ground in the literature, thus always in colloquial style. 3 bab Salen ^eb, fan ucere bet famine; 2 f)bab ^un Ijeb, 3 ogfaa. s li?en o^nten uar tuiffer, bet f^ntcs- aarbmanbcn paa - lit)*! -- og bet r>ar ()os f)am, I)im tjente. un fif gob S0n, ftf f)im, 4 og t)itn ftf mere, enb ()itn ffulbe ^abe; ^un 10 ftf et Sarn. ^olt fagbe, bet bar meb Ijam; men bet fagbe iffe ^an; rfji fyan bar gift, og bet fagbe IjcIIcr iffe I)itn; t()i f)iin bar ftolt, bet fta!far3 ^rolb. @aa bleb bet nof en S^gn ober ben Saab, og bet bar en Sfarb til nt, 5 f)un ()abbe f0bt, faa bet bar ftig lag, 6 15 om fjan bleb b0bt i en S0gn. 2)ien f)un ftf en s ^(abv un- ber aarben, og bet lifte iffe onen ber, fom benteligt bar. ^om 5'enten bib op, fbtjttebc I)un efter fjenbe; men fom ben ncole 05nhcn ficnbc^ for at Icgc mcb 0aarb?gnt= terne, 7 bab f)itn bcm jage ben >ornngcn; f)an bar iffe 20 bebre bcerb, fagbe I)un. ^nn tagg WJanben baabe 9?at og Sag om at jage ben eber, the possessive adjective may follow but not precede the definite form of the noun. Note the emphatic repetition of the personal pronoun subject. 2 CEte bet famine, doesn't matter. 3 fyeb, more specifically Norwegian is the preterite fyebte. 4 lUi fif gob 2011, ftf fyitit eleptical for .... bet ftf fyim. 5 eit SfartJ tit lit, a scamp of a boy. 6 ;et bar fltg Iag, it was no matter, did not matter. 7 men font ben tieIe ntten IjenbeS etc. Note the possessive after the double definite (=men font ^enbe Itfle ut). 78 gantejenten jjaa.93i)flben. SKanbcn fyolbt tgjen, faa locn- ge fjcm rigtig far SPianb, men fna flog fjan fig baa Stif- fen, og ba ft! ^jcerrtngen aget. iben bleb bet baarligt mcb Sfarbcjenten, bet gtf tillage for Ijbert 2far, og bet ftob flig iil, 1 at fjun ffulbe 5 fnlte iljjcl bcr meb ben bcsle Qhtttcn fin, og Ijan uitbe it'fe fro SW'obcrcn, T)an. Set nar nit bet cite 9tarer, bet nnbct mcb, og bet nar otte af bent; men cnbnn bar iffc ^cntcn fomntcn fra ^labfcn, ff]0nt nu ffttlbe I)itn beef. - - Og faa fom fjun 10 beef; 2 9Jien forinbcn ftob Gaarbcn t It) og baffer Sue, og 9J?anbcn Brccnbtc; tf)t 1) an bar fu(b, -- ^jocrrtngcn rebbcbe fig mcb llngcrne, og Tjun fagbe, bet bar ben far* bejentcn ncbe baa ^labfcn, fom ^abbe gjort bet. Set fitnbe gjcrne f)a:nbe, bet. - - Og bet fitnbe ogfaa gjcnte is bcere anberlcbeS. - Set bar en itnbcrltg 0itt, f^ttn Fiabbe. $; otte 9far fjarbe ^an fet 90?oberen flibe ilt og btbfte bel, 3 r>bor !t)I= ben bar; tljt SWobcrcn fagbc bet ofte, naar I)an fburtc, fjborfor fyun bcftanbig gra?b. Set gjorbe Ijwn ogfaa Sa* 20 gen, f0r ^un ffitlbe rcife, og berfor bar I) a n forte ont 9?alten. - - 9)?en ft tt n fom t ^tngtftitfet baa 2tbtib, for fjitn fagbe fclb til fribcrcn, fjitn Fjabbe gjort ben bafre Citeit berobbe paa aarbcn. - - 05nttcn brog baa 93t}gben og ftf alle golf ^joelb, forbt ftan ftabbe flig en 25 'Of] bet ftob ffig til, and such was the condition. 2 t)0ef is the German word tocg, adv., (pronounced tueff). 3 ocj bibftc Del, and he knew well, knowing well, flibe ilt, say, toil and suffer. 79 flem 2J?or. aa brog fjan fro ben 23tjgb og langt frent til en anben, fybor fjan iffe fif [tor icelb, for ber bar no! ingen, font bibfte, IjbilfeTt flem Sftor Ijan Ijabbe. %eg tror iffe, fyan fagbe bet felt). ibft jeg fjtfrte fra fyam, bar fian fulb, og be figer, Ijan fjar lagt fig baa Stiffen 1 i ben 5 fenere ib ; 2 om bet er fanbt, ffal bcere ufagt ; men bet ec fanbt, at jeg beb iffe, ^bob bebre ^an ffulbe gi0re. Set ec en laaf, onb arl, fan ^ tro; fjan lifer iffe golf, enbnu minbre, at be er gobe mob fyberanbre, og al= lermirtbft, at be er gobe mob fyam felb. Og fyan bilbe 10 gjerne, at anbre ffulbe bcere flig, font ^an er felb, ffj0nt bet figer fyan Blot, naar ^an er fulb. >g ba bcr fjan ogfaa, grceber, faa bet fjagler, ober ingen bens> 2ing; t^i ^bab bar bet ogfaa, fyan ffulbe groet)e ober? $an fjar iffe ftjaalet en filling fra nogcn eller gjort no= is get af bet gale, font mange anbre gj0r, faa fyan fagte' iu genting 3 fjar at gra'be ober. >g alligebel faa grceber I)an, og grorber, faa bet ^agler. Og ffulbe % fe Ijam gra> be, faa tro albrig fcaa bet, for bet er bare, naar fyan er fulb, og ba er f)an iffe cenfenbeS." 4 -- ^er falbt 2BIaf 20 'fycm ^ar lagt fig poa Sriffen, he has taken to drink. 2 Note i ben fi-ncre Xib, lately. 3 fagte'=fagten. 4 anfenbc, to be paid any attention to, an archaeic present participle in -3, very characteristic of the dialects and lower style. Where the sense is passive as here it is apparently a formation by analogy to the passive infinitive in . Cf. English, 'building'='being built' in 'the house is building.' Note also bet er iffe gj0reitbe=that is not advicable. The form also occurs in Norwegian with active sense as, be font brtt>enbe, fycm font gaaenbeg, etc. 80 Sy 6aglceng neb nf raffen i ftcrf (Sraab, font bog fnart gtf ober; tfji Ijan fobnebe. - "$iu er binet fulbt," fagbe fian t engen; "ba Itg- ger jan altib og flocfier fig t @0t>n." - "Sette bar fttjgt," fagbe binbfolfene og reifte fig for 5 at fomme bort. 1 "eg ^ar albrtg f)0rt Tjam fortaelle cinbet @Ing ^t- ftorter, naar t)cin felt) fif rnnbe/' fagbe nu en gammel 90?anb, font retftc fig borte beb 0ren. "@ub beb, f)borfor golf bit T)0re ^aa fjam," lagbe 10 Ijan til og faa Ijen til 93ritben. J 0g retftc fig for ot etc. Note the purpose clause with for Ot,= English '(in order) to,' which is a substitution for earlier English for to. gif ub, anbrc f0gte at faa bilfemanben tnb igjen, at Sanfen funbe begtjnbe; men bilfemanben bar fobnct i en STrog af angcn, og enfclte bab for Ijam, at I)an maatte faa ligge i greb. "iben 8ar3, Slammeraien Ijanv, Mcb flaat forbaTbet fjcr, f)ar Die maattet 1 fyolbe itb 5 i ober ct 0gn." -- 9J?an bar fomrnen til aarb mcb 3:f)orbi0rn $eft og retcr; en anben 3Sogn bleb fbaenbt for, ba dan trob alles> Wnmobning bilbe tagc afftcb igjcn. ^ntbgommcn bar bet tfcrr, fom f0gte at I)olbe fjam til= bane; "f^cr er fanffe tffe faa [tor @Iccbe for mtg, fom bet 10 ft)itc\" fagbe fjan, og 2()or&j0rn tog en S^anfe af bet; 2 men fjan forefatte fig bog at reife, f0r ^Tbclben fom. 25a be faa, fjan bar itrof!elig, fbrebte be fig i @aar ben ; ber bar mange golf, men megen tilljeb, og bet I)de f^abbe libet <3tjn af et 53tt)Ihtp. 8 Zfyotbiittn ffulbe ^abe 15 fig en mj Sclepinbe og gif fjen at finbe en; i (Saarbcn bar tntet f)0beltgt Gmne, og fjan gif libt ubenfor, fom faa til et SScbffju'f, fom f)an gif tnb t, langfomt og fagie, ba 23rubgomrncn Orb fufgte meb (jam. ^an fanbt ber, 'SJJoattct and the past partic. ftuHet, bltrbet and tltrbct of the modal auxiliaries maatte, ffulle, tucbc and tltrbe are coloquially pronounced with apokope of the unstressed e; maatt, ffullt, bitrt (bort), turt (toct). 2 og 5T^orbj0rn tog en anfe af bet, Thorbjirn's suspicions were aroused by that. 3 93rl)Hup, ty is here very often pronounced 0. 6 Stjiinpoe Solbaffen. 81 82 SY"tt0t>eSolbaffen Ijbab bilbc, 1 men frembelcS, itben at bibc of bet, jatte Ijan fig neb og op til ben cne 23a?g, mcb Slnib og ^tubc i >aanben. S5a f)0rte fyan bet ft0nne i 9?ccrl)eben of fig; bet bar :paa ben cmbcn to," fbarebe ber fort. 2)a bar bet ftilt en @hmb, faa fagbe 20 ^itn atter itb: '."pan failbt, t)bab ttilbo. This omission of the third personal pronoun, quite common in Old Norse and Old Danish, where easily supplied, is very rare in present Norwegian and only occurs in such cases as this when the subject is identical with the one in the immediately preceding sentence. 2 U)ebe from Itye corresponding to Dan. Itytte, 'listen to.' There is also a verb It)C, Ityebe, It)bt, meaning 'to obey' corresponding to Dan. It)be, (abtl)bc). 3 ba in place of Oflfao is more common in such sentences, as: (r bet big ba? fytiorfor font bit ba f)tb? Dgfaa sounds Danish in such sentences. 4 bo til Sete, be a tenant. n f t> * S o I fe a f f ? n 83 bibfte bog, f) a it gtf Ijer." - trobe big fterfcre." - ()0rte nu intet anbet enb raab; cnbelig fcr0b after itb : "borfor talte bit iffe?" 5 "Set ntjttcbc bcl amle=33trtlje <50n Itbet at tale til Saiteren toaa 9torbf)oitgV Bleb ber fbarct efter et )}> Ijolb, fybori fyan fjabbe braget SSeiret tungt og ofte ft0n net. er bleb bcntet ^)QQ bar; 2 "t)i ^or bog fet paa 10 Ijtnanbeu 3 i mange War," fagbeS ber. - "Sit bar fact ftolt; en turbe i!fe rigtig tale til big." "Set bar bog ingenting t SSerbcn, jeg feller btlbe. J ^aa 9?orbt)0ltg, at Nordhoug. The preferred spelling of the second element of the compound is fyaug. ''Xer blet> tjcntet Jjaa Soar. With indefinite pronominal force the adverb of place ber 'there' is used as anticipatory or introductory subject, corresponding to English 'there', Germ. e, French '11', that is 'it,' standing for the logical subject which then follows the verb. This is still the best literary usage, in which respect, therefore, Norwegian agrees with English as against German, which uses e 'it.' et, 'it' is used, however, with impersonal verbs denoting natural phenomena, as English 'it,' German e, e. g. bet regner, bet tjatjfer etc. Cf. also bet ffer ofte ot man maa taale bet font er ubefyageligt, where bet anticipates an at-clause, and ber ffer ntangt, font er ubefyageligt. Colloquially bet is used for ber with impersonal expressions in the passive. Dialectically, colloquially and with increasing authoritative sanction in the literary language bet is also replacing ber as anti- cipatory subject e. g.: Sr bet noget font mangier? bet fontmer uiSft mange golf tmorgen. Cf. bet bleo otter ganffe ftilt. 3 fet paa Ijinanben, had an eye for one another, been fond of. 84 Bynntfvt Solbaffen bcntcbc I)ber Sag, .... fiber bi m^bteS; . . . . jeg jt)ute nocftcn, jeg 60b mig from. @aa tamfte leg, bit for* fmaabe ring." - Set Bleb otter ganffe ftilt. r)orBi0rn f)0rte intet bar, ingen raab; fjan I)0rte fjeller iffe ben frjge brage 5 f)0!rf)j0rn tcenfte pcta 23ritbgommen, fom f)an trobc at fjcnbe for en Brab Wnnb, 1 og T)an Bleb tlbe til 20?obe paa f)an 3Segne. Sa fagbe ogfaa fjun: y/ ^eg er rceb for, ^an faar Itben Icebe af mtg, 2 10 tjan, fom ". "Set er en Brab 2)?anb," fagbc ben ftjge og be- gi)iibte baanb, at gibe fig (ibt, ba bet nof gjorbc onbt for Srrjftet. Set bar, fom bctte ogfaa gjorbe (jcnbe onbt; ilji ^un fagbe: is "Set er nof tnngt for big nn, - men bi bar bcl albrtg fommet til at tale mcb ftinanben, bi, bar iffe bette fommet imcllcm. Sen ang bit flog til $mtb, for= ftob jcg big f0rft/ /3 - "v^eg fitnbe iffe Iwre bet loenger," fagbc Ijan, og faa 20 en htnb efter: ".^nitb cr onb." - "an cr iffe gob," fagbc S0ftcren. Se tang en Stnnb, faa fagbe Ijan: "^,cg nnbrcr mig 'Note the idiom at fjenbe en for en brati Sftanb, to know someone to be a worthy man 2 %c$ cr rcfb for, ^an faor. etc. Observe for and omission of conjunctive ot / am afraid that, I fear that. 9(t tnvre rab-='to be afraid of,' ot Oivrc mb for (at) or fri)rtte for (at)='to be afraid that, to fear that.' '"'foTft, here=-'not until,' German erft in similar use: erft oB cr fam, fjtfrft ba ^ait torn, not until he came. 85 paa, om jeg nogen Zib olioer gob igjen. 1 2Ta jo, bet fan nu ogfaa bcere bet famine." 2 ">ar bit onbt, fyar jeg bet bcerre," og fyerpaa fulgte fterf raab. "Oaar bu?" fpurte faa fjan. - 5 "%a," bled ber fbaret, og berpaa: "2la i0ie, j0ie mig, Ijbab bette Sib ffal blibc!" - "@ra?b iffe foa/' fagbe T)an; "SSorfierre gj0r nof fnart Gnbe ^QQ bet for mig, og ba ffal bit fe, bet ogfaa bli tec uebre for big." - 10 "SefiiS, Sef"/ Qt bit tffe talte!" raaBte ^un meb til- fiage^olbt tcmme, og fom om ^itn dreb fine Camber; 2f)orbj0rn trobe, f)un gif i bet famme eller iffe bar t tanb til at tale faa Icenge; tf)i ^an f)0rte en tunb intet og gif. 15 Sen f0rfte, ben Bebfte, ^f)orBi/*rn traf i aarben, fpurte f^an: "^dob fom ber imellem Sar pillemanb og ^nub^orblioita?"- "$oa? 9Wcricm bent? So, " fagbe g5er u- manb og traf Wnfigtet fammen, fom m'Ibe fyan gjemme no 20 get i $olbcne; "bit fan nof fptfrge om bet, for bet bar li- bet nof; ^an mtb fpurte Bare Car, om fyelen ^an gab gob Mang i bctte 'gob \Q\en=u>ell again. 2 OCEre bet famine, be all the same, not to matter. 3 ^o, 33 here used is difficult to translate. It indicates readiness to answer and also ability to answer. May often be rendered by 'why (that is easily told)!' After a pause then, PerHus- mand, who doesn't want to tell too much at once, adds : indeed you may well ask that, for I assure you it was little enough! etc. 86 % bet famme gif 33ruben forBi bem; fyun rjabbe 9fn figtet Bortbcnbt, men ba fjun f)0rte Sar ncebne, bcnbte fyun bet og bifte et ^?ar [tore r0bc 0ine, bcr fan uftffen; men eller bar Slnfigtet meget folbt, faa folbt, at f)or= Bj0rn iffe fjcnbte fjenbeS )rb igjen t bet. 33egt)nbte fjan 5 ba at ffjjzfnne mere. 1 Scengre frem t (Saarben ftob ^eften og bentcbc; Ijan fatte fin ^?inbe faft og faa fig om eftcr 93ritbgommcn for at tage 9Ifffcb. an ^abbe iffe 2t)ft til tit f0ge ^am, faa nceften ^clft, 2 at f)an iffe font og fattc fig bcrfor op. 35a 10 6egt)nbte bet at ft^ie og raabe fra ben benftre (Sibe af aarben, bet borte, ^bor Saaben laa. 2>ct bar et fjelt g0Igc, fom brog nb fra Saaben; en ftor SWanb, font gif foran, raabt'e: "^bor er T)an? -- ar f>an gjemt fig? borerf)an?"- is "S)er, bcr!" fagbe nogle. -- "Sab fjam iffe fomme bib," fagbe anbre; "ber bliber Bare lUnffc af be 1 ;." - "r bet ^nub?" fburte ^orBj0rn en Hbcn ut, ber ftob beb iben af 3Sognen ^an. "sa, ^an cr fttlb og ba bil ^an altib f(aa." f)orBj0rn fab alt baa 2a?fct og 20 flog nu ^aa ^cften. "i^ei, ftan, ^ammerat!" f)0rte Ban Bag fig; fian fjolbt .^eften tilBage, men ba benne gif alligebcl, lob Ban ben gaa. "o, er bu roeb, ^f)orBj0rn ranliben?" ffreg bet ncermere ^am. S^u ^olbt ^an faftere igjen, men faa 25 iffe tilBage. ^au ba, see note 3, p. 6. 2 faa nceften ^elft, would in fad rather prefer. 87 "tig af og font t gobt ag!" raabte en. benbte >obebet. "af, leg ffal ijiem," fagbe rjcm. unberljanblebe be libt, og imiblcrtib bar ben Ijele fommen fjen til 23ogneTt; Slnub gif foran $eften, flabbcbe ben f0rft, tog ben bernccft beb >obebet for at fe paa ben. s nub bar ret 1)0% fjabbe Itjft, men ftribt aar og en But S^ocfe, SWunben bar [tor og tung, 0inene m0rfebIaQ, men brtftige. ^an Ijabbe Itben Sig^eb mcb @0fteren, fun bar bet noget om SKunbcn, fom bar ligt, 1 og ()abbe bet famme faa ret opftaacnbc ^anbc, men mtnbre, Itgefom alle 10 IjenbeS fine Xraf bar grobe f)o [jam. bil bit Ijabe for amben bin?" fbttrte ^nub. bil iffe fcclgc ben," fagbe ^oi^m. -- "u tror fanffe, jcg iffc fan Bctale ben?" fagbe mtb. "v,'cg beb iffe, rjbab bit fan." "aa? bu tbiler om bet? is Set ffitlbe bu cllcr bogte big for," 2 fagbe hwb. in (Sitt, 3 fom f0r ftob ob efter 3?a?ggen bcrtnbc i tucn og r0rte beb ^entcrnc ,^aar, fagbe it it til en ^abo: "^nub t0r iffe rigtig bciutc (Sang." Sette 00rte .^nitb. "^t0r jcg iffe? bem ftger bet? 20 ^0r jeg iffc?" ffrcg f)an. Slcre og flere fom til. "9lf 9>eicn, fe , ( ocftcn!" raabte ^Oorfij0rn og flog paa, O^n ar bet noget om SOhntben, fom bar Itgt. See Note 3, p. 83. ftulbe bu eller tiogte big for. (Her, 'as for that' is best omitted in the translation, say, That is something' that you ought to (had better) look out for. 3 f)in, demonstr. pron., very general in the dialects, is rare in cultured speech, where ben takes its place. eit referring to a more distant object (English 'that,' German jeiter) as opposed to beitue is usually supplemented by ber or cmbeu colloquially. 88 Synntvt Solbaffen biibe reife. "Sigcr bit af SSeicn til mig?" fburte Slnub. - "^eg talte til $eften; leg maa frem," fagoe ^^orbj^rn, men beg fjeller iffe felb til ibe. - - ">bab, fj0rer bit Itge ;baa mig?" ftmrte nub. - - "aa gaa bort!" og >cften I0ftebe $obcbct i 33cket, cllcrS fjnnbc ben fat bet Itge mob STnubS 33rt)ft. 3)a tog STmtb ben t>eb 93,tbflet, og $cften, fom fjitffebe ^aget fro SSeten, at ffjcelbe. 9^en bette r0rte Xf)orlij0rn, bcr angccbe, Ijan T)nbbc gjort mob -t'cfteninu gif bet lib ober ^nitb; 1 tl)i ^an retfte [tg mcb Sbtfben 2 t ^artnben og brog til mtb 10 ober ^obebet. "Slaar bit?" ffrcg ^nitb og fom nor- mere; !^^orBj0rn I^oppebe of SocSfct. "Du er en onb ^Tarf," fagbc fian ligbleg og lebercbe 0mmcrne til I)in irt fra 6tnen af, ba fjctn fom og b0b [ig frem. Tlcn ben gamle SO^anb fom fjabbe reift [ig borte bcb 2>0ren, ba is 3(Iaf liar fcrrbig mcb fin gortalltng, gif nu bort til 2;f3orl)j0rn og rt)ffcbe ^am t 2(rmen. "a?mnnb ranli- ben er for fcrab en 2>tanb til, at S0nnen f)an ffal bragcv meb flige ragSfjarmpcr 3 /' fagbc ^an. S'ct ftilncbe t ^5or6i0rn, men STnub raabte: "^cg [agfjocmpc? Set 20 er rjan lige faa gobt fom jeg, og mm ^a^ cr lige gob fom f)an. -- om an! -- 35ct er baaiiigt, at 93t)folfet iffc beb, Ijbem af o to cgentlig er bcb bcbft SWagt," lagbe Ijan til og tog ^alt0rfla?bet af fig. - - "3Si pr0be bet Mtlt flif bet ub Otter 5?nub, now he gave vent to his rage upon Knud. 2 <3t>0be pronounced DCpC, and coming to be so written except when used figuratively In the sense 'scourge,' then pronounced til, struck. 3 S(aflfji?mpe=(3fciafja?mpe. 89 tibsnof 1 ," fagbc ft.or&i0rn. a fagbe ben Sftanb, fom f0r (jabbe ligget i Scngcn: "c er [cm to Slatte; be mna f0r[t fnaffe 9Wob i fig, Beggc to." I)orbi0rn Ij0rte bet, men fbarebe intet. Cn og anben of gloffen lo, anbre fagbe, bet bar fttjgt mcb alle be @Iagmaal i bette 33rtjl- 5 lup, famt at be a&cbe fig tnb .baa en fremmeb 2ftanb, fom bi(bc brage frebclig affteb. f)orbi0rn faa fig om efier >eften; bet bar f)an 2tgt at fare. 2ften bin @ut IjaDbe ncnbt ben og fj0rt ben forfuarltg lange bort; utiCn felu ftob nu lige Bag bem. -- "t>ab feu bu big om efter?" 10 fpurte nub; "I;un (Stjnn0be er langt borte nu." "uab roger f)im big?" -- "^ei, flige ffinf)ellige ^Dinb- folf rager iffe mig," fagbe ^nub; "men fanffe fjun mob- ftjccler big." Sctte bar for meget for 3:^orBi0rn; be mer- febe, f)nn faa fig om for at pr0be ^labfcn. 9ht Ictgbe otter is nogfe celbre fig imellem og mente, at ^Inub fjabbe gjort llgagn 2 no! i bette Sag. -- "2)tig ffal ^an imet gi0re!" fagbe ^5or6j0rn, og ba Ijine T)jz(rte bette, tciug be. 3Inbre fagbe: "Sab bcm brage, faa Blibcr be obbenner; bi^fe f)ar Ia?nge nof fet onbt obcr til f^cranbrc." "3>ci," fagbe 20 en, "be m'l Begge bare be Bebfte i 33t)gben; 3 lab o nu fe!" 'SSt ^ricn. In Brand Ibsen rhymes this word with . Jptfibcn - Jufcii fufgte mig of iUjgbon, iffe en banbt op tiloiben-. This is a local dialectal pronunciation. The only pronunciation accepted in cultured speech is Bygd. 90 "ar % nnbrc fet nogct ligt til fjam 0orbi0rn (Sran Itben," mcnte ftmib; "jcg frjntcS, fjan nt)lio bar fjer paa (Saarben." - - "^a, "fjer cr fjan," fagbc ()orbj.0rn, og i bet fammc fif nub ct fag otter bet 00tre 0re, faa rjan tumlebe fjcn i nogle SWtrnb, font ftob bcr. 9iu bleu bet- 5 ganffe fttlt. Tnub rcifte fig og for frcm itben at ftge ct Orb; f)oroj0rn tog mob F^nm. cr bleu nit en lang ^ocuefamp, ba begge Utlbe ijinanben inb paa Sbct; men bcgge bar uel Uant og f)olbt rjinanbcn Uccf. 3;(jorbi0irn5 (Sfag falbt no! faa ofte, l og nogle fagbe, be falbt no! faa 10 tungt. 1 - - "$er I)ar ^nub fnnbct fin 9ftanb," fagbc (jin font r^aube taget cften; "Qttt ^fab!" ^Dtnbfolfcne fhjgtcbc; fun en ftob f)0it paa en Xrabe for bcbre at fe; bet liar 23mben. Xf)orbj0rn ft! ct Itmt af rjcnbe og ftan febeMtbt; ba faa fyan en ^ntt) i nub ^aanb, f)uffebe is ^cnbcS Orb, at ^Inub iffc bar gob, og ntcb et be! rettet lag traf f^an ^nnb 9frm ober ^aanblcbct, faa ^ntbcn falbt, og 9(rmen bobnebe. "3tu, rjbor bit flog," fagbe ^nub. -- "Srjnc^ bit?" fburte ^tn og br0b nu inb baa Ijam. Slnub fjabbe onbt for at bntgc blot eii 9frm, Ijan 20 bfcb [0ftet og baarct, men bet bar tmob, f0r fjan bleb lagr. an bleb flcre ange lagt fltg mob ^orben, at cumber anbcn bel Fjabbe fbigtct, men bctte bar en gob 9h)g; !K)or= bj0rn flottebe meb fiam, 5ol! beg, men fian !om efter mcb ^tof faa (ofte, tllltgt). The expression sounds Danish, better Norwegian would be in this sense t>et faa ofte. Festskrift 169. 2 ftanfebe. This word, formerly commonly spelled ftanbfe, is now usually and more properly written without b, for the word is derived from Old Norse ftauita (as Aars, 1900, p. 25). S y a tt l oe So I b a f f e n 91 Ijam, og faalcbc3 Bar bet ritnbt ben Ijele Oaarb, inblil be fom op ituber Srappen, fybor fjan fyibbe fjam enbnit en- gang i ^etret og trucbe Ijam neb, [QQ Shiocrne gab efter, og rtub Iang ober tenfjellen, [aa bet fang i $091. an bleb liggcnbe [tilt, gab et btibt t0n fro fig og lob s 0incnc ftjnfc i; 2(jortijj2frn rettebc fig og faa op; Ijan3 0ine falbt Itge paa 23mben, ber ftob uBeboegelig og faa paa. "^ag nogei og locg ub unbcr ^obebet paa tjam 1 ," fagbc fjun, benbtc fig om og gif inb. Xo gamle ^loner gif for&i; ben cne fagbe til ben an- 10 ben: ">erre (Sub! bcr ligger en igjen; ^bem er nu bet- te?" n 2)?anb fbarcbe: "$an, ^nub ^orb^oug." >a fagbe ben anben Slone: "aa fanjle bet liber paa meb SlagSnianlene ^eref:erbag. Se maatte ba ogfaa Ijabe anbet at Brugc fine ^rocfter til." - "2er fagbe bu is et fanbt Orb, 9fanbi," mente ^in; "SSorljerre Inoclpe bcm faa langt frem, at be fan fe forbi ^beranbre og ^en til nogct mere." Sctte folbt 2fjorbi0rn unberligt paa inbet; ^an fjabbe iffe fagt et Crb, men ftob ber enbnit og faa paa 20 bcm, fom ftcllebe mcb ^Tnub ; flcre talte til fyam, mnn ^an fbarebe iffe. jgan benbte fig fra bent og falbt i Con- fer. 2 t)nn0be fom frem i bcm, og Ijan bleb megct ffamfitlb. ^an tccnfte paa, Ijbab gorflaring f)an fFitlbe gibe, og 25 'Mtnbcr oi.icbot paa I)ain, under his head. The paraphrastic genitive with aa is very common in Norwegian. See also above note 3, p. 46. 2 fatt)t i Xauf er, fell to thinking . 92 5?itn0e sofbaffrn Ijan tcrnfte paa, bet bar fyam 1 nof iffe fact let at jTutte, fom Ijan engang toobc. . vTbet famme I)0rte Ijan Bog fig: "23ogt big, I)0r bj0rn!" men f0r Ijan ft? bcnbe fig, t>or Ijan greben beb fulbrenc bagfra, Bleb btfict og f0Ite iffe noget mere 5 enb en ftiffenbc Smerte, IjbtS teb f^on life rigng fjcnbtc. ^an T)0rtc Stcmmcr omfring fig, fornam, at be Fjtfrte, irobc fcfu flnnbom, nt (jan fj.0rtc, men m'bftc bet iffe Bcftcmt. Scite norcbc mcgct locnge, bet bleb folbt, fnart igien 10 normt og ba faa let for Ijcim, fact ler, at Ijcm ftjntcS ar ftnruc, -- og nit forftob fjan bet: f)an Bare of ra?toj> bernc fra ben enc til ben nnbcn, faa Ijan fom op i Sien, Ij0icre op, paa Scrtcren, cnbnn f)0icrc op, lige paa bet f)0tcftc Sjelb; ber Ii^iebe (St)im0bc fig neb oner (jam og 15 gra'b og fagbc, at Ijan ffnlbe fjabe talt. un gra'b mcgct og mcnte, at I)an bog felo Tjabbe fct, ()borlcbc ^Tnub 9torb- Ijoug gif t 35eien for ^am, beftanbig t 3Scten for Ijam, og faa maattc fjnn jo tage ^nttb. )g faa flappebe f)un fjam mifbt neb ot>er ben cne ibcn, faa bci bleu uarmt bcr, 20 og grccb, faa Jjorten paa bet Stcb bleb baab. SDZcn 91 v= faf fab paa $uf oppe paa en ftor, fpib :en og tocnbte litrcetopperne rnnbt omfring fig, faa bet brafte og bra?nb= te, og ^tbiftcrne f0g om I;am ; felb lo fjan mcb bibt (Sab - ^am, ethical dative. 2 ab, pron. ap. The rule is that medially and finally after a long vov/el b, b, Q, are pronounced as voiceless stops (p, t, f, resp.). For a discussion of these words the student may be referred to Groth 9899, 106, 122, or Poestion 41, 44 II. b. 47, 2 b. Note the difference in pronuncia- 5Yttn0pcSolbaffen 93 og fagbe: "et er iffe mig, bet er 9ftor min, fom gi0r bet! og Sccmunb, gaberen, ftob til ben ene ibe og fafto be ornfccffe Ijjsit op, |QQ Sftjerne traf bem til fig, brebte hornet ub ober fom en aage, og bette ftnteS Ijam un- berligt, at Corner fitnbe ffnbe fig ub otter al $immel. 5 a fjan faa nebober paa 'a?munb felb, bleb benne faa Itbett, faa liben, at f)an tilfibft naften i!fe fom op ob^r S'orben, men enbba faftebe ^an Soclfene ^0iere og T)0iere og fagbe: "@j0r mig bet efter, bu \" - - Sangt Borti 3fb,ernc ftob STirfcn, og ben It)fe ^one baa olbaf- 10 fen ftob oppt hornet og btftebe meb et r0bgult Sommet0r= ffobe i ben ene ^aanb og en afmebog i ben anben og fagbe: "ib fommcr bit iffe, f0r bit ^ar lagt of at floaS og banbe," - - og ba fjan ffitlbe fe til, faa bar bet iffe ^lirfen, men ^olbaffen, og olen ftob flig paa alfe is ^nnbre Stitber, 1 at fyan fif onbt i 0hicne og maatte Iitffe bem fjaarbt t. - - "SBarlig, barlig, ccmunb!" F)0rie ^an og baagnebc fom af en Shimmer bcb, at F)an bleb baaren, og ba Ijan faa fig om, bar Ijan fommet inb-i titen paa 20 ranlibcn; en ftor Sib brccnbte paa men, 2ftoberen tion between paa ltg (uf), 'squatting on the ground,' (fomnte t) lig (^u), 'remember,' and ltg (Sugg) n, 'cut, slash.' To avoid ambiguity it is now common to write lt and ugg for the last two. The first is best written uf. J og oleit ftob flig pad oKe ^unbre DJltber, the sun shone so on its hundred panes of glass, literally 'all (the) hundred panes.' Observe the colloquial connective adverb faa in: og ba fyan ffulbc fc til, faa uar bet iffe Strfen, which serves to connect more closely the two clauses. 94 SY ftob bcb ibcn nf Ijam og gnrb; Sabercn tog jnft op un- bcr fjam, -- fjan bilbe fccerc Ijam tub i et ibcfnmmcr. 2) a flap $aberen Ijam fagbe neb igien; "ber er enbnu tb t Ijaml" fagbe Ijan meb birrenbe temme og benb:e fig mob Uftoberen. 5 enne ub6r0b: "23orljerre Ijjcelpe mig; Ijan fer op! f)orBi0m, ST)orI)i0rn ! oelfignebc @ut, f)bab ^ar be gjort meb big! og fmn Itibcbc fig neb ober f)am og ftrtfg ()an ^inb, men ^enbe Xaarer falbt barme paa fjans 3lnfigt. Sccmunb bar oppi 0iet meb ben ene SGrme, fltjttebe fan 10 3^oberen bltbt til @ibe: "Sab mig Hgefaa gobt tagc fjam ftraB/' 1 fagbe ^an. )g ^an tog bel op unber ^an fiilbre meb ben ene $aanb, libt nebcnfor 9tt)ggcn meb ben anbcn : ",olb paa ^obebet, btt SKor, om fjan iffc f!ulbe ()abe Straft til is atboerebet 2 ." ^nn gif foran og ^olbt paa >obcbct, crmnnb f0gte at fomme t fribt meb fjcnbc, og fnart laa 2f)or6j0rn paa (Scngen t bet anbct hammer, ftcr at be nit fyabbe brcbt obcr Ijam og lagt Ijam bel til rette, fpnrte oeinnnb, om 20 (Sutten bar fommen af aarbe. "S)er fer bit Ijam!" fagbc X)?obcren og pcgebe itb. aabncbc SSinbuct og raabte ub: ] Sob tnig ligefao gobt tagc !^om ftraf. This is a confusion of two expressions, jcg fan ligefaa gobt tage fjam ftrafs and lab mig tage Ijam. 2 om ^an tffe ffulbc ^atie Staft til at bcere bet, a contracted sentence in which the easily supplied principal clause is omitted, very common in Norwegian. 95 "(r bit frcmmc om en ime, ffal bit faa bin 9farI0n to 0ange; bet er bet famine, om bu fbramger Deficit. " $an gif alter bort til engen, b,orbj0rn faa pan Dam meb ftore, flare 0ine, gabercn maatte fe baa bem, og ba bcgtynbte F)an at fugteS. 5 "3>eg bibfte, bet bilbe enbe flig," fagbe I)an fagte, ncnbte fig og gif. 2tfobcren fab .baa en raf inbe deb grab, men fjun talte iffe. bilbe tale, men Ijan f0Ite, bet falbt fig titngr, berfor taug ^an. 2)?en T)an faa paa SWoberen uaf 10 brnbt, og Sftoberen ^abbe albrig fet flig Ian i ^anS 0ine, TjeUer albrig Tjabbe be bccret faa fagre, ^uilfet f^n te fjenbe et flemt gorbub. "(Sub ^erren Tjan ^jccl^e big I" l braft bet enbelig ub ; "jeg beb, at oemunb belter obcrenbe ben Sag, bu 15 gaar". 2 ^5orbj0rn faa toaa fienbe meb ubcbccgeligt 0ie og 5tn= ftgt. 23Iiffet for lige tgjenncm fjatbe, og fyun begtjnbte at bebe fit gaberbor for ^am; tfjt fiun ta?nfte, ^an fun babbe libt igjen. SWenS fyun ba fab ber, ranbt bet fyenbe 20 i oinb, 4 I)bor fjcer ban fremfor nogen babbe bceret af bem alle, og nu bar ber ingen af 8>0ffenbene an crren ^an ^jafpc big. Note the pleonastic use of the pronoun, resumig a subject which immediately precedes. This is rather rare in present speech. On the frequent pleonastic pronoun at the end of a sentence, however, se above p. 17, note 5. 2 blt gaar, leave us, die. 3 gabcror=3aber fcor. The Lord's prayer begins thus in Norwegian, not Sor $aber. 4 t Sillb=t @iltbe. 96 SYnn0t>eSoIbaffen gif Fjitn ba l Sub op til Sceteren efter Sngrib og en qngre 23rober, font fan igjen og fatte fig ber fom for. an faa enbnu paa Fjenbe, og 23Iiffet bar fjenbe en almefang, ber forte f)enbe Confer milbclig inb i be bebre 2ing, ca, gamle ngebj0rg bleb anbagtsfulb, tog 33ibelen frem og 5 fagbe: "9hi oil jeg Icefe fi0tt for big, at bit fan fjade bet gobt." >a f)im tngen driller Ijaobe for >aanben, flog ^un op et teb, fom t)iin omtrcnt Funbc ubcnab, fra f)nn bar $ige, og bet bar of ol)anne' (Joangeliitin. ^un bar tffe ttf poa, at ^nn f)0rte ftenbe; t()i fjnn Dar ubeba 1 - 10 gelig fom f0r, ftirrebe blot fcaa ^enbe; men f)itn la-fte bog, om tffe for fyam, faa for fig feld. '^ngrtb fom fnart fjjem for at brjtte meb f)enbe; men bo fod !t()orbi0rn. ^.ngrtb grceb uben 6nbc; ()un I)atibe begtjnbt meb bet, f0r fjuu gif fro ccteren; t()i Ijun tcenfte 15 paa @t)nn0t>e, fom intet fif at btbe. - 9tii fom oftorcn og unberf0gte (jam. $an fjnbbe faaet ct ^liidftif t iben, bar ogfaa eller bleben ffagen, men Softoren fagbc intet, og ber bar in- gen, fom fpurte f)am. 20 cemunb fulgte f^am inb i Stygeftiten, ftob ber og faa uafbrubt paa SDoftorenS 2lnfigt, gif, ba fjcm gif, !)jalp Fjam op i ariolen og tog til men, ba Softoren fagbe, at f)an fom igjen agen efter. @aa benbte T)an fig mob $tc* nen, fom I)abbe fulgt meb: 25 ben 9J?anb iffe taler, er bet farligt;" t>fl. See note 3, p. 6. 97 2)?unb Bcebrebe, Ijan flog ben ene gob omfring ben anben og gtf bort obcr Sftarfcn. S'ngen btbfte, !)bor Ijan Meb of; tfjt rjan font iffe Ijiem ben Sfbelb, Ijeller iffe om Gotten, men f0rft ben na?fte 3P?orgen, og ba fi)nte fyan faa m0rf, at ingen Utrbe 5 IP^rge fyam om noget. elu fagbe Ijan: "9ht?" ] "an ^or fobct/' fbarebe ^ngrib; "men ^an er faa magtesI03, at ^an iffe fan I0fte en ^aanb." gaberen Dilbe inb for at fe til (jam, men benbte, bo fom til S0rcn. 10 oftorcn bar bcr, ligcfom Sogcn eftcr og flere og 2^orbi0rn funbe tale, men fif iffe Sot) til at r0re fig. ^ngrib fab fom ofteft I)o fjam, 2 ogfaa 9??oberen og tjan minbre 33rober; men f)an f^urte bem iffe om noget, 15 og be iffe {jam. gabcrcn bar albrig inbe. 3 Sette faa be, at ben fnge lagbe 9Jierfe til; fyuer ang 3)0ren gtf op, Meo f)an op- merffom, og be trobc, bet maatte ua:re, forbi I)an ben- tebe gabcrcn. 20 .Silfibft fpitrte S3^io 6am, om fjan iffe gierne m'Ibe fc flcre af bem. "3ra, be tn'I bcl iffe fe mtg," fdarebe fjan. Xcttc blcli fagt ccmnnb, fom tngcnttng fnnrebe ftraf; men ben Xag bar Ijan Borte, ba Softoren fom. 25 aa fnart Toftorcn fom et (sttjffe paa Sanbebeien, traf MKll? well? but not quite so abrupt. 2 |"om ofteft, say usually. 3 tltbe m the sick-room. 1 StjunjJbe Solbaffen. 98 SY fycm Stomunb, ber fab baa JBctfanten og bentebe fyant. (Jfter at fjabe Differ (jam, fbitrte Socmunb om [in 30u. "an er ilbe mcbfarcn," bar bet forte Sbar. - "Staar Ijan fig?" fbnrie Sccmunb og rcticbc baa $cftcn Sabclgjorb. - 5 "iaf, ben fibber nof faa ijobt," fagbe Xoftorcn. - "Sen bar tffe ftram nof," fbarcbe 8ocmunb. S)cr obftob en libcn tiKjcb, I^nori Softorcn faa paa (jam; men amunb arbeibebe ibrtg meb Orctct or ( faa iffe op. 10 "3)it fpurte, om Tian ftob fig; 1 leg tror nof bet," fagbe Softoren langfomt. ccmnnb faa raff op. "(5r bet til Siu?" fpitrtc fjan. "Set I)ar bet bceret i flere Sage," fuarebe Softorcu. Sa piplebe ber noglc aarer frem t 0incne paa Sir- is numb; Ijan f0gte at tage bcm beef, men be font igjcn. "Set cr ogfaa en @fam, flig jcg fyolber af ben 05ut= ten," Ijiffcbe f)an; "men fcr bit, Softer: ftautcre ^arl f)ar bcr tffc bocrct t ^rcftegjoclbet!" Softorcn Men r0rt: "^borfor fjar bit iffe f0r billet 23 bibc rtoget?" - "^eg l^ar iffe bceret gob til at ^0re bet," 2 fbarebe Sttmnnb og fjabbc cnbnu et Stra?b mcb raabcn, fom Ijan iffe fitnbe true neb, "og faa bar bet be STbinbfoIf," ] ftob is here subjunctive, at ftaa )t(l=to pull through. 2 i!fe gob tif at l)tfre brt, not able to hear it, could not stand to etc. See Modern Language Notes 1901, p. 376. 99 foriftute f)an; "be fan fjbcr (tag efter, om leg fburte, og ba funbe jeg bet iffe." 1 Softoren got) fjam ib til at fomme (ig, og bo faa (Scemunb faft paa fyam. "gaar Ijan ^elfen fin igjen?" fburte fjan plubfelig. - 5 "$aa en 93i3; eller fan fltgt enbnu iffe ftge meb iffcrfjeb." Sa Bleb aemunb rolig og eftertccnffom. "$aa en SSi," mumlebe f)an. $an (tob og faa neb, Softoren bilbe iffe forftgrre Ijam, forbi ber bar noget beb ben 10 SDianb, font forb0b bet. ^(ubieltg I0ftcbe cemunb ^obebet i 93eiret; "%.at for Unberreiningen," fagbe ^an, rafte aanbcn frem og gif tillage. ^aa famme 2ib fab Sngrtb ^o ben frige. "Gr bit is gob til at fjtfre paa, faa ffal jeg fortoelle big noget om gar," fagbe ^un. - "Sortcrl," faflbe ^an % . - "So, ben f0rfte ^belben Softoren ^abbe bcerer ^er, font Sor boef, og tngen tibfte, ^bor ^an bar. 2ften ba 20 fjabbe Ijan bceret ober i SrtjIIitpSgaarben, og ber tiar alt ] be faa rjtier 65ang efter, om jeg ftntrte, og ba funbe jeg bet iffe. Note the office of bet first as a conjunctive predicate, second, as a substitutory or 'resumptive' pronoun, resuming the idea of the antecedent, here at typtge. In English if the verb is 'to be' this may be expressed by 'so' or 'that' but generally the verb stands alone, if the verb is some other verb than 'to be,' then the idea may generally.be resumed by 'do so' or 'do it' e. g. here, but then I could not do it. In Norwegian as in French the 'resumptive' pronoun is sufficient, cf. Fr. 'je ne le pouvait pas. 1 Cf. also p. 32, note 2. 100 Sy golf blebet ilbe beb, 1 ba fjan fom. ^an (jabbe fat fig neb bfanbt bent og bruffet, og Sfcubgommett (jar fortalt, at I)an trobc, (jan fom fjalbt aa en Slant. 2) a f0rft be* gnnbte (jcm at fr>0rge eftcr tagSmaalet og fif n0iagtu] $effeb om, f)boiieb.e bet bar gaat til. nub fom til; 5 gar trilbe, 1) an ffulbe fortoelle, og gif ub baa aarben til etebet, T)bor ^ fjabbe bragebe. 9Ut golf fnlgte. il-nub fortalte ba om, f)borlebe bu ^abbe faret meb tynm, cftcr at bit Fjabbe lamflaat f)an .^aanb; men ba iliutb iffe bilbe fortccllc mere, reifte ftcx fig og fpitrie, om bet 10 bar faalebc, bet f i b c n gif til, -- og i bet famme tog I)an Slnub ober Sringen, lettct I)am og lagbe f)am neb Vaa ben tenfieHe, fom enbnu bar 33Iob efter big. an Tjolbt b.am neb mcb fin benftre $aanb og traf fin Slnib o\) meb ben fj0ire; ^Tnnb ffiftebe S^rbe, og alle jefter tang, is a bar ber golf, fom faa gar grocbe, men fjan giorbe iffe Slnnb noget. S^nub felb rtfrte fig iffe. gar reifte faa STnub o^J igjen, men lagbe fiam en tnnb cfter atter neb; "bet er htngt at fltytoe big," fagbe fyan og ftob og fttrrcbc ;baa T^am, mcn I)an fjolbt I)am. 20 Xo gamlc ^oner gif forbi, og af bcm fagbc ben cue: ".^nff nit bcl paa 9?0rncne bine, bit a?nntnb Oranliben!" 2>e forta?[{er, at gar ftraf flab Shntb, og at fyan en (Stnnb efter bar borte fra aarbcn; men ^nnb brog fin ()itimelfcm beef fra S3rrjlhtptoei og fom iffe bib mere. 25 9?ctotoe bar ngrib fa?rbig mcb benne ^onrlling, f0i aabnebcS, en faa iitb, og bet bar gaberen. . 'bletiet iftie Deb, become ill at ease. e Solbalfen 101 gif ftraf ub, og a?munb font inb. $bab be to talte om, fif ingen bibe; SKoberen, fom ftob op efter 0ren for at Irje, trobe bog engang at Ijabe fanget, at be talte o.m, Ijbor bibt fjan funbe faa >elfen igjen eller ei. 2ften fyuu bar iffc bi[* baa bet, bilbe feller iffe gaa inb, faa Icenge 5 (Strmunb bar ber. Ta oivmunb fom ub, bar ^an meget 6Iib og Itbt r0b i 2Hnenc. "3Si Bef)olbe fiam nof", fagbe ^an t gorbtgaaenbe til Snge&jjflrfl; "men 2Sorf)erre beb, om I)an mere faar fin 10 $elfe igjen." ^ngebj0rg 6egt)nbte at grcebe og fulgte SO^anben ub; aa taubnrtrabben l fatte be fig beb iben af fiber- anbre, 2 og mangt &Ieb nu talt mellem be to. SKen ba ^sngrib fagte fom inb igjen til fjorbi0rn, 15 Taa ^an meb en liben ebbel i ben ene aanb og fagbc rolig og fangfomt: "Sen faar bit lebere eranbre used of two persons. Stricter usage would be hbetonben as reciprocal pronoun referring to two persons, and fyDeroilbre referring to more than two. This distinction is, however, at present largely only a theoretical one, and not observed in the spoken language. )lXTOnbre is much more common than b,inanben. 102 S Y n n u c Solbaffen "tl belagtebe ^tge t)nn0t>e uttormsbatter, oloaffen! )u fjaber Ictft bife Sinter, faar bet at ba?re forbt mellem o to. 1 X()i jeg er tffe ben, fom bu ffal Ijabe. S^orfjerre bcere meb o begge to. 5 ccmunbfen, ranliben". n ^atoer loeft etc. The note is in formal style (as faar bet at tccre). Sjcttc 8rjnn0be Ijabe faat tribe bet om agen, efter at fyabbe ba?rct i SBrrjIhtppet. >an3 rjngre 93ro- ber bar fommen bib op til ccteren mob ^ubfenbing om bet; men ^ngrib fjabbe fat i fjam ube i balen, neiop font Ijan gif, og fjun fjabbe gibet fyam, ^bQb f)an [fulbe Bccce 5 frem. St)nn0uc uibfte berfor iffe mere, enb at X^or- bj0rn ^abbe fj^rt 2cr|"ct oberenbe, og at ^an berfor bar lagen op til 9corb(ioug efter ^jcelp; at ^nitb og f)an ber bar fomne i ^ofc, 1 og 2:^or&j0rn bar fommen libt tit 3fabe; f)an faa, men bet bar tffe farligt. 10 2ctte bar en flig ;tibenbe, at SQnn0be Bleb mere fjarm enb Bebr0bet. Cg ]o mere ^un tcenffe paa bette, be mere mobfalben Bleb f)itn. ,un gtf og ftellebe, ffurcbe 9ttu= ger og Jobber, tyficbe Oft og lagbe 99Mf ob, men bet bar s ncbbe mcb 05Ia?be, og f)orbi0rn l^ngre 33rober famt ben anbcn 05ut, fom fjabbc C^jcrtflen [ammcn mcb (jam, fi)ttte nn at faa 33i[I)cb for, at bcr.maatte bocrc nogct mclfcui (jenbe og 3;f)oruj0rn, fybab bcr gab bem (Jmnc ill mangen (Samtale opbt SO'tarFen. 1 10 Dm ftcrmtbbagcn paa ben ottcnbe ag, efter at v,ngrtb bar Ijcniet f)iem, ftjntcS bet at Itgge ti)iigrc ober f)cnbe enb nogcnfinbe. ^u bar faa lang Sib runben, og cnbnn ingen Siben- be. ^>uu forlob fit Wrbcibe for at fa:tte fig og fe lib ober 15 23t)gben, ba bette fb,me Ijenbe et SIag elffaO, og Ijun nu iffe bilbe barrc aelnc. (Som f)un fab, Meb fjun tra?t, lagbe .'oobebct neb ober fin 5Irm og falbt ftrafS i S0bn; men Solcn ftaf, og bet bleb en uroltg S0bn. $im bar ober baa Solbaffen, 20 ober paa bet Soft, ^bor r)enbc Sing ftob, og Ijbor ftun pfetcbe at fobe; 33Iomfterne fra .^tabcn bar flig fager S)uft op, ffi0nt iffe ben, ()itn bar bant til, men en anbcn, nceften font af 2b,ng. ^boraf fommer bcf bet? 2 hrnfte bun og b0iebe ,ab (Stjnn0be og groeb. "^a, bet ^joelper iffe," fagbe 9ftobe* ren og br0b paa. )g tjnn0be bair faa ra?b, faa ra?b, is for fjun bibfte iffe, I^bem f)im bilbc fjabe til at binbe; men tafce ffulbe ingen af bem. 5 "2ag i 9Sare SBIomfterne mt= ne!" raafite f)itn, men be Br0b mi bocrre paa enb f0r, og be bafre 23fomfter ftr0bc ub oberalt. SKoberen traabte pan bem, og Ijan ogfaa; St)nn0be grccb. 2)?en ba f)or6j0rn 20 fjanbc ffnppet 93Iomftcrne, bleb I)an faa fttjg, faa fttjg, $oaret boffebe paa f)am, ?fnfigtet ogfaa, 0tncne faa onbt, og lange I0r fatte f)an i SWoberen. "3Sogt big, 3P?or! fjoere big, fjborfor etc., but, my dear! why etc. $ig is here disjunctive, i. e. fjccre big=fjcere bu bit Ijcere. 2 To gjorbe bet l^enbe onbt etc. jtfre en onbt for nogen, noget=to be pained on account of, be sorry for. 8 nof means here 'after all, really.' *!$ ^eflt s Jcabn, say For Heaven's sake! s ineit tabe ffufbe ingen af bent, why this order here? 106 5 Y n n o e SoIbaFFcn er bit iffe, bet er en anbcn, toogt big!" ffreg fjnn og bilbc f)en og ftjcrlpe 99?obcren, men font iffe of gleffen. 2)a raabte nogen na ficnbc, og bet raaote en (Sang til. 9Wen ftraf for f)oroi0rn beef, 9P?oberen ogfaa; bet raa&te en (Sang tif. 5 "3a!" fagbe Stjnn0be og baagnebe. "b,nn0be!" ranbte bet. "^Q", foarcbc fjun og faa op. "-^bor er bit?" ftmrteS ber. Set er 2ftor, fom raaber, tccnfte tjnn0t>e, rcifte fig 10 og gtf inbober mob oeterbolben, fjbor Sftobcrcn ftob meb en S06 1 i ben ene manb, fftjggebe for fig meb ben anben og faa tib imob fjenbe. "er Itgger bit og fober aa ben flcttc SKarfcn!" fagbe Sftoberen. 15 "^eg bleb faa f0bmg," fbarebe t)nn0be, at jeg lagbe mig neb en Itben 9Kb, og faa bibfte jeg iffe Orbet af, 2 f0r jcg bar inbfobnct." - "Sligt maa bit bogte big for, 93arnet mit. - ^er cr noget til big i S0Ben; jcg Bagte tgaar, ba 3?ar ft^ PW 20 Sangreife." f0Ite paa fig, 3 at SWoberen iffe fom pron. 0p, and sometimes so written, but as yet more often S0b. The writing with J) is more correct as the word is specifically Norwegian and not also Danish. Thus in the following cases the voiceless stop is usual: tup, SBroaf, SRape, at life, fljcetc, ft)te, 33uffap, oeter etc. See Aars 5, note. 2 og faa bibfte jeg iffe Crbct of etc., say: I did not know before I had fallen asleep. Observe the idiom iffe at tribe Crbet af. n paa fig, not translated. Cf. Germ. an fid). Solbaf!en 107 berfor, og Ijiut tccnftc, at f)un tffc Ijabbe br0mt om Ijenbo for ingen -ting. Staren, faa fjeb SKobcrcn, oar, fbm T0r fagr, libcn og fpinfel of 23efft, Ijabbe Itjft aar og blaa ine, font gtf jnare i >obebet. >im fmilte Itbt, naar Ijttn talte, men bet bar Mot, naar I)itn talte mcb 3rem= 5 mebfolf. $enbe ?fn[igt bar nit BIcbet noget ffar)?t, ljun bar raf! i fine 3?ebargclicr og ^abbe altib trabelt l t>n n0be taffcbe fjenbe for aberne, tog op Saaget og faa cf- ier. fibab bet bar. "?fa, g]0r bet en anben Sang," fagbe SKoberen; 10 "jcg lagbe 5>icrfe til, at otobernc bine iffc bar baffzi cnbnu; bet maa bit pafe paa at gjj2(re, 33arnet mtt, f r bu tager btle." - "^a, bet bar bare ibag." "iTom nit, faa faar jeg ()ioelpe big ftben jcg afligebel is er ^cr," fagbe Stfobcren og ffj0rtcbe fig op. "Sit maa bacnne big til )rben, enten bit gaar unber 0inene mine eller ci." n gif foran mob ^?elfefbalen, og Srjnn0be lang- fomt efter. er tog be itb og baffebe op; 3Woberen faa 20 cftcr befe 8tel og fanbt bet iffe Itbe, gab ibelig 2Inbi ning og ftjalp lit at fete rent, og faalebeS gif en Xime el Icr to mcb. 2 $un Tjabbe itnbcr 2tr6ctbet J og ^atibe altib tratiett. Bjernson employs here, as not infrequently, a Danicism at fyatie tratjelt. The Norwegian requires the pronoun bet ; at fyatte bet trattelt (as German c eifig l^aben). 2 gif .... meb, passed by. a popular idiom. 108 Synn^oe Solbaffcn om, Fjbab be breb meb Ojemme, 1 og om, fybor trabelt Ijun tjabbe bet 2 nit, far Fjun fif gaberen of SSei. @aa fpurte fjun efter, om mtn0be Fjuffebc at Iccfc Ghib Orb, far F)un Fagbc fig om ^belben; "for bet man iffe glem- me", mente Own, "eller gaar Sfroctbct baarlig ben nccfte fnart be nu bar fccrbigc, gtf be ub paa SSoIben og fattc fig bar for at bcnte ^renc. Og fom be nu bel I)ab= be fat fig, fpurte Sftobcrcn cfter ^ngrtb, ncmlig, om I)itn iffc fnart fom it! t0l igjen. Stntn0tie bibfte tffe mere 10 berom cnb 9}iobcrcn. "^a, f(tg fan 5olf fare/' fagbe 2)?obcren, og Sinin0bc forftob nof, at bet iffc bar ^sitgrib fjun mcntc; Ijim bilbc gjernc (jabc &0ict bet beef, men (nut Ijabbe tffe 93t-ob til bet. "Sen, fom albrtg Ijar SSorfjerre t ^icrtct, fietn finbcS fommc 2ibcr, naar (jan minbft ben- is tcr bet," fagbe SWobcren. tjnn0be fagbe tffe et Orb. "9tet, bet J)ar jeg alitb fagt, 9 ben (?ut bltber bcr tngcn= ting af. -- Chtb at fare fltg, ft)!" - - Xc fab Bcgge paa bcr og faa ncbobcr; men be faa tffe paa (jbcranbre. bit f)0rt, f)borlcbc bet ftaar til mcb Oam?" fpnrtc 20 90?obcrcn og faa nit fort paa Ocnbe. - - "9?ei," fbarebe be brct) meb ^jcniinc, what they were doing at home. rit>e meb is here eliptical for briUe faa meb, 'to be doing, be engaged in.' The verb bvitie is often weakened to a sort of 'durative auxiliary' e. g. $e breo og arbeibebe, 'they kept on working.' 2 t)or trnbert ^an ^aobe bet. See note 3, p. 10. ^ei, bet fyar je<] aftib fagt. A colloquial use of the negative and affirmative adverbs net and JO. Here negative corresponding to the negative of the following clause iligeuttltg. There is no fixed usage, however, as to this. SYttn0te Solbaffen 109 @rjmt0de. - - "Set f!al dcere baarliot meb Ijam," fagbe SKoberen. t)nn0de begtjnbte at blide trang for 93rtj[tet. "@r bet bn fnrligt?" ftmrte fjun. - - "2la, ber dar nu Stnidftit'fet t Stbcn; ja, fyan fif nof jlcmmc lag og= faa." gnn0dc f0Itc, fjun bleb blusfenbe r0b; ftrafS 5 denbte f)itn [ig mere fort, for at SKobercn tffc ffulbe faa fe fjenbe. "^a, bet (jar del tffc nogct dibcre paa fig at figc?" 1 fpurtc Inm faa rolig, fom Ijun dar gob til; men SWobercn f^adbe (agt 9)tcrfe til, at f)eubc SBrijft gi! fterft, og berfor fdarcbc fjun: "3ra net, tffc bet fjcller." Sa 10 begtjnbte Sonn0dc at one, F)cr maatte dcere noget meget gait paafcerbe. "$an Itggcr?" fpurte Ijuit. "^a, Koc, T)an Itgger. -- Set er. Si)itb paa goroclbrcne, flige brade golf, be cr. @obt opbragcn cr f)an ogfaa, faa 2Sor()errc fjar tngen Xing at frocdc bem for." tmn0dc bled nu faa is beflemt, at ^un tffe dtbftc fine 9taab; 3 ba fortfatte 90?o beren: "9tit dtfer bet fig nof at darre brad, 4 at tngen er bunben tit Ijam. SSorljerre ^an lager ba ogfaa alt til bet bebfte." 5 8tmn0de f0Ite en dimmclfjcb, fom f!ulbe fmn neb Oder 93crget. 6 20 "9cei, jcg fjar altib fagt til f)am, %-aic, jeg: @itb bedare o>, (jar jcg fagt, dt f)ar nu bare bcnne ene Satte- Mffo at I)ae nogct Diberc paa fig at fige, not to signify much, not be very serious. Cf. German e fyat tuofyl ntcf)t biel auf fid). 2 et er Sljnb ^aa ^orcelbreite, transl. His parents are to be pitied. 3 at ^im iffe bibfte fine JHaab, that she did not know what to do. 4 brat). The ti is silent and the word is now often written bra, both singular and plural, hence in line 13 above bratie $Q\t or bra ^oll as pronounced. 5 23orl)erre fyan etc. See note 1, p. 95. 6 23erg also written 93jerg. 110 rcn, og Tjenbc fcior bi f0rge for. >an or mt ligefom libt 5(0b af fig, fyan, faa Brat) Ijan cllcr cr; men faa cr bet gobt mcb bet, at fjan tngcr Staabet, bcr Ijan finbcr bet, og bet er i ub Drb." Stfen Bare nu Sb,nn0be !om til at tamfc ;paa gar [in, I)bor milb f)an liar, faa fif I)mt bet 5 cnbnu bcerre meb at fite OJraabcn neb, og bcnne (Sang ni)ttcbe ingcn SWobftanb; Ijun fcegonbte at gra'bc. - "rcrbcr bit?" fpurtc SRobcren og faa T)en til fjcnbc ubeit at faa fe fjenbe. "va, jcg tccnfer ^a.a fjam, ^aic, og faa ," og bet Br0b nu I0 tilgang. "2)icn fia:re big 10 ba, Garnet nttt, fjbab gaar ber af big?" -- " s Xa, jeg Ueb iffe rigtig .... bet fom flig obcr mig .... fanffc bet gaau fjarn ilbe paa 9?cifcn," (jiilfcbc 3t)im0be. - - "$t>or fart bit fnaffc!" fagbc 2)?obcrcn; -- "bet ffitlbc iffc gaa tyam gobt? Zii 33i)cn cftcr flette Sanbcbcicn?" 1 "^a, 15 Ijitff nu ^aa, .... ^DorlebeS bet gif . . . . ben anbcn," Ijulfebe '3tjnn0be. "^a f^an! men ^aic bin farcr ba iffe frcm fom en (Sap, 2 ffulbe jeg tro. ^ a n fommcr nof ffabe10 3 ^jem igien,~faafrcmt 33orfjcrre eller I^ol- ber fin aanb ober !)am." 20 DJJoberen fiegtjnbte at tage en Xanfe af benne @raab, flette SanbctietClt. Observe the definite form of the adjective, which is ordinarily employed only after the pre-positive or adjectival article belt, bet, a possessive demonstrative or relative pronoun or after a noun in the genitive case. The adjectives fyel, fyalto, fjocr and ftct may be thus used with the suffixed article. See also Groth 152 153. 2 0p has long vowel and belongs in a class of words with final p after long vowel, see note 1, p. 106. 3 ffubi 1 IjC' an old adjectival genitive as, in ftrib3ft)ftCH, filtbftyfj etc. For a discussion of various kinds of petrified genitives, see Falk and Torp p. 47 53. SY"H0reSoIbaFfen 111 fom iffe bilbe fyolbc ob igjen. 9?et fom ljun fab ber, fog- be fyim: "cr cr mange ing i 23crbcn, fom Fan bcere tunge nof, men ba faar en irtffte fig meb, at be funbe Ijabe bcerei en'bnii itmgre." 1 - "a, bet er en baarlig rjzift," fagbe nu tmntfbe og 5 grceb faart. Sftoberen Ijabbe iffe rigtig >jerte til at fbare fjenbe, fjliab I;un tccnfte; faa fagbe f)iin blot: "SSorfjerre felb be- ftemmer mange !ting for o toaa en fijnlig 2Raabe; bet l^ar ^an bel gjort f)er meb," og faa reifte f)im fig, t^t 0rene 10 Begi)nbte at raitte opbi 2fafen, ^lofferne flang, (Sittterne fyan'febe, og bet turog langfomt ubober, ba S?]0rene bar ma?tte og roltge. ^>un ftob og faa til, Bab faa @t)nn0bc bccre mcb og tage mob bent. (Stjnntfbe reifte fig nit og- faa og fom efter; men bet gif Tangfomt. is aren SoIBaffcn fif nit trabelt meb at fyilfe baa fin 33nffab. er fom ben ene $o eftcr ben anbcn, og be fjenbte ^enbe og rantcbe; Ijnn flabbebe bem, talte til born og Bleb glab igjen beb at fe, Ijbor gobt be Ijabbe taget fig allefammen. "2Ia \o." fagbe fjitn; "SSor^errc er ben ncer, 20 fom Oolber fig noer til rjam." wn fijalp nit @tjnn0be meb at fa?tte bem inb; tfie bet gif fent meb tmntfbe ben Tag. 99?obcren fagbe ingcnting bcrtil; Ijnn ^ialb ^en be ogfaa meb at malfe, 2 ff]0nt fwn berbeb Bleb Icettger e, the regular comparative of tltng. The unumlauted tltltgere is also used, though as a rule limited to the literal sense 'heavier.' One would not in our passage say tltltgere. 2 molle=melfe, the usual form in Norway. 112 Syringe Solbaffen ber obbe, enb fjun Ijabbe forefat fig. Ta be nu fjabbe [ilet, lagebe 2P?obercn fig til at tagc nebobcr igjcn, og (St)nn0be btlbc f0Ige fjcnbe baa 23ei. "9fa nci/' fagbe QJcoborcn; "bu cr fanffe trcct og bil bcere i 3fteb," og faa tog fyun ba ben tomme 20b til fig, 5 gab fjenbe ^ctonbcn og fagbe, ibet turn faa fiffert paa fjenbe: "%eg fommer fnart oto igjen for at fe, f)borlebc bit fiar bet. 1 - - ^>olb bu big til o og tcenf iffe toaa anbre!" 5Repfe bar Sftobcren fommen af 8tjnc, f0r fiitn 10 toenfte paa, f)borlebe ^un ffulbe faa fnarcft Sub neb til ranliben. ^un falbte toaa 25orbj0rn 33rober; ^un bilbe jenbe ^am nebober; men ba fjan fom, fanbt t)un bet leit at Betro fig iil Ijam, fagbe bcrfor: "S'et bar tngen* ting." .^un toenfte ba baa at gaa felb. 35iff)eb maatte is fjun f)abe, og bet bar Stynb af vsngrib, fom iffe fenbte ()en- be 33ub. fatten bar ganffe It), og aarben laa iffe faa langt nebe, at fwn nof funbe gaa ben 3Sei, naar fligt brog berneb. 3Wen I)un fab og toenfte paa beite, lagbe tjun fammen i ;tanferne alt bet, SKoberen T)abbe fagt, og @raa 20 ben begqnbte paantj; men ba bar f)im feller iffe fen, tog baa fig et 0rfla.'be og gif en rogbei, for at uttcrnc iffe ffulbe merfe bet. ^o Icengre I)itn fom frem, jo mere jTtjnbte f)un baa, og tilftbft ^obbebe ^un neb ab angfticn, faa ioberen ^abbe fjenbt ^enbe igjen og font tilbage; men bet gjorbe ^un iffe. 3aa bentebe ^nn enbnu Icengcr, for at 9Jcobcren funbe fomme gobt af 3Seien. 9caar f)iw nit tog affteb igjen, gif Ijun ftille, og fnart ncermebe ^ttn fig ^ufene. 20 >nn bleb noget beflemt igjen, ba Fjttn faa bent, og bcttc tiltog, jo na?rmere f)itn font. Slit bar fttlte ber, 2tr beibsrebffabcrne ftob Iccnet ob mob 33crggen, 33eb laa ^ttg- get og ftablet op, og ?ffen beb faft i 8tabben. un gif forbi og ^en til S0ren; ber ftanfebe ^ttn 25 enbnit engang, faa fig omfring og Itjebe; men intet r0rte fig. Cg font dun ftob ber og bar i Ubifsfjeb, om fnm tttrbe gaa pan Softet til ^ngrib eller ei, font r)itn til at 114 Synntve Solbaffen tcrnfe, at bet bel macitte bcere en flig 9?at for nogle fibcn, at (jorbj0rn fjabbe bccrct obcr og blantct 93Iomftcr- ne IjcnbcS. urtig tog fjun foene of fig og liftebe fig ob ab 2raben. Sngrib bleb megct ra?b, ba fjun baagnebe og fan, bet 5 bar @b,nn0be, ber fjabbe baft fyenbe. 1 "orlebc ^ar ^an bet?" 2 I^biffebe Qnn0be. 9?u minbebeS ^ngrtb altfammen og bilbe tctge ^oa fig 3 for cit unbgaa at fbare ftraB. SOicn tjnn0bc fatte fig .baa engcfanten, Bab ^enbe Itgge og gjentog fit 10 "SJtu er bet Bebre," fagbe S'ngrib ^biffenbe; "jcg fommer fnart ob til big." - "^jare Snonb, aicna ingen ^ing for mig, bit fan tntet gait fige mig, font jeg tffe fjar tocnft mig bccrrc." 4 is %ngrtb f0Ite enbnu at bare ffaanfom, men bcu an* ben SrtjQt: breb baa, 5 og ber bleb ingcn itib til SDmbcie. .^btffcnbc falbt b^rgSmaalene, Ijbiffenbe barenc; ben btjbe til^cb rnnbt omfring gjorbc baabe 3b0rgmaal og bar enbnu alborligere, faa at ber bleb en flig [)0itt 20 Daft ^eitbc, better in present speech would be ber In the meaning 'to awaken' bccffe follows the 2nd conjugation, pret. and past-prtc. DOfffebc OQjffet. On the other hand, tiffffe tidfte Daft means to 'awaken' in a transferred sense as: bet tyar baft ftor gonutbring. 2 See note 1, p. 112. 3 btlbe tage paa fig, etc. wanted to dress herself in order to escape answering immediately. 4 fom jeg iffe fyar tanift intg ticcrre, but what I have imagined it worse, lit. which I have not imagined worse. 5 bret tyaa, urged her on. 115 beltg (stitnb, Ijbori man bober at fe ben barfte anbljeb lige i 0tet. Whn bctie ftintc^ be bcgge at faa ub, 1 at ()orui0rn ftjlb bar Itbcn benne (Sang, og at intet onbt fro JjanS ibe ff]0b fig tmellem f)am og bere 90?ebf0IeIfe for Ijam. So gra'b fcegge frit ub, men fttlle, og tjn- 5 n0ue grab meft; un fab ganf!e fammenfitnfen paa @en gcfanicn. ^ngrtb ]0gte at friffe ^enbe beb at mtnbe om, ()bor mangen labe be tre ret fyabbe Jjabt fammen; men ba gif bet fyer, fom faa ofte, at fiber Itben rinbring fra be Sage, fjborobcr olffinnet leger, nit t orgen fmelter 10 ob i Saarer. "^>ar fjan fburt efteir mtg?" ^bif!ebe 6t)nn0be. ",an faa?" - "9?ei, f)an ftger naften ingenttng, ^0rer bu. ^an Itgger Blot ber og fer." - "Set er i ben malebe tite, Ijan Itgger?" 25 J faa lib, make out (of it). 2 l)0orlebe Ijan I)ar bet, how he is. See note 1, p. 112. 3 Del, / suppose. 116 5ynn0DC Solbaffett "<^rt " _ A3"- "Da benber obebet mob SBinbnet?" "So." e taug Begge en Stunb. aa fagbe ^ ")en Itlle anfrljanSlegcn, 1 bit engang gab fyam, 5 ganger ber t 23inbuet og benber fig." "a, bet er bet fctmme," 2 fngbc tjnntfbe phtbfelig og ftcrft; "albrig t 23erben ffal nogcn faa mig til at flibbe (jam, enten bet ntt ganr fan eller faa!" 3 ^ngrtb Bleb meget Beffemt. "Softorcn beb iffe, 10 om ^an faar ^elfen fin igjcn," Ijbiffcbe I)itn. S^it ^a?bebe (stjnntfbe ^obcbct meb ttlBngefioIbt G5raab, faa toaa ficnbe uben at fige et Drb, lob bet faa igjen falbe og Bleb fibbenbe t ^anfer; be fibfte Roarer ranbt fagte neb obcr ^linbcrne, men ingen nt) fom eftcr, 15 5n folbebc ^>a?nberne, men r0rte fig ellcr iffe; bet bar, fom l^itn fab og tog en 23cfhttning. 9?ciftc Ijun fig ba tolitbfclig 4 meb ct mil, Iitbcbc fig neb obcr ^ngrib og gab f)cnbe et barmt, langt STt). "r f)an fielfel0, faa ffal jeg bleie f)am. 9cit taler 20 jeg til mine gora?Ibre!" ^o called because given on St. John the Baptist's day. 2 $d, bet er bet famme, say well I don't care. See note 2, p. 85. 3 enten bet nit cjaar faa eller faa, however it may end. 4 .phi)jeHa, pron. most often- plutfeli, not ^fltfefi with assimilation of bf to f after short vowel as Poestion p. 31, IV, 1 a. See Aars 46, b. Modern Language Notes 18, 157 2 . Solbatfen 117 Sette r0rie Sngrib meget; men f0r fjnn font til ot fige noget, 1 f0Ite fiun fin ^aanb grcfien: "garbet, %ngrib! 9lu bil jeg gaa opober alene." g Ijun benbte fig meget Ijnrtig. * "Set bar ben ebbelen," fjbiffcbe ^ngrib efter fjenbe. 5 "oebbelen?" fpurte min0be; Sngrib bar allerebe oppc, lebte ben frem og gif f)en til fyenbe meb ben; men ibet Ijun mcb fin benftre aanb puttebe ben inb baa ^en be arm, flog f^un fin f)0ire omfring f)enbe $aB og gab Ijenbe nu ^t)fct igjen, men ug fjen Oder btfn brunrtfbe ei, bet bar Itbt folbt, og naar $unben gj^be, fbarcbe bet runbt omfring. 93ujfaben bleb fhtbpen; ben rautebc mob ben friffe 2uft, 10 og o taa STo tog affteb 3 ub ober Slacife; men ber fremnte fab alt .^nnben, tog mob bem og m0btc for bcm, til al!c bar flubbct, Ijborbaa ogfaa tian flab bcm frem; ^Ioffc= It)ben birrebe ^enab 5fafen, ^unben gj^be, faa bet ffar igjennem, utterne pr0bebe, fjbem font fnnbe fiaufe 15 fterfeft. $ra benne Carm gif (S^nn^be fcori og neb til bet teb paa (t0Ien, Ijbor ^ngrtb og fjitn pleiebe at fibbe. $un grceb iffe, fab ftille og ftirrcbe og mcrfebe af og til I) in iltre @t0t, fom nu fjernebe fig og f(0b bebre fammeii, 20 jo Icengere Bort ben fom. Itnber beite Iicgt)ubtc Ijnn at fmaantjnne, berbaa at ftinge libt f)0icre og faa meb flar, ^0i temme f0Igcnbc (Sang, ^un fjabbe laget ben om efter en anbcn, fom f)un fiabbe funnet, fra Ijun bar 33arn. 4 J l)ele fatten. See note 1, p. 110. 2 gat) ^uit fii] tit at, she began. ^OC) offteb, started off. 4 fro Ijun bar 33arn. Note the abbreviated expression, =//-ow the time that she was a child. Observe also the absence of the indefinite article before the predicate noun as in French and Solbaffen 119 9ht %at for alt, ifra bt Dor fmaa og legte farnmcn i St'og og Sage'. ^eg ta'nfte, Segen ben ffulbe gaa 1 o.b t be graanenbe Sage. ieg tamfte, Segen ben ffulbe gaa 1 ub fra be Irfbebe, Itjfe 83irfe bib frem, ()bor SoIfcaffcOufe ftaa, og til ben r^bmalte trfe. fab og benteb faa mangen og faa bib Bort nnber (Sranef)eien ; 10 men (Sftjggc gjorbe bet m0rfe Si^b/ 2 og bit, bit fanbt if!c SSeien. ^eg fab og bentet og tcrnfte tit: 9?aar ^agen Itber, T)an 2>eien bober. Da "ufet flitf.teS on brocnbte libt, is og -Dagen fom og gif ober. German. Similarly before appositional nouns denoting occupation, profession and nationality as: l)im cr Iccror, 'he is a teacher'. 2>e er GFltflfccntK're, 'they are Englishmen.' The verbs that are followed by a predicate noun without the article are bare, bltDC, f0be3, and Dccre fpbt. ^I'gcn bcu ffulbe gaa etc. This use of the pronoun ben is archaeic and poetic. See note 1, p. 95. For examples of such pleonastic use of the pronoun in older Danish and in Norwegian dialects see Falk og Torp, p. 275-276. 2 meil ftjgge gjorbe bet mjtfrfe fjfjelb, the subject is 120 5 Y tt tt 1? e Solbaffett Set ftaffarS 1 0tet er blebet bant, bet fan faa fent meb at benbe rjnet 2 ; bet fjenbcr jlet tngcn anben ant og brcenber furt unber 23rt)net. Se ncebner oteb, fiber leg %r$t fan faa: bet er i ^irfen bag Sagerliben; men beb mtg tffe om bib at gaa! - [ibber Itge beb iben. - 90?en gobt, faa beb jeg bog, fybem bet bar, fom lagbe gobt aarbene mob fiberanbrc 10 og 9Sei for (Srjnet t fogen ffar og gab bet 2ob til at banbre. gobt, faa beb jcg bog, I)bem bet bar, fom fattc Stole til STirMiorbet og giorbe, at be gaa $ar om ^ar 15 fremobcr lige mob 'ftn!!or ( O.N. taf-^arl), thus written by Bjflrnson and generally by other writers. Ibsen writes at present ftaffer, (and ftdffer, adj.). An excellent discussion of Ibsen's language may be found in Henrik Ibsen Festskrift ed. Gerh. Gran 1898, pp. 172-205 in an article by Professor Johan Storm. On pages 163-171 is discussed som characteristics of Bjornson's language. f t ftaffarS 0iet er Itfetict tonitt, scil. to look yonder under the fir-slope. See Stanza 7 lines 3-4. 2 bct fun faa fent mob at etc., ir is difficult (for it] to, lit. it knows so slowly how to turn its look. Stjbcnbe ob ib cfter 1 fab ttttorm olbaffen og arcn fammcn Borti ben [tore, Igfe rue fcaa oIBaffen og loefte for fjinanbcn of noglc nt) 230ger, 2 fom be fyabbe foot fra 93ticn. 3)e Ijabbe bceret t Slirfe om gormtbbagen; tfji bet bar tb; "(Sub beb, ^borlcbeS ben btl ff]0ite 10 fig, naar bi er Borte," I)abbe ^larcn fagt. S)a bar bet, uttorm Ijabbe Bcbet I)enbc f0Ige mcb tub, at be fiutbe Itrfc i be nt) 23j^(gcr; 5 "tl)t en gj0r bebft t at fjolbe fig fra flige Xanfcr." 99cen nit bar 33ogen br0bet, og arcn mente, at be 15 gamle bar bcbre: "^ol! ffribcr Bare ob igien af bem." - "ct fan bcere meget i bet; a?munb fagbe ibag til mig i ilirfen, at 930rnene cr ogfaa Bare goroelbrene ob igjcn." - - "a, bit og Soemunb I;ar not tali om meget ] @5ob $ib efter for n gob STib ffter. 2 af noglc n^ 330ger, a Danicism. The Norwegian requires the plural inflectional e, 1H)C, as also in frt, contrary to Danish. 8 Note Qotb, neuter, 'the field, grounds' (but >orbcn 'the earth'). 4s ?(tlege, ground left lying (fallow.) To let lie fallow is at Icegge 'att' (=otter=efter 'after') igjen. 6 See note 2 above. (121) 122 S Y n it r> e Solbaffett ibag." "isccmimb cr en forftanbig 9)ianb." -- "Sftcn Oolbcr [tg libt 1 til fin .un cr obbe fcaa Softet," fbarebe Ijan. -- "Tit fab 5 bcr jo felt) mcb fjenbe far, 3 ftborlebeS bar ^un tilfinbv?" - "2ta " - - "Tu ffulbe iffc ^abe Inbet Ijcnbe ftbbe bcr nlene." -- "Tcr font noflcn." tauo libt. - bar bcl bet?" 4 "Snorib ranlibcn." 10 tccnfte, Ijtin bar paa ccicrcn cnbnit." - bar fijcmme ibacj, for at Sftobcren fitnbc fommc t " -- "^a, bi faa ba ogfaa f)cnbc ber en Tag." - ^ar meget at [taa t." "Tct fjnr anbrc mcb; en fommcr alligebcl bib, Ijan 6 Ia?nge til." 15 (Siutorm fbarcbe i!fc Ijerpaa. Om en (Stitnb fagbc STaren: "Te bar ber, f)ele ranlibfolfct 6 ibag, forubcn ^sngrtb." "^a, bet bar bel [or at Mge XrjorBi^rn [0r[tc ang." - - "an [aa baarlig ub." - - "3ffe Bcbrc at bcnte; 7 ieg imbrcbc mig obcr, T)an bar [aaba." -- "via, 20 Ijan ^ar [aat libe [or [in nlf?a|x" uttorm [aa libf neb for [ig : "an cr nit bare Ung 'libt in this sense is Danish. When the meaning is 'but little' the Norwegian says libet; fibt would mean 'a little'. 2 >fcor blCO bet nil af tjnnjJtte? What became of Synnwe? 3 3)u fab ber jo felt) ntcb ^cnbc ftfr, why you sat there yourself etc. 4 >rm Car ncl bet? Who could that be? e l)au is here an indefinite substitory pronoun. 6 On the weak inflection of fyele here see note 1, p. 110. 'Supply bet er before tffc. 8 Iibt 'a little.' See above note 1. SYttn0t>eSolbaffeu 123 bommcn 1 enbntt." "er cr ingen gob @runb ber; en fan albrtg bccre trgg paa ijam." (Suttorm, fom fab mcb SHfcuerne aa Sorbet og brctebe en 23og runbt i $aanben, aafinebe nu benne, eg ibct f)an fccgtmbte Itgefom at Iccfe fagte t ben, lob fjan be 5 Orb falbc: "an ffal Ccere ganffe fiffer paa at faa igjen fin fulbe >clfe." S^obcren tog nu ogfaa en. "2>et bar rigtig frrab for en faa baffcr @ut/' fagbc Ijiin; "SSorfjerre Icere $am at Bruge ben fcebre." 10 Se Iccfte begge to; faa fagbe iittorm, ibet fjan BIa bebe om: "^>an faa it'fe 6ort til f^enbe i Ijele 2)ag." - "9tct, jcg merfcbe mig ogfaa, at Ijan fab fttlie t tolen, til ljun bar gaat." n tunb efter fagbe uttorm: "u tror, fjan is glcmmer ^enbe?" "Set bar i alle galb bet fiebfte." (Suttorm Iccfte ligefrcm, Gotten blabebe. ",^eg ftj- ne tffe bibcre om, at Sngrtb bliber ftbbcnbe T^er," fagbe I)iut. "i)nn0be fjar ncbpe nogcn anben at tale meb/' - "un Ijar o." -- 9Jit faa ^aberen 6ort paa fienbe: 20 "33i maa iffe bccre for ftrenge." ^onen taug; om en titnb fagbc r)un: y/ ^eg fjar fyellcr albrig 2 forbitbt ^en> be bet." gabcren lagbe 93ogen fammen, retfte fig og faa nbober ifra SSinbuet. Htngbommen. See note 5, p. 8. 2 ^cg fjar feller olbrtg, nor have I ever. e Solbaffen ">er gaar ^ngrib," fagbe fjan. 9?ebbe Ijabbe 9OTo- beren f)0rt bette, for I)im fjttrtig gif lib. ftabercn [tab enbrtu Icenge i SStnbuet, bcnbte fig ba og gif op og neb; onen font inb tgjen, l)an ftanfebe. "^o, bet bar, font jcg tccnfte/'^'agbe (urn ; "i)itn0be 5 fibber obbe og grccber, men rober neb i fin SHfte, naar jeg fommer," og faa fortfatte fjitn, tbet I^un rt)ftebe mcb ouc- bet: "9Jei, bet er i!fe gobt, at ^ngrtb gaor fjer;"-' ^un gab fig til at 8 ftclle meb ^'belbSmaben, gi? ofte ub og inb. (fngang, men f)itn bar ube, font rjnn^e, Itbt 10 r0bgroebt og ftitle; Ijun gleb let forbi gabcrcn, font Intu fao ob i STnfigtet og f^en til 93orbet, ^bor ^un fatte fig og tog en 23og. (n Stunb efter lagbe I)un ben fammen, gif fien og fbitrte 90?obcrcn, om ^ttn ffulbe ^ioclbe f^enbc. "^Q, gj0r bit bet!" fagbc bcnnc; "5(r6cibe er gobt for alting." 15 Set Bleb fjenbeS gut at bccffe Sorbet; bet ftob borte bcb 35inbuet. gabcren, font fjibtil T^abbe gnat ob og neb, gif nu berfycn, og faa ub. "^eg tror, ben fommer fig, ben 33t)gagercn, JRegnet ffog," fogbe Tjcin; ^un ftidebc fig bcb tben af fiam og faa 20 til. an benbte fig, onen bar tnbe, og faa ftr0g ^an Bare ben ene $aanb neb ab dnn^fbcS 93ag^obeb, Ijborbaa ^an otter gab fig til at gaa. S)e fbifte, men megct fttlle; 99?obcrcn Ia:ftc 330nncn ben Sag Baabe f0r og efter 93orbet, og ba be tyabbe reift 25 l %o, bet bar etc. See note 3, p. 108. 2 9?et, bet er etc. See note 3, p. 108. 3 ljun gati fig til at, she began to. %a gjtfr bu bet! is exhortative: the pronoun adds emphasis. 5 Y n n o e Solbaffen 125 fig, bilbe fiun, be fhtlbe Icefe og fonge, fiba^ be ogfaa gjorbe. "@ub3 Orb giber greb; bet er bog ben fttfrfte 2Selfig nelfe i ."gufet." SWobcrcn faa i bet famine fien til t>nn0be, fom fiab= 5 be float ^incite neb. "Tin ffal leg fortcelle en iftorie," fagbe SRobercn; "bet er fanbt, fibert Orb, og it'fe ilbe for ben, fom Oil tcent'e berober." - Og faa fortalte ^nn: "2)er oar i min O^befS't en 10 Sentc faa ^aug, fom uar Satterbalter til en gammcl, Boglaerb CenSmanb. ^an tog fjenbe tiblig til fig for at ^abc Icebe af Ijcnbe paa fine gamle age, Icerte fjenbe ba natitrligbiS ub Orb og gobc am, faafom Ijan mere fjabbe fiat tub for 2 23tlbf!ab og be onbe Xing enb for be gobe; nit bra! fjmt. 5 "23ogt big for f)am!" fagbe ben gam(c ScnSmanben: "jeg fjar bceret meget fammen meb be forncmme, og bet er min Grrfaring, at be er minbre barb bor 2tb, cnb Sonben." ^aren fi^frte Beftanbig IjanB J)?0ft obcr be anbreS, 10 og ba Ijun fenere !om til at m^bc $reftef0mtcn, gi! fjun ctffibcS; tfii fjan ftob efter ficnbe. tbcn hmbc ()itn in=- genfteb gaa, itbcn ^un m0bte f^am. "SScc!," fagbe f/un; "bet ntitter big libet!" 2Rcn fjan fulgtc, og faalcbeS bnr bet til, 3 at f)ttn bog tilfibft maatte ftanfc og f)0re. an is bar fager not men ba fjan fagbe, f)an t!!e !ttnbe Icbc ^cnbe foritlen f!rccmte f)itn ba?!. ^an gt! og brcb 4 ont $ufene ber, men fjnn !om t!fe ttb; ^an ftob itbcnfor ljen= be SStnbtt ont 9?atten, men Ijim !om t!!e itb; Ijan fagbe, fian bilbe g|0re (Snbe pact fig, 5 men ^arcn bibfte, fibab 20 I)ttn bibfte. Slog Ijan faa til at brtf!e tgjcn. - - "2Sogt big; bet er 2)ja:belen 2ift altfammcn," fagbe ben gamle SenSmanben. @aa ftob ^arlcn en S)ag Itge paa 'faa 3tfffag, be rejected. 2 f)aDC (Stub for, be inclined to. 3 og faafebeS bar bet tif, and so it happened, ended with. 4 fjan gtf og bret> ont nfeiie, he would idle about or 'hang about' the houses. 6 gj0ce (Snbe paa fig, make an end of himself. Solbaffen 127 33cerelfe; ingen bibfte, fiborlebe fjan bar fommen bib. "9ht bil leg brceoe big/' fagbe Ijan. "Set/ tr0ft big til bet!" fagbe f)im. 90?en faa groeb fyan og fagbe, at bet [tob i T)enbe SRagt 1 at gj0re fjam til et f!i!?eltgt 3Kennef?e. 2 "Shmbe bu enbba 3 et fyalbt Star fyolbe big fra at briffe," 5 fagbe Ijun. Og faa fyolbt Ijan fig et fyalbt Star fra at briffe. "2ror bit mig nu?" fburte fjan. "^!fe f0r bu et Ijnfot Star ^olber big fra al (ag Sag og Stjftig^eb." Set gjorbe ^an. "Stror bu mig nu?" fburte Ijan. "^f= fe fj2(r bu rcifcr f)en og enber bin ^reftetere." ,a, nu tror jeg bu leber efter, f)bab bit felb beb," fagbe ^aren; "og nu bil jeg fortcclle big, 20 at leg i tre 3far 7 f)ar boeret Irolobet meb 2Inber ^augen, mit @0ffcnbcbarn; bu f!al Itjfe for o baa noefte @0n= bag. - ] at bet ftob i ^enbc 9Kagt, that it lay in her power. 2 Note at gjtfte (nogcit) til (noget), but English, to make (something) out of (one). 3 llltbe bu enbba, if you only could. 4 enbbd, even. 5 forh)ltbe, a word that belongs to religious style. 6 ltunr en f0rft funbe, if one only could, if one could succeed in etc. 7 i tre Slar, for three years, paa noefte @0nbag, next Sunday. 128 Synn0re Solbaffen fTuttcbe SKoberen. inin0be Ijabbc ingcn )p nterffomljeb btft i SBegtjnbelfen, fiben mere og mere, nit Ijang Inm t Ijbcrt Orb. "(r bcr iffc mere?" fpurtc Inm meget rceb. "DJet," fbarebe SWoberen. Scibcrcn fan paa SKobcren, bo gleb ^enbc 33Itf nfiffert til iben, og fjun 5 fortfatte efter en Itben 93eta?nfntng, tbet fjttn brog ^'m-- gcrcn efter 93orbflaben: "Slanffe bet ogfaa funbe twre noget mere; - - men bet er bet fammc." - - "Gr bet mere?" x ffurte t)nn0rtc og bcubtc fig mob ^aberen, font ft)nte at tribe. "2Ta --jo; men bet er, font 9J?or figcr, 10 bet fan bcere bet fammc." -- "borlcbe gif bet Ijam?'' f^itrtc 8t)nn^0ft flocbtc bcm af og njorbc bem alborltge, Ijbortmob Sjelb&cuffene, ber blot ftunbimcllem Ijabbe bift Sib i t&ommercn, tullebc fjobnc og fprcettcnbe ncbober mcb [tor ot0t. ranlibfoSfen gif E cn ttjngre og fttfere ang, nabitltg ba ben fom neb i ranliburcn, ^bor Si^oet meb en ang tffc bilbe bare nicb Icrngcr, men tra! fig inbab. Sen tog Spccnbtng i (Stcncn og fattc Ijitjcnbc nfftcb, faa bet ffalb t Sjelbet. ^HifFct bleb bet for fit gorrocbcri; tlji goSfcn fattc cn 10 ttrrcnbc Straalcfpr^it Itgc op i bct 9fnfiat. 9toget ni) fljcrrigt Drctrnt, fom narmcbc fig tupct, Ijabbe uar rapct neb t Sfommcn, faalcbeS ftob bet og I)iffcbc i 2Sanb- babct; tl)t SoSfen bar tfle fbar ben Sag. STjorBjjftn, ocgge T)an Sonrlbrc, beggc T)an S0= 15 ffcnbc og tfbrtgc ^uvfolf brog nctop foribt og faa paa bctte. $an bar nu fi'tff tgjcn og Tjabbc alt fom f0i a tagct fine fraftige Xag i ^Q&erenS 5troeibc. S)e to gif nu oc= ftanbtg fammcn, faalcbeS ogfaa ficr. "Scr tror jeg na:ften,. bet cr Sol&affcfolfct, bi (jar 20 Itgc tag o/' fagbc gabercn. 2;f)orl6i0rn faa tffe tilBagc; men Sftobcrcn fagbc: "^sa, bet cr bet ogfaa; 2 - - men jcg fer tffc - - jo, bcr langt Bag." Gntten forbt OJianlibfoIfct fjcrefter gif fortcrc, ellcr 25 'alt fom f0r, already as before (his illness). 2 ^a, bet. See note 1, p. 124. c Solbaffen 131 forbi eolbaffefolfet jagtnebe baa fig, bleb ber ft0rre oa ft0rrc Slfftanb mellem bem, tilftbft faa man nepbe f)beran= bre. er lob til at blibe folffomt t ^irfen; ben lange 23ngbebet bar fort of 3-oIf, gaaenbc, fj0rcnbe og ribenbe; efrene bar bcelige nu t $0fttiben og libet bante til at 5 bare fammen meb flere, Fjborfor ber bar en @na?g og en Uro ober bem, font gjorbe g-arten farefitlb, men meget liblig. 3>o ncermcre be font .^irfen, be ft0rre t0i ftob ber nf >eftene, tbet ^ber, font font, ffreg ob it! bent, font alt 10 ftob bttnbne, og btefe fleb t Sjoret, trambebe om aa ^CIQ* Benene og fybinebe nebober mob be ntjfontne. 2lIIe 23ng- ben ^unbe, font Hgen long ^abbe fibbet og f)0rt tooa Fiberanbre og fmaaffjcenbteS og egget fjberanbre, m0bte nu fjcr beb ^irfen og r0g lige t ob t bet bolbfontfte is 2(ac]maal, farbiS og t fterfe Plumper, lib ober al iJftarf. 5olfct ftob ftilfe Iang ^trfemnren og ^ufene, f0rte en flbiffenbe anttnle og faa blot til fyeranbre fra 8iben af. $eien, font f0rte forbi $?uren bar iffe breb, ^ufene laa ta?t til toaa ben anbre Siben, og nit ftob Rdtnbfolfene 20 gjcrne Iang meb ^ittren, 2)ZanbfoIfcne raibt intob bent langl ^ufene. g^rft fenere bobebe be at gaa ober til bberanbre, og om f jenbt golf faa fiberanbre baa 3tfftanb, lob be, font be iffe fjenbte^, far benne Sib font; -- bet ffufbe ba bccre, at be ftob faa lige t 95eien for ^beran= 25 brc^naar ben ene ^3art font, at be iffe fnnbe itnbgaa 'bet funbe ba toocre at, unless it be that, unless they happened to, for bet tiCCte fig at, a rare concessive conjunctive. Cf. Swedish det vare sig at, German e fet beitlt bap. 132 SYtin0re Solbaffen /piBninger ; men ba f!ete ben meb ballot Bortnenbt ?(n* figt og fnappe Drb, Onorpaa be gjerne brog fig til Oner fin ant. Sa ranlibfolfct naabe frcm, blcn ber ncr= [ten mere ftille cnb for; oemunb fjabbc tffc mange at l)U- fe, O^orfor bet gif ret fort frem oner 9tcef!en; ninbfol= 5 fcne berimob Ijeftebe fig ftra! faft og blen ftaaenbc Manbr be forrefte. Sette gjorbe, at Wanbfolfenc, ba be ffulbe til at gaa tnb i ."(lirfen, maatte fremoner igien efter Slninb= folfene;. i bet famrne font tre $8ogne i ^ceffe, nolbfommere cnb nogen forcgaaenbe, og ftanfebe enb iffc S^rten, ibet 10 be fctftebe inb irnenem Solfene. cemunb og 20orbj0rn, fom ncer nar Mencn onerfji2frt, faa op taa famme tb; i ben forfte SSogn fab ^nnb 9?orbOovtg og en gammel SRanb, i ben anben Oan Softer og Oenbe ^u6onb, i ben treble ^beraab^folfet. 1 g-aber og j^n faa naa Ot>eranbre; is a?mnnb foranbrebe iffe et Stag, 0or>j0rn nar meget Meg; be lob Begge 23Iiffet flipne og glibe nb; ber m0bte bet oIBa!fefo!fet, fom neton Oafbe ftanfet Itge oner for bem for at Otlfe Sngebj^rg og Sngrtb ranliben. 9Sog* ncne nar fommen imellem, amtalen nar ftinnet, 0inene 20 Oang enbnu neb be bortfarenbe, og bet nar en ib, for be fnnbe tage bem til fig tgjen. om be ba nogcn og Of cr Begnnbte at fomme fig efter Dnerraffelfen og lob 0iet ftreife for at foge en Onergang, m0bte be 3!0or6i0rn og gpberaab is the annual allowance reserved by the one who gives over his property to his heir. those who live on such allowance, say the pensioners. Solbaffen 133 aemunb, ber ftob og fttrrebe. uttorm 8olbaffen 60i* ebe bort, men onen faa ftraf efter I;)or&i0rn3 0ine; t)nn0be, font not' 1 fyabbe fact bife, benbte fig mob ^ngrib ranltben og tog fjenbe i .<>aanbcn fom for at fjilfe Ijenbe, ffjjzfnt ljun fyabbe gjort bet en ang far. 99?en 5 alle falte be 2 aa en ang, at bere ;t|eneftefolf og ien- binger, alle fom n, tagttog bem, og nu gif a?mitnb feld bent ober og tog meb bortuenbt 5Tnftgt uttorm t .^aou- ben: "Saf for fibft!" 3 "elb 2af for fibft." 4 Cigefaa ilonen: "Xaf for fibft!" -- "elt> ^a! for fibft;" men 10 fieller i!fe fun faa op. X^or6j0rn gif efter og gjorbe fom gaberen; benne fom nu tit tjnntfde, fom bar ben f0rfte, fjan faa aa. ^un faa ogfaa op til Ijam og glemte at ftge: "Xa! for fibft." fjor&itfrn fom i bet famme; 5 Ijan fagbe intet, T)nn intet, be tog Ijberanbre 6 i ^aanben, is men I0ft, tngen fif 0tnene of, tngen funbe fltjtte en Sob boef. "et 7 Bliber Beftemt et belfignet $eir 8 ibag," fag= be It'aren olbaffen og lob 93(iffet meb ^aft gaa fra ben ene til ben anbcn. (scemimb bar ben, fom fbarebe: "3Ta, ja; ben SSinb briber fglagene boef." -- "@obt for ^or= 20 net, fom ftaar og tra?nger til 0rfe," 9 fagbe ^lof, indeed, you may be sure. 2 9Jieit afle f^fte be etc. Note the pleonastic pronoun repeating the logical subject alle. See note 1, p. 66. s Xaf for fibft ! A stock formula of address; literally thanks for the last, i. e. our last meeting. 4 @et Xuf for fibft, say, Thanks, the same to you! 5 i bet famme, at the same time. 6 I)Deranbre. See note 2, p. 100. 7 0n bet as anticipatory subject, see note 2, p. 83. 8 9Setr pron. SScer. In this word, and the derivative Ueit the symbol of the sound o is ei. 9 scil. bet er before obt for hornet. 134 ranliben og Begtinbte at B0rfte ctf oemunb bag baa r0ien, bentelig forbi ^itn trobe, fjan bar fttfbet. - "SSor^erre ar gibet o3 et gobt Star; men bet fan bcere iitoiSjt, om altfammen bil i $u," fagbe aren oIBaffen igjen og faa fjen til be to, font enbnu iffe fjabbe fl&ttet fig 5 fiben fibft. "Set fommer on ,baa golfentagten," fagbe oemunb og benbte fig mob fjenbe, faa at f)im i!fc gobt l funbe fe bib, |un bilbe. "^eg fiat tit toenft, at et $ar aarbe funbe loegge fin Wagt i Jpob; ba gif bet bieft 2 Bebre." "et fan bcere flig, at be bil Bruge ^rfen paa 10 en ang," fagbe ^Taren oIBaffen og tog et fribt til iben. -- /y ^abift," fagbe ^ngebj0rg og ftillcbe fig ta?t beb 3Wanberi, faalebeS at ^aren feller iffe nu fif fc bib, Ijun bilbc; "men fomme tcber er ber tibligerc mobent enb taa anbre; oIBaffen cr ofte ober gjortenbagene for= is an o." "So, ba funbe bi jo gobt fJicetbeS," fagbe nt= form langfomt og traabte et frtbt ncermere. ^laren faa til fjam i ^aft. "IIer er ber mange Omftambtgfjebcr, font fan fomme i 23cien," f0iebe Ijan til. - - "Set er ber," fagbe aren og ffbttcbe ett fribt til ben enc ibe, 20 ett fribt til ben anben og no! ett, 3 men faa atter tilBage. "Sfa -- ja; ber er ofte meget i $eicn for en," fagbe cemunb; bet bar iffe frit, 4 at SWunben traf ob til et J if!e fiobt, not easily, not very well. 2 t>tft, I am sure, 1 dare say. 8 nof ett, still another. Cf. German, nod) eiit. 4 bet Dar ifle frit (for), a calloquialism, that is hard to render adequately into English. Some- times may be translated by 'one might have seen.' Say here: smiling a little as he said it, or I'm not sure but that he smiled a little as he said it. Solbatfen 135 mil. "23el er ber fan," l fagbe (Suttorm; men onen ffj0b inb: " s l)icnnejfemagten rceffer iffe langt; ($ub er ben ft0rfte, ffulbe leg tro, og bet fommer an pact f)am." - "an ffulbc ba eel 2 tffe fyabe fdnberltg imob, at t>i I)iaty fiberanbre meb nbf)0ftntngen of Gkanliben og of* 5 baffen?" "9?ei," mente (Suttorm; "bet fan fycm ba tffe ^abe imob," og fan faa olborlig ^en til onen. S)enne ticnbte amtalen. "$er er mange Rolf beb ^irfen ibag," fagbe ^un; "bet ajtfr gobt 3 at je bem fage @ub $it!." ^ngen ftmteS at btlle fbare; ba fagbe uttorm: 10 "^seg tror nof, bet monner meb ub^frtjgten; ber er flere beb ^irfen nu enb i mtn ilngbom." -- "9Ia ia; golfct 0ge," [agbe @a?munb. "Set er bel bem iManbt, fanjTe fttfrfte ^arten meb, font blot briber fytb ober af ^Hine," fagbe arcn olbaffen. - - "anf?e be tjngre," 15 mente v,ngc6j.ga Del iffe, but surely he could not etc. 3 bct flj*)r gobt, it does one good. 4 |"jJge fig oef, leave. 136 Synntfve Solbaffen @b,nn0be, faa ffal bt gaa inb." "b,nn0be for fammen og benbte fig; tfyi fyun Ijabbe nof talt meb fjorbi0rn. "5BU bit iffe bente, til SHoffen ringer?" fagbe ^ngrib ranliben og ffottebe fyen til tmn0be; "faa gaa bi allc* fammen," 1 lagbe ^ngebjtfrg til. @b,nn0be bibfte iffe, 5 (jbab Ijtm ffulbe fbare. cemitnb faa bagober til fjenbe. "Center bit, faa ringer bet fnart -- for big/' fagbe fyan. (Stmn0be bleb meget r0b, 907oberen faa fybaft ob til (jam. SWen ^an fmilte til ^enbe. "Set bliber nu, fom SSorfierre bil; bar bet iffe faa, bit fagbe nt)?" Og fjan ruMebc i 10 gorbeien bortobcr mob irfen, be anbre efter. SScb ^irfeb0ren bair ber ^rcengfel, og ba be ffulbe fe til, bar ben iffe obbe. 9Mob fom be gif noermere for at fb0rge om 3(arfagen, bleb ben aabnet, og ^olf gif inb; men nogle gif ogfaa tilbage, fjborbeb be fommenbe bleb 15 abffilte. >b til 2 9Sa?ggen ftob to i amtale, ben ene T)0t og fbcer, meb loft, men ftribt aar, but 9ta?fe, og bet bar .ftmtb S'Jorbfioitg, fom, ba ^an faa Oranlibfofet fomme, ftanfebe Jialen, bleb libt unberlig, men ftob alligebel. oemitnb ffulbe nu gaa lige forbi fjam og laante (jam et 20 ^ar 0ine 3 i bet fammc, men ^nub flog Ijeller iffe fine neb, 4 ffitfnt be iffe faa fiffert. 9?u fom @t)nn0be, og ftraB ljun faa ubente 1 ! fif ^nub at fe, bleb fwn ligbleg. a flog ^nub 0iet neb, 4 I0ftebc fig ob fro S5ceggen for at gaa. $an f^abbe fun giort et ^5ar fribt, ba fyan faa 25 ^00, conjunctive of request or invitation. 2 tif, leaning against. 3 Iacmte l)am et par 0ine, cp. Eng. 'gave him a look.' 4 Note floo $2ilieHe neb, drop one's eyes. 137 fire 2tnftgter rettet pact fig, bet bar uttorm, onen, SngribS og 3:i)orbi0rn$. 9tet font fjan bar 0r, gif fjan lige paa bem, faa ban ubcn felt) at bibe bet fnart ftob 2ln* figt til Stnftgt meb Sfjorbjotn felb; bet lob, font Ijan btlbe brage til Stbcn ftraf; men flere golf bar fomne til, og 5 bet funbe ifte g]0re faa let. S)ette tjcenbte lige baa tcnfycllen, fom ligger ubenfor gagerlib!ir!en; opte baa Xa'rffclcn til SSaabenfyufet bar (Stjnn^be ftanfet og i0rn ra!te 15 og faa fin libt frcm, men iffe faalebe, at be funbe naa I)Hcranbre. "2af for " bcgt^nbte ^nitb, 1 men rntffebe ftraB, at bet iffe bar nogen rigtig >ilfcn fier, og gif et fribt tiUmgc. 2T)or6j0rn faa ob, og 0iet traf erre for fine 330rn. ^r)orb]0rn, font ntjltg ^abbe ligget for >0ben, enb nit t)berligere fjabbe trot, at ^an Bleb et Ijelfefyft S0?en= neffe, grcrb megct, men ifccr, ba $0rnenc aflagbe S0ftct, og allefantntcn bar fifre |?aa at fiolbe bet. 3 >an fan 20 iffe en cnefte ang ober til ^binbfolfeftolen; men efter cnbt ^jcnefte gif Ijan Ben til ^ngrib, 0ftercn, og f)bt= ffcbe noget til ficnbe, Bboirpaa ^an fftjubfomt trcengte fig frcnt og ttb, og fomme bilbe bibc, 4 at Ijan bar tagen op= 'fan libet tneb, trans!, it is not easy (for Knud to be good}, lit. 'knows little how.' 2 toger i, begins. 3 Note the expression at fyolbe et 0fte, Eng. to keep a promise. Cf. also the expression at fyolbe et ^Hob, to 'take* a (news)paper. 4 j'atnme toifbe tiibe, some said, affected to know, 140 ober Siben og til fog i tebet for Ijenab Sanbcbcicn; men be bar iffe uisf paa bet. ccmunb Icbte efter I)am, obgab bet bog, bo Ijan faa, at ^ngrib ogfaa bar Borte. $an lebte [iben efter olbaffcfolfet bife for ritnbt obcr al aarben og fburtc cftcr rjnn0bc, font in= gen Ijabbc fct Hgt til. 1 e brog ba Ijicmober, ^bcr for fig, og itbcn fine 930rn. langt fremme baa 3Scicn bar oaabc 8tjnn0be og angrcr nccftcn, jeg tog mcb," fagbe ben f0rftc. 10 "Set or iffc Icrnger farligt nit, naar 5^1-' ^eb out bet," fagbe ben anben. - "20?en I)an er bog 3 iffe m i n gar," fagbe @t)ttn0bc. "$bem beb?" fbarebe ^ngrib, og faa fagbe be iffe mere om ben Xing. - 15 ">et er nof Ijer, bi ffulbc bic," 4 mcnte ^ngrib, ba SScicn ^abbe gjort en ftor ST/rog baa fig, og be ftob i en tcrt fog. - "^>an I^ar en lang Ombci," fagbe t)nn0bc. - "2Ht fommcn!" falbt SfiorBi0rn inb, -- T)an rcifte 20 fig ob bag en ftor 8ten. an ^abbe fa?rbig i ,$obcbet alt bet, ^an bribe fige, og bet bar iffc libct. 9Kcn ibag ffnlbc bet iffe gaa traat, far Sctf fjan bibfte om' bet og bilbe bet, fybab ^an frjntc J font iiigcn ^atibe fft Ht^t tif, whom noone had seen anything of. 2 jcg tog mcb, (that) I came along. The expression is more Danish than Norwegian. See Henrik Ibsen Festskrift; p. 169. 3 bog=6ft of. Germ. boci). 4 tri ffulbe btc, we were to wait. 5 Y n n D e SolbaFFcn 141 at bcere t>tf fcaa efter bet, font fjabbe fjcenbt beb irfen. 5 Jig font fjan ogfaa fefo Ijaube Iccngtc* ben Fjele 80111= incr, ffulbc I)an nof nu blibc brjgtigcrc tt( at tale mcb fycnbe, enb Ijan f0r fjabbc turret. 1 "Ter cr bcbft, bi gaar fogbeten," fagbe rjan; "ben 5 f0rer fnarere frem." Sememe fagbe ingcnttng, men fulgte. X^orbi^rn tcenftc at tale til t)nn0uc / men f0r[t bilbe f)Qn bente, til be fom til ^8af!cn obober, fiben, til be bar ober ben 3}h)ren ; men ba be bel bar obcr, 2 tccnfte 10 I)an, bet bar Bcbft at 6cgt)nbe, naar f)an bar fommen inb i ben Sfogen ber Iccngrc frcmme. ^ngrib, fom bel 3 ii)ittc, bet gif noget langfomt meb bem, Begrjnbtc at fagtne angen og gleb mere og mere ttlbage, til Ijttn na?[tcn iffe bar fbnlig; gnnjzfbe lob, fom ^un tffe mcr= is t'ebe bet, men fiegrjnbte at pluffe et og anbet S3cer, fom ftob fremme i SSeifantcn. Set bar ba unbeiiigt, jeg iffe ffulbc faa 2ftaalet for mig, ta:nfte Sfjorbj^rn, og faa fagbe fian: "Set bleb al= ligebcl baffcrt 3?eir ibag." - 20 "2)et bleb bet," fbarcbe (srjnntfbc. )g faa bar bet 4 et (tt)ffe fremobec igjen; ^un bluffebe 93ocr, og rjan gif 'Observe that the first clause stands in causal relation to the second; transl. the way he had been longing all summer, he certainly would be better able now to speak with her, than he had been before. 2 men bo be tie! Dot ooer, but when they were barely over that. 3 Cef, / suppose, no doubt. 4 bet impersional lit. 'it went forward,' say they walked some distance again. 142 Synn^pc SoIbaFFcn ber. "Set bar fntlbt, bit btlbe f0Ige," fagbe fjatt; men bcrbaa fbarebc f)im iffc. - "Set fjar bccret en long ommer," fagbe fyan; men Ijerbaa fbarebe fjiin fyeller iffe. 9?et, faa Icenge bi ganr, tccnfte ()0irbi0rn, fommer bt albrig til at fnaffc beb;. 5 "jcg tror, m' gj0r fiebft t at benteHibt tooa ^ngrib," fag- be Ijan. "^a, lab o bet," 2 fagbc t)nn0t)e og ftob; I)cr Dar ber intet 33ocr at b0ie fig neb cftcr, bet fyatobc 2f)orbj0rn nof fet; men tjnnjJDe ^abbe faat fat paa et ftort Straa, 10 og mt ftob ^un og traf 33ocrene inb baa traaet. "^5 Sag falbt bet mig ftcrft baa SWinbc ben tb, bt gtf fammen til Confirmation," fagbe I)an. - "^eg maatte ogfaa famme bet t >ttg," fbarcbc Ijnn. "2)er er mange Sling fycenbt fiben ben ang," og is ba F)im intet fagbe, fartfatte Ijan: "20?cn be flcfte faale- be, font bt iffe ^abbe bentet." Stjnn0be ftaf fine 33a:r megct flittig inb baa raact og rjolbt ^obebet 60ict nnber bcttc; tyon fltjttcbe libt for at fc fyenbe i 9tnftgtet; men font om fyirn merfcbc bcttc, fif 20 rjun lagct bet fltg, at fjun maatte benbe fig baant). a bleb l^an nceftcn rceb, fian tngcnling ffulbc faa frcm. "t)nn0be, bu fjar bel altib libt at fige, btt ogfaa?" 3 S)a faa ^un ob og lo. "^bab ffal jeg figc?" fburte 25 fif alt fit 2J?ob igjen og bribe tage ^enbe om tyi gj0r bebft i at tiente, we had better wait. 2 ab 08 bet, See note 1, p. 99. "bit fyat tie! altib etc., you surely have something to say too haven't you Synrwve. e Solbaffen 143 Sibet, men jitft fom Ijan font ncer til fjenbe, turbe fyan iffe rigttg, men fburte Blot ganffe fbagfaerbig: "^ngrib fyar bd 1 taltmebbig?"- "%a," fbarebe fjun. "aa beb bu ogfaa noget/' fagbe fyan. 5 taug. Deb bu ogfaa noget/' gjentog fjan og fom anbcn Sang ncermere, "Su beb bel 1 ogfaa noget/' fbarebe fjun, STnftg* tet funbe ^an tffe fe. - 10 "^a," fagbe Jjan og m'Ibe faa fat t en of f)enbe .sja'nbqr; men Ijun bar nu flittigere enb nogen Stb f0r. "2)et cr faa leit meb bet," fagbe Ijan, "at bu magi- ftjccler mig." - an funbe ifte merfe, om ^un fmtlte til bet, og ber- is for m'bfte (jan tffe, ^bab Ijan ffulbe f0ie til. "^ort og gobt ba," fagbe [)an mcb en @ang ret fterft, ffj0nt tern- men bar tffe fiffcr; "f)bab ^ar bu gjort meb ben @eb- belen?" fbarebe iffe, men benbte fig Bort. 20 gtf efter, lagbc ben enc ^aanb baa fjenbeS Shtlbcr og B0iebe fig neb ober fyenbe. "bar mig!" fjbiffebe fian. - ^ar Broenbt ben." tog raff og benbte fjenbe mob fig, men ba faa 25 f)an, at (nut btfbe til at grcebe, og faa turbe ^an tffe an= 'tiel, / suppose. 144 Synn0t)e5olbaffen bet enb at flifcfce fyenbe igjert; -- bet er ba ogfaa flemt, fact let f)im tager til ben raaben, 1 tccn!te Fian. 23ebft fom be ftob, 2 fagbe fjun fagte: "^borfor ffreb bu ben ebbclcn?" - "Set fiar 3ngrib fagt big." - 5 "%a t>ift; men men bet t>ar Ijaarbt af big." - "gar bilbe bet " - "TOgebel " - "$an trobe, jeg bleb et I)eIfeI0ft 9Wcnneffe al mtn Xib; ^ereftcr ffal i e g ftfrge for big, fagbe ^nn." 10 ^ngrib bifte fig nebe i S3affcn, og be tog ftrafs> pan at gaa. "et bar, fom jeg fan big bcbft, bo jeg iffe mere toenfte at funnc faa big," fagbe Ijan. - "(5n ^r0bcr fig felb, nnar en er alcne," fagbe fjun. 15 "50; ba merfe bet Irebft, fjbem ber ^ar ben ft0rfte S0?agten i o>," fagbe f)orbi0rn meb !Iar temme og gif alborlig beb ^enbe Sibe. $un toluffebe iffe mere 5Pa:r mt. "3SiI bit f)abc bem beir," 3 fagbe I)im og rafte Ijam traaet. -- "2af", fagbe 20 Ijan og Fiolbt ^aanben, fom rafte 33a?renc. "Saa er bet bel bebft, bet Blibcr bcb bet gamlc," fagbe T^an Itbt fbag i "%a," Ijbiffebc Ijun nc^e T^rlig og bcnbtc fig bort; be gif bibere fremober, og faa Iccnge f)im taug, turbe f^an 25 ] fao let Ijun tager til ben raaben, how little it takes to make her cry. 2 93ebft fom be ftob ber, fagbe fjun fagte: transl. suddenly she said in a low voice. 3 tiil bit fycifce bem ber. Observe the demonstrative augment ber; be ber those, be Ijer=these. SY un0c Solbaffcn 145 iffe T0re Deb fjenbe, fyeller iffe tale; men Ijan f0Ite ligc- font ingen SBcgt t tobben og Dor berbaa noget ncer baa SSet til at 1 iumle otterenbe. et Braenbte for $iet, og ba be t bet famme fom baa en attg, Ijborfra oIBaffen gobt faae3, bar bet Ijarn, 2 [om ijan fjattbe Bot ber al fin 5 Settctib og IccngteS bib f)iem. "eg f0Igcr Oenbe lige faa gobt otter ftraB," tccn!te ^an og gil og braf SWob t fig af tjnet, faa fjan Bleb ftcr!cre i fit gocfcet for f)oert fribt. "gar ^jcclpcr mig," tocnftc ()an; "jcg Ijolber iffe bette ub Iccngctr, jcg 10 moa otter, maa!" Dg I)an gif fortere og fortere, Bare fna ligcfrem; bet Itjftc otter 93tjgben og aarben; "ja ibag; albirig en ime Icenger ttenter jeg," og I)an f0Ite fig faa fter!, at Ijan ttibfte iffe, ^ttor fjen f)an f!ulbe tten- bc fig. 15 "Su gaar rent ifra mig," Ijtfrte fjan en Blib tem me lige Bag fig; bet ttar t)nn0tte, fom flet iffe fitnbe f0Igc ^am og nn maatte gitte tabt. 3 ^an Blett ffamfulb og ttenbte om, fom tiloage meb itbftraft 2frm og ta?nftc: v,eg ffal I0fte f)cnbe otter ^ottcbct paa mig; men ba fjan 20 fom noer f)enbe gjorbe fian bet flet iffe. "Scg gaar faa fort, jcg," fagbe T)an. "u gj0r bet," fttarcbe ^un. 3)e bar no:rtteb 3?t)gbetteien; ^ngrib, fom fyele ^iben Ijabbe bceret itbe af t)ne, gif fjer lige Bag bem. 25 "9cu ffal 3riffe 9 Q Q fammen Icenger," fagbe fjun. Xf)or6i0rn ffoat ob tteb bet, bet fom for tiblig baa 'noget nccr faa 9Sei at, almost on the point of. 2 oar bet ^am, he felt, cf. Germ, mar e ifym. 3 git)e tabt,^;W up. @ol6atfen. 146 SYKTt0e Solbaffcn Ijam; @rmn0be Bleb ogfaa Itbt imberlig. - "8eg fjabbc faa megct, jcg ffulbe foot big/' 1 I)biffebe f)orb)0rn. 35et bar iffe frit, nt f)tm fmilte. 2 "^a=ia/' fagbe Ijan, "en cmben ang;" Ijmt tog f)cnbe 3 $aanb. $un fan ob meb flort og fulbt 93Iif ; I)an bleb barm 5 beb bet, og ftrafS 106 bet Ijam gjcnncm ^obcbet: ^eg f0Iger ^enbe ftraf! Sa ixrog Ijitn fin 3 ^annb barfomt tif&age, benbte fig roltg til ^ngrib og fagbe Barbel, gif faa fagte nebober SSeien. ^an bleb ftaaenbe tilbage. e to 0ffcnbe gif fjjcm gjennem fogen. "gif $ 10 int tale fammen?" ftwrte ^ngrtb. - y/ 92et, bet bar for foirt en 2Sei," fagbc ^an, men gif fort fom bilbe ^an iffe f)0re mere. - "9?n?" fagbe oemunb og faa op fra -JTCabcn, ba be to <&0ffcnbe fom inb t tuen. 2^orBi0rn fbarebe 15 ingen Xing, men gif Ijen til 93anfen paa ben anbre <3i= ben, bentelig fo,r at tage of fig; sngrib gif efter og fmaa Io. <&ccmunb Begtjnbte at fpife igjen, faa ntt og ba bort= 'fflllbc fogt, for ffulbe ^ntic faflt. Note the omission of the perfect auxiliary fycibc in the second conditional. This is not as charac- teristic of Norwegian as of Swedish, but common in the colloquial language. 2 $ct Dor life frit. See note 4, p. 134. 8 Ijon tofl fyn\- tc . ( > a( mfr' Qa brog ^un fin aanb tif fig. Observe the possessive, corresponding in both cases to Eng. her, Germ, ifyre. Where the possessor is also the subject of the sentence, the Norwegian uses the reflexive possessive fin both in singular and in plural fine, (contrary to the rule in Danish, berc). Note also that fin - fine is in Norw. always reflexive. The non-reflexive possessive is t)an, l)eitbe etc. (the gen. of the pers. pronoun). For examples the student may be referred to Poestion 141, 143. e Solbaffen 147 oner til fjorbj0rn, jom Ijabbe meget trabelt, 1 fmilte og fpifte biberc. "Som og fbi*," fagbe f)an; "SRaben bliber foib." - "af, jeg ffal iffe ijabe noget," fagbe f)orbj0rn og fatte fig. - 5 "Seta?" - - og Scemunb fbifte. Sit tunb efter fagbe fjan: "5 ba,r faa fnarc til at gaa fra irfen ibag." - "Set bar nogen, bi f!ulbe tale meb/' fagbe /t^or- Bj0rn og fatte fig baa JpuF. 10 - "9ht, fif bit tale meb bem?" - "^eg beb nceften iffe," fagbe fjorbi0rn. - "S5et bar font Sa'iV' fagbe a:munb og fbifte. @n tunb efter bar f)an fcerbig og reifte fig; Ijan gif bo^t til isinbitet, ftob en Stunb og faa ub, fjborbaa ^an benbte is fig: "2)u bi ffal gaa ub og fe baa 3(blingcn." Sljor- bj0rn reifte fig. "9Zei, tag lige faa gobt baa big." 3:^orbi0rn, fom fab i Sfjortecermerne, tog en gam- met 3^r0ie, fom fjang obenober ^am. - "Xu fcr, at jeg f)ar taget ben nt) 2 baa," fagbe See- 20 mitnb. ;tf)orbj0rn gjorbe bet famme, og be gi! ub, a> numb foran, f)o,rbj0rn efter. . e gif nebober mob SSeien. "Sfal bi iffe gaa fjen til Sbgget?" fagbe 3:f)orbj0rn. - "9iei, nu gaar bi bortober til ^beben," fagbe ce- 25 numb. S'uft fom be fom nebpaa 3Seien, fom en 95ogn fagte fj0renbe. "Xet er en of 9torb(jougbognene," fagbe ] fjabbe trotieft. See note 1, p. 107. 2 beu nt). See note 2, p. 121. 148 Syringe Solbaffen (Scemunb. - - "Set er Ungfolfet aa Slorbfjoug," lagbe fjorui0rn til; men Ungfolfet er bet famme fom ntjgifte. 23ognen Ijolbt ftille, ba be fom nccr Gkanlibmcen* bene. "un er rigtig et ftolt binbfolf, ben 9P?arit 9?orb= 5 Ijoug," fjbiffebe cemitnb og funbe iffe faa 0inene fra fjenbe; fyim fob Itbt tilbagelcenet i SSognet meb et 0r= flocbe I0ft Iwnbet ober obebet og et anbet omfrtng fig. un faa ftift itb for fig fma be to; ber bar tffe en 33ebce= gelfe ober T)enbe rene, fterfe Sroef. SWanben bar me- 10 get Bleg og mag&r, faa enbnu milbere vtb enb febbanlig, omtrent fom ben, ber fjar en 6org, ^an iffe fan tale om. "On: arlene iibe og fer til Cornet?" 1 fagbe f)an. - "(Sfal tro bet," 2 fbarebe S"a?mitnb. - "et ftaar gobt fjer i 9far." 3 - is "3Ia ja; bet fitnbe fiabe barret bcerre." "^5 fommer fent," fagbe Sf)orBi0rn. - "S)er bar meget ^binbfolf at tage 9ffffeb meb," fag= be SO'tanbcn. - "9tu, -- ffal bit reife beef?" fpurte 8a?munb. - 20 "3eg ffulbe bet, ja." 4 - "@aai ben 9kife langt?" - "3fa ja." - langt paa Sag?" 5 - J fer tif, looking at. 2 or langt faa Sag? Transl. How far if 1 may ask? faa Sag is a colloquial idiom meaning 'about, just about,' most often used in fybor faa Sag. Etym, Ordb. 441 offers a full discussion of the stem and related words. 5 Y ntt 0s * Solbaffen 149 "2il Sfmerifa." - "il Slmerifa!" fagbe begge 2teib baa en @ang; - "en ntigift 3ftanb!" lagbe cemunb til. 2)?anben fmilte: "^eg tror, jog bliber fyer for S0* ben fglb, fagbe 9teben, ben fab faft i Iccffen." - 5 Jftarit faa bortbaa fjam og berfra baa be anbre, en let 9l0bme fI0t ober Sfnftgtet, men bet bar ellen? uforan- berltgt. "^anf!e onen bltber meb?" fburte cemunb. "9cet, l)itn gj0r iffe bet fjetter." "S)e figer, bet f!ol bocre let at fomme til 30?agt t 10 Sfmerifn/' 1 fagbe )or&i0rn, f)an f0Ite, at alen iHe Burbe ftaa ftille. "9fa -- ia," fagbe 99?anben. - "2)?en 9?orbf)oug er en gob aarb/' mente @ce= munb. 15 - "Sar er for mange fcaa ben," fbarebe Stfanben. S'onen faa atter ^en til fjam. "Sen ene ftaar i 3Seien for ben anben," lagbe Ijan til. "a. gob Ctjffe paa SJeifen," fagbe cemnnb og tog f>an ^aanb; "5?orf)erre gibe big bet, bit bil finbe." 20 ^orbj0rn faa fin folefammerat fterft ob i 0iet; "jeg bil tale meb big fiben," fagbe ^an. -- "et er gobt at funne tale meb en," fbarebe 3P?anben og f!rabebe meb 33ogngulbet. J Xe figcr is really redundant here in so far as the auxiliary in the following makes the statement a matter of report, places it on the authority of others. Strictly, then, it would be sufficient to say et ffal tocere let at fomme or $e figer bet er let at fomme etc. The statement is therefore doubly indirect. 150 Synn^pc Solbaffcn "om ober til o," fagbe SWartt, og f)or6i0rn faa bel font centunb ftubfebc og faa ob; be glemte fceftan* big, at Ijttn fjabbe faa mtlb en temme. 35e Fj0rte; bet gtF fagte fremober, en Itben cere mig for, ot ^on fent fontmer igjcn. / have a foreboding' that he will not return, lit. 'that he will be slow to return,' a form of euphemism that is quite common in Norwegian. 2 l)t>or bette bot fyen, where this would lead to, say where they were going. 9Henbe uttorm og aren ol&aften fjabbe alt fbift, ba @t) n0be r0b og anbjwften iraabte inb. "2Ren, fioere Garnet mtt, fybor fjar bu bceret?" fburte 2tfobcren. - "3eg Meb tifbagc mcb Sngrib," fagbe tmn0be og bleu ftaaenbe for at tage et $<*r 0rfloeber of fig; gaberen lebtc inb t fafiet efter en 33og. "bab funbe ^ to at tale om, fom tog flig lang Xib?" "2Ia, iffe om get." "aa Dor bet ba rigtig bebre, bit f)olbt ge, Garnet mtt!" ^un ireifte fig og tog 2ftab frem til f>enbe. 5Da @Qnn0t)e ^abbe fat fig neb for at ftrife, og 10 SWoberen ^abbe fat fig lige oberfor fjenbe, fagbe I)im: "2Sar bet fanffc flcre bu talte meb?" - - "%a, ber bar mange," fagbe @t)nn0be. - "Garnet maa ba faa tale mcb 3fotf," fagbe uttorm. - - SBiSft maa Ijun bet," l fagbe SO^oberen libt milbere; "men Fun burbe bog f0Ige 25 fine Sombre." -- ^erpaa fbarebeS ber iffe. "Set bar en belfignet Hirfebag," fagbe Sftoberen; "Unobommen faa ^irfegulbet g|0r en gobt 2 ." -- "SO^an Buffer fine egne 930rn," fagbe uttorm. "S)u ^ar 9?et ben," fagbe 9D7obcren og fuffebe. "ngcn fan bibe, ^bor^ 20 Icbe bet bil gaa bcm." uttorm fab lange tau. - "3Si Fiar meget at taffe ub for," fagbe fyan enbelig; "Ijan ntaa ^un bet, sell, ja before bift. 2 gjJr en gobt, English idiom 'it does one good,' but only in impersonal use. Say it makes one feel good to see etc, (161) 152 Synntfve Solbaffen lob o fcefjolbe et." Sftoberen fab og brog gingeren ef= ter Sorbet og faa iffe op; "fjun er bog l bor ft0rfte @Ia> be," fagbe Ijun fagte; "fyitn fjar ogfaa artet fig bel," lagbe f)itn til. er bar long aufjeb. "^a, fwn fyar gjort o megen Icebe/' fagbe uttorm og fenere meb bl0b 5 (^femme: "3Sor^crre gj^re 2 fjenbe Itiffelig." - - 2ftobe= ren brog Singcren efter Sorbet; bcr falbt en aare neb t)oa bet, fom Ijim brog uboder. - - ">Dorfor fpifer bit iffe?" fagbe gflberen, ibet fion fan op en ib eftcr. - "Zaf, jeg er meet," fbarebe (stjnn^bc. '"JRen bu ^ar jo 10 ingenttng fbift," fagbe nit ogfaa SO^oberen; "bit fiar gaat lang 3Sei." "^eg er i!fe gob til," fogbe St)nn0be og Ijolbt bna meb at brage 3 ob en St0rflccbefnip nf 93ar= men. "@pi, Sarnet mit," fagbe gaberen. "^eg fan iffc," fagbe @tjnn0be og ffar i at gra?be. 4 "S^en fja> 15 re, 5 ^borfor gra:ber bit?" "eg beb i?fe," og !)un ^ul- febe. "wn ^ar bet faa let meb at grocbe," fagbe 90?o= beren; gaberen reifte fig og gif til SSinbuet. "S)er fommer to Sftcenb obober," fagbe ^an. - "via faa, baa bctte Ceite?" fburte SDcobcren, og F)itn gif 20 ogfaa fiort til SSinbuet. ^e faa loenge nebober. - "jcere, 5 fibem fan bet bcere?" fagbe enbelig ^aren, 'bog, after all. 2 cjj0re is optative conjunctive. 3 fyolbt paa meb at brage, kept on pulling. 4 ffar i at groebe. The use of ffar here is unidiomatic. Better braft i raab, or tog tif at grabe. See Intro- duction. 6 fjare, inflected weak in direct address, under the influence of expressions with the possessive or the personal pronoun as: mtn fjcere @t)ittuJe or fjcm Garnet mit, bu fjcere tynn^oe etc. inflected is similarly e Solbaffen 153 men iffe netob, fom fyun fburte. "geg beb iffe/' fba- rebe itttorm, og be ftob og faa. "%eg fan rigtig iffe forftaa bet," fagbe fynn. -- "%eg fjelfer tffe/' fagbe fjan. $?a?nbene fom rtcermere. -- "et moo bcere bem allige- bel," fagbe f)tm enbelig. - - "^a, bet er nof fan," fagbe 5 (Suttorm. S)?cenbene fom ncermere og noermere, ben celbre ftanfebe og foa fig ttlBage, ben Qngre Itgelao; gtf be faa m'bere. "8fj0nner bit, Ijbab be fan btlle?" fbitrte aren omtrent fom fj2(rfte ang. - - "^ct, bet gi0r leg iffe, 1 10 fagbe (Snttorm. 9J?oberen benbte fig, gif bortober tit S3orbet, fatte beef, rtjbbcbe Itbt ob. "3)it faar tage baa big igjen, 33arnet nut/' fagbe ^itn til t>nn0be; "for ^er fommer fremmeb golf." 9?ebbe fiabbe ^nn fagt bette, far cemunb aabnebe is S0rm og fom inb, Sfjorbj^rn bagefter. "@igne Sa= get!" 2 fagbe @a?munb, ftanfebe Itbt beb S)0ren, gtf ber- ncrft fagte fremober for at ^ilfe baa golfet; X^orbj0rn fulgtc. >e fom ftbft til Qnn0be, fom enbnit ftob borte i en rog meb fit ^0rfla:be i $aanben og bibfte iffe, om 20 fiitn ffulbe tagc bet baa eller ei, bibfte bel fnab, at ^itn f)olbt bet i ^aanben. "S faar fe til, 8 fan fibbe inbbaa/' 3 fagbe onen. i, bet gj0r jffi iffe. Observe that gj0r, 'do', is used to repeat the idea of the verb antecedent. Cf. 1. 9, p. 149. 2 @igne Saget elliptical for ub figne Saget. Cf. Germ, (efegnete) S!J?a^Ijeit for icf) ttn'infdje %fy\e\\ eine gefegnete 9J?at)l3eit. 3 fibbe inbpao, find a seat. 154 5Yttu0oe Solbaffcn "af, - - bet er eller ingen lang 23ei Ijtboncr," fagbe cemunb, men fatte fig bog; ()oruj0rn bcb StbiMi. - "% fom rent 1 bort beb irfen ibag/' fagbe taeu. - "8a/ Jcg lebte efter eber," fbarebe ocmunb. "S)er bar' mange golf," fagbe utiorm. -- "9Jigttg mange golf/' 5 gjentog cemunb; "bet bar ogfaa en baffer SHrfebag." - "a, bi fob ift og talte om bet," jagbe aren. - "Set er faa unberligt at fe ^onftrmattonen for bem, fom felb ^ar 930rn/' lagbe uttorm til; Slonen flQttebe fig ^aa 23cenfen. - - "Set er bet/' fagbe cemunb; "man 10 fommer til at ta?nfe alborlig ^aa bcm, og bet er ber for, jeg laffebe f)ib ober i belb," lagbe fjan til, faa fif* fert omfring fig, Btjttebe fraa og lagbe ben gamle bar* lig neb i 93?cftngbaafen. ttttorm, ^aren, ;EI)orbi0rn fl^gtebe meb 0inene, !)ber til fin ^ant. -- "eg toenfte, is jtg ffulbe f)2flge S^orbj0rn I)ib ober," begtjnbte oemunb Inngfomt; "fjan fom no! fent fn'bober alene, gi0r og= faa ellcr baaiiig 23effeb, 2 er leg rceb/' - - Ijan ffottebe Bort til tmntfbe, fom f^Itc bet. - - "'et er nu flig, at fyan fiar ^abt ug til Ijenbe, tjnn^be, fra bet Ijan bar 20 faa >a til arl, ^an fitnbe ^abe gorftanb tiaa fligt; - og iffe cr bet bcl frit, 3 at Ijim Ijor lagt fin ug til ()am. 4 ba tamfer jeg bet er Bebft, be fommer fammen. 5 bar libet for bet, ben %ib jeg faa, ^an fnap funbe 'rent, entirely, so often adverbially, from ren, clean, pure, clear; cf. Eng. 'clear* and 'clean,' entirely. 2 gj0re baorftg 33c[feb, give a poor account of one's self. 3 og i!fe er bet Del frit, and I am not sure but that, see note 4, p. 134. ^acgge fin ntg til (en)=to grow fond of, become attached to. 6 fommer fommeil, have one another* SY nn0pc Solbaffen 155 ftijre fig fell), cnb fige mere; men nu tror jcg at f unite Gorge [or fjam, og fan jeg i!fc, [aa fan Ijwt; tfji IjcnbeS 9J?agt er nof nu ben jtyrfte. toab mener S bo, om tot fan til at faa bent fanunen? Set fan Del iffe Fjafte, men jeg Deb feller iffe, fjDorfor Di ffal Dcnte. Sit, (Suttorm, 5 er Deb gob SWagr, 1 jcg rigtignof Deb minbre og fjar flcrc at bele pact; men enbba faa toenfer |eg, bet fan lage fig. $ faar ba fige, IjDab % fanes om bettc; -- fjcnbc fp0rger jeg fibft; for jeg tror nof at Dibe, fjDab ^un toil." aalcbcS talte (scemunb. (Suttorm fab Daa ^uf, 10 lagbe DefclDi ben cnc $aanb oDer ben anben, gjorbe flerc ange 9JZine til at reife aa fig, tbet ^an I)Der @ang brog SSciret mcb mere SO^agt, men fom fig bog tffe til f0r ben fjerbe eller femte @ang, faa [if fian enbelig ret 9tyg, ftr^g fig oto og neb oDcr ^nceet og faa oort Daa ^Toncn, is faalcbeS at Sliffet ftreifebe 8t)nn0De. Senne r0rte fig iffe, incjcn funbe fe fienbe Wnftgt. ^aren fab Deb 23or= bet og ftregcbe. -- "Set er nu faa, -- at bet er et Daf= fcrt Xiloub/' fagbe fjttn. -- "^a, bet ftjne jeg, Dt [aar tage til affe meb," 2 fagbe Outtorm meb f)0i tcmme, 20 fom Dar Ijan uet^belig Icttct, og faa [ra Ijenbe til @a'= mitnb, ber fyaDbe lagt Slrmene oDer or og Iccnct fig op mob 23a?ggcn. "SSi ^ar ben ene Satter," fagbe ^aren; "tot faar betcenfe o." ~ "Set toar 9?aab til bet," 3 fagbe ] er t)eb flOb 2J?agt, are a man of means. 2 ^a bet ft)ite jeg, tit faar tage tif Xaffe meb, it seems to me, we ought to be satisfied with that. 3l S)et tiar 3?aab til b?t, say there is no reason why you shouldn't or there's no objection to that. 15G Syttn^re Solbaffen (Sa?munb; "men jeg beb ellerS iff'c, fjbab bcr ffulbe bare t 23eien for at fbare ftrafS, fagbe 93j0rnen, Ijan fpttrte 23onben, om J)an maatte faa ben oen f)an." - - "$i Ian bift fbare ftraf," mcutc Guttorm og jaa til onen. "2)et bar nit bette, at Xf)orBj0rn !unbe boerc Del 1 5 bilb," fagbe fjun, men faa if!e o|?. -- "Set tror jeg ^ar rettct paa fig/' fagbe (Suttorm; "bit Deb felt), fjuab bit fagbe tbag." - - SGgtcfoIfene faa nu bcf^cltit^ |?aa T)t)eranbre; bet darcbc del et Ijclt 9Ktnut. "^uubc bi bare boere trtjg daa ^am," 2 fagbe T^itn. ">a/' tog nit 10 cemunb alter til )rbc; 3 "f)bab ben agen angaar, 4 faa maa jeg ftge, ^bab jeg (jar fagt far; bet gaar gobt mcb SceSfet, 5 naar f)un Tjolber 0mmerne. 2)ct er fboert, jltg en SKajjt Ijitn f)ar t Tjam; bet dr0bcbe jeg, ben @ang fjan laa ftjg ber Ijjemme f)o mig og bibfte i!fe, ^bor bet is Bar tyen, 6 til ^elfen eller ei." "Sit faar if!e boere faa traa $aa bet," fagbe itttorm; "bit beb, fjbab fjitn felb bil, og bet er nu Ijcnbe, bi Icber for!" Sa faa t)itn0bc for farfte 05ang op, og bet bar daa g-abcren, ftort og taf- nemmcltg. - 20 "3(0 ja!," fagbe ^larcn cftcr en tunb 2au()cb og ftregcbe nit Itbt fiaarbcre cnb far; "f)ar jcg ftaat imob i bet Inengfte, 7 faa tiar bet bel bceret, forbi jeg Tjabbe en 'Del, rather. 2 cere tr^g poa, be sure of, trust. R til Crbc, an old genitive plural (=0. N. til Crba). 4 ^t)ab ben agen angaar, as regards that. 5 Sref the more specifically Norwegian word is Saf. 6 ^tjor bet bar fyeit, how it would end. 7 ^ar jeg [taat imob bet laengfte, // 7 have held out against it so long, $ bet Icengfte literally means 'the longest possible' i. e. as long as I could. 157 gob 9Jcening meb bet. - - %eg &ar fanffe iffe faa fjaarb [om Drbene, " fjun faa op og lo; men (Sraab.en bilbe frem. Sa reifte uttorm fig. "act t @ub 9?abn er bet fyambt, [om ieg trilbe Ijelft i SSerbeti," [agbe Fjan og gif Bortobcr ulbet mob t)nn0be. -- "^eg fjar albrtg boeret rceb for bet," fagbe irmunb, rciftc fig nu ogfaa; "bet, fom f!al i 06, bet fommer t $00." $an gif bort= ober. "9hi, f)bab figer bit til bet, Garnet mit?" fagbe Stfobereit, Ijitn fom nu ^en til mtn0be. fab enbnu ber; be ftob aUe omfring fjenbe 10 meb Unbtagelfe of f)orbi0rn, fom fab, ^bor ^an f0rft [jabbe fat fig. "Su faar reife big, 33arnet mit," f)t>t* ffebe 2)?obercn til fjenbe; Ijun reifte fig, fmilte, benbte fig Bort og grceb. "2?orf)crre, ^an f0Ige big nu altib!" fagbe 30lobe* is rcn, flog Strmcne omfring fienbe og grceb fammeit meb Fienbe. Sc to SRanbfoIf gif Bortober ulbet, fjber til fin ^ant. "Xn faar gaa Ijert til fiam," fagbe Sftobcren enbnu grcebenbc, ibct fyun flab T)enbe og ffj0b bltbt til I)enbe. 20 Qnn0be gif et fribt, men ftob, forbi ljun iffe fnnbe fornme Ia:ngre; 2;f)orbi0rn fbrang ob og gif imob fjenbe, greB fienbe $aanb, ^olbt ben, bibfte iffe, Ijbab I)an mere ffulbe gj0re, og Bleb ftaaenbe meb ben, til fwn fagte tog ben til fig igjen. 25 Saa ftob be ber ftiltienbe beb 8iben of ^beranbre. S0ren gif Idb(0ft ob, en ftaf ^obebet inb. "@r 158 SYttn0r>e Solbaffen @t)nn0be Ijer?" fjntrtc* mcb barfom tcmrnc; bet bar ^ngrib Oranltben. - "%a, I)cr er Ijitn; fom nccrmere!" fagbe gaberen. ^ngrtb ligefom betcenfte fig; "fom bit! fjer cr alt gobt," lagbe fjan til. 2>e faa nil baa fyenbe allefammen. 5 - ^un ftjnteS noget forlegen; "fjer cr nof flere ubc," 1 fagbe fjun. - - "Set er 2>?or", fag ljun fagte. - "Sab fienbe fonime," fagbe fire baa en ang. - Og ^onen aa olbaffcn gif imob 0ren, mcn be an* 10 brc faa glabe til Ijbcranbre. "u fan gjernc fomme, 3Wor," f)0rtc be 3>ngrib fige. Og faa fom ^ngebjjzirg rantibcn inb i fit Itjfe faut. - "Seg forftob bet nof," fagbe I^un, "ff]0nt Sa:mitnb is fan nit 2 ingenting fige. )g faa bar Srtgrib og jeg iffe gobe til anbet enb gaa ober." - "^a, I)er er bet, fom bit bil fjabe bet," fagbe Sa> mnnb og flt)ttcbe fig, for at fjitn funbe fomme frcm til bem. - 20 "2Ta, (Sub belftgne big, forbi bit brog f)am ober til big," fagbe Ijun til (St)nn0be, tog I)enbe om ^alfen og ^er cr no! flere Itbe, Itof is practically untranslatable here, 'but' renders it only in part; llbe does not mean 'out here' or 'outside,' but 'out.' Transl. But there are more of us coming. 2 UU cannot be adequately rendered. The whole may be given in Germ. e. g., by (Scemunb, bcr fcmn nun tmmer nid)t fagen. Say: it is just like Ssmund, he never says anything. e Solbalfen 159 ffappebe fjenbe; "bu fyolbt foft t bet lamgfte, bu, Garnet mit; bet bleb bog, font bu bilbe." )g fjim flappebe fjenbe paa inb og $aar, f)enbe3 aarer ranbt fjenbe neb ober Slnfigtet; ljun cenfebe bem iffe, men [tr0g omf)tjgge(tgt beef gnn0t)e. "%a, bet er 5 en gtlb ut, bu faor," lagbe f)un til, "og mi fjenber jeg mig trtjg for ^am," og f)un fluttebe ^enbe enbnu en ang til fig- - 2>?or beb mere i i0ffenet fit, ^un," fagbe @ce> munb, "enb Di anbre, font ffal dccre mibt oppi bet." 10 et ftilnebe Itbt af meb raaben og Sebcegelfen. ^usfonen begttnbte at tcenfe paa ^belbmoben og talte til ben beMe Sngrib om at F)ja?Itoe fig, "for @t)nn0be er iffe gob til i t)elb." )g faa gat) bife to fig i gtoo meb at foge 9t0mmegr0b. 9J?a?nbene font i ale om 5laret is ,^ft, og fjtiab ber funbe falbe. 2f)or6i0rn ^abbe fat fig borte beb $inbuet, og bnn0be gleb fjen til ^am og lagbe ^aanben paa IjanS fulber. "^bab fer bu paa?" I;bi- ffebe 5n. - an benbtc $obebet, faa krnge milbt ob paa fjenbe, 20 berfra ub igjen. "'^eg fer ober ti( ranliben," fagbe "bet er faa unberligt at fe ben ^erfra." WORKS REFERRED TO IN THE NOTES Aars. Norske Retskrivningsregler med Alfabetisk OrdUste. Af J. Aars. 14de Udgave. Kristiania. W. C. Fabritius & Senner. 1900. Bjorset. Norsk Grammatik til Skolebrug. Af Karl Bjerset. Kristi- ania. H. Aschehoug & Co.s Forlag. 1897. Etym. Ordb. Etymologisk Ordbog over det Norske og det Danske Sprog. Af Hjalmar Falk og Alf Torp. Kristiania. H. Asche- houg & Co.s Forlag. Numbers 1-5. Aa Lseg. pp. 480. Reviewed in Arkiv for Nordisk Filohgi 20, 378-387 by Holger Pedersen and Anglia Beiblatt 13, pp. 295-297 by Max Ferster. Falk og Torp. Dansk-Norskens Syntax i Historisk Fremstilling. Af Hjalmar Falk og Alf Torp. Kristiania. H. Aschehoug & Co.s 1900. See review in Arkiv for Nordisk Filologi 18, 83-92, by Dr. A. B. Larsen. Groth. A Danish and Dano-Norwegian Grammar. By P. Groth, A. M. Boston. D. C. Heath & Co. 1894. See review in Arkiv for Nordisk Filologi 13, pp. 72-93. Hofgaard. Norsk Grammatik til Skolebrug. Af S. W. Hofgaard. 39te Tusende. Kristiania. H. Aschehoug & Co.s Forlag. 1898. Olson. Norwegian Grammar and Readet with Notes and Vocabulary. By Julius E. Olson. Chicago. Scott, Foresman & Co. 1898. Reviewed in The Journal of Germanic Philology 3, pp. 383-388, by P. Groth. Modern Language Notes, May, 1898 (Vol. 13), by W. H. Carpenter and George T. Flom, and in Scandia, I. 1. Jan., 1904, by H. Logeman. Poestion. Lehrbuch der Norwegischen Sprache. Von J. C. Poestion. 2teAuflage. Wien. Pest. Leipzig. A. Hartleben's Verlag. 1900. Reviewed in Centralblatt 1900, 2176 by m . and Modern Language Notes, May, 1903 (Vol. 18) by George T. Flom. Redegjerelse. Om en Del Retskrivnings og Sprogspersmaal. Redegje- relse til det kongelige Departement for Kirke-ogUndervisnings- vassenet. Av. J. Aars, S. W. Hofgaard og Moltke Moe. Kristiania. A. W. Breggers Bogtrykkeri. 1898. (161) ABBREVIATIONS adj., adjective n. or neut., neuter adv., adverb Norw. , Norwegian c. or coll. , colloquial O.No., Old Norse cf., compare P-< page c. g.. common gender past prtc.. past participle com. gend., common gender pers. , personal Dan., Danish pi., plural dat., dative pret.. preterite dem., demonstrative ( pronounce e. g., for example prow** / pronunciation Eng., English refl.. reflexive Fr., French rel, relative gen., genitive sell. scilicet, supply Germ., German sing., singular ib.. ibidem, the same s., strong impers., impersonal S*., Swedish intrans. , intransitive trans.. transitive /., line transl. translate lit., literally w.. weak M.L. G., Middle Low German (163) VOCABULARY EXPLANATORY NOTE It has not been thought necessary to indicate the parts of speech of words in the vocabulary. Adverbs formed from adjectives by the addition of (the neuter adverbial) / are given only when they have a meaning not also regularly found in the adjective. Nor is there any special indication of adjectives used also in the same form as adverbs. After a noun the gender is designated by c for common gender, n for the neuter. The plural formation is not given, but the following direction is offered here for the help of the student. Unless otherwise indicated it is to be assumed that: 1, all nouns that end in unstressed -cr and all monosyl- labic common gender nouns that end in a consonant take -e in the nom. plural; 2, common gander nouns of two or more syllables take -r or -er in the plural, -; only if they end in an unaccented c as : $tge, $igcr, otherwise -er. (In connection with nouns ending in unstressed -cl the rule for the elision of the e of this ending, when forming the plural, is to be observed, e. g. 3?orfcl - SSorlcr; also the elision of e in the ending -er in many words as : finger, fyingre, but Somnter, Sommcre, anger, angere. Plurals of the type 5tngre are given in full in the vocabulary); 3, Neuter nouns or- dinarily take no ending in the plural. Words deviating from these rules have the plural indicated in the vocabulary. Umlaut in the plural is indicated by JL. Irregular plurals and irregular forms generally, as in the comparison of ad- jectives, are given in full. (167) 168 EXPLANATORY NOTE Verbs are given as strong (5) or weak (w). For the prin- cipal parts of strong and irregular verbs the student is re- ferred to the table at the end of the book. The accent of a word is indicated only where there might be doubt, as especially in compounds. Where accent is not designated it may be assumed that the first syllable has the (main) stress, except in the case of the prefixes be, er and ge, which are never accented. Likewise the quantity of vowels is not ordinarily indicated ; the normalization in spelling in accordance with that of the I4th edition of Aars's Retskriv- ningsregler has, in a large number of cases, made this un- necessary. Where, however, there might be uncertainty, as, for instance, with regard to a vowel before final b, d, g and p, t, k, the quantity of the vowel has been marked. The numbers in the vocabulary, enclosed in parentheses, refer to pages of the text, where the particular use of a word occurs. VOCABULARY 'Ha, oh. rtabcn, open. aalutc, t<> open. e, c., breath; broge fin , to draw one's breath. nantic, to breathe ; tungt, to breathe heavily, pant. 'Kilt, ., year; i , this year, om et , in a year. aa , at a distance, some distance apart. ttfjtc I), off, away; ffulbe , were to go. e, c., age. (169) 170 VOCABULARY , never; f#r, no sooner; bet lag, not a bit, not the least, none whatever. SHett, c., pi., 2IIen, ell, two feet. ale tic, alone; adv., only. rtllctr&C, already; also aUcre'bc, rarer. nllcrf vn f ticlft, strongest of all. allmninbft, least of all. nllctrtinuictl, all, all of them, alto- gether. rtltfammett, all, everything, all of it. nlli QCVCl, still, anyway,nevertheless, in spite of that. ttlt, already; entirely; efter font, according as, in proportion as; for, too. Htert0r, ft., (c.), earnest; for , in earnest, for good; blitoe til , to become serious, so Mibe of; bet bar I)an3 , he was in earnest. fllUO rlifl, enrnest, serious, grave. on, adv., fomme an paa, to depend on; gaa an, to do, be satisfactory. (See gna.) , r., devotion. , devout. OilPcil, atttift, ordin a I, second, other. attticn, aittu'c, rtit&ct, //., aubre, other; en dnben, another, a different, hueranben, every other one, every second ; iltgett anben, none el.se, none other. an&cn?tcl>, elsewhere. , otherwise, differently. , breathless. it tic, to have a foreboding, a presenti- ment, surmise, suspect. iutrt,art, to concern, be of concern to; f)ab angaar bet big? what business of yours is that? '.if 110ft, <"., anxiety, terror, f, to rue, regret. t, .,// , r, affair, mat- ter, concern. 'Jlumotmimi, c., request. 2(nfigt, 11., face, countenance, looks. 21n{trtHl>, r., grace. rtlUH'llCc, employ; expend. 2f ttliidui itg, c., direction, instruction. $lbcifce, it., pi., r, work (abstract and concrete), piece of work, job, task, production. 'iil't'CtPof cbffrtb, ;/., pi., -er, im- plement, tool to work with. Sltltt, c., arm. rttttt, poor. 2(f tttcftttng, n., movement of the arm. (IttC fifl, to grow, turn out, thrive; fig ue(, to turn out well. rttl'C, to inherit. 21 ff, c.,pl , -er, ash. 21 H'/ c -> pt-< ~ e> '< aspen, poplar. rtt, conj., that. ttt, before, inf., to; for at, to, in order to. WilCflC, ", ground lying fallow. nttCf, again. Sibling, r.,crop. an ! inter/., indicative of pain, oh! c, both; og, both and. '!*rtaitl, n., tie, ribbon, band. Ilrtfl, back, back of, behind; ber, back there, J)aa, on the back of. t, ., hind-leg. e, to bake. , after, behind, afterwards. , .,//., -er, back of the head. lirtilliVHil*, backwards. bafl Otter, back, backwards. SBaffC, r., hill. btlttbe, to swear, bailee, afraid. SBftltf, 11., beating, thrashing, whip- ping. VOCABULARY 171 t, n., pine needles. C, only, if only. f, c., bark. SBtttn, .,//., S30rn, child. SBavm, c., bosom. bcl>C, to ask, request, invite; beg; pray; om Cob, to ask for per- mission. t, grieved, distressed. !Bffcftcfl>cr, c., pi., zjrr, grand- father. C, both. c, to begin. JCfll)ttl>Cl?e, c., beginning. ('Cl)OltiC, to keep, retain. I'CfjCH&t, known; not, sufficiently well known, well known. btt jcttbf, to admit, confess. ltd Icittt, anxious, uneasy, oppressed, faint, heart-sick. 99clte, .,//., -r, belt, girdle. SBcn, ., bone, leg. belt, straight; t frem, right ahead, Otter, straight over, across. SBcffcfc, c., information; message; flj0re baarlig , to do one's work poorly, give u poor account of one's self. 'Mcfdttniuo, c., decision, resolution; fatte CH , to make a decision, de- cide; tuge fit , to form a resolu- tion, resolve. bcftattbtg, constant, constantly, al- ways. bcftcmt, determined; surely, posi- tively, of a certainty, indeed, to be sure. bdtillc, to do; order. t, ., trouble, difficulty. , ., visit; affcegge et , to pay a visit. bcfD0e, to visit. l>Ctvil(\U', to look at, survey. 33drc!l)lClifl, considerable, very much. bctivtlfc, to consider, think over; fig, to think over, stop to consider. iBctffiif ntttg, c., consideration, hes- itation. beWrtVC, to preserve. c, c., movement, motion. t, moved, touched. SBibcl, c., bible. SBiD, c.,fl., -(d}cr, bite, bit, morsel. JBt&fCl, ., bridle. bie, to wait; paa, to wait for. SBtllc&C, n.,pl.,-r, picture, image. i>iUtC, to bind, tie; knit. ^intmifl, c., knitting. SBilf, c., birch. , c.,pl., -rubber, birch -root. bltta, blue. blaafittta, bluegrav. SBIflll, ., leaf, sheet. blrtbC, to turn the leaves; i 33o= flen, to turn over the leaves of the book. blrtffc, to flap, flutter. e, to mix, mingle. t, among, one of. I'iclllf, bright, glittering. blCfl, pale. blCQgUl, straw-colored, sallow. 1>U&, pleasant, kind, gentle. iBHf, n.,pl., -he, look, glance. (ilit)C, to become, be, remain; ntcb, to go along. SBIOfc, ., blood. tBlomftcr, c.,pl., SBlomfter, flower. blot, only. blltdfntbe, blazing; r0b, flaming red, red as fire, blibe r0b, to blush crimson, blush all over, blush to the roots of one's hair. , modest, bashful. , soft, softhearted, tender. 172 VOCABULARY bo, to dwell, reside. Wofl, c.,pi., $80gcr, book. , book-learned, book-read. .^ 330ttber, farmer, coun- tryman, yeoman, freeholder. !B0t]>, n.,pl., or -e, table. !Bor&l>lil6e, c., table top. I'Otfle f Ot, to vouch for, answer for. bfltt, off, away ; til, over to, her, over there (motion to). bOtte, away, gone; lost; ber , over yonder (rest in), fceb, over there by, langt , far away. bOVtfavetlDe, departing. bOlti, over in, yonder there in, over in yonder. bortottft, along, over, across. bortpact, over on, at. botU>cO, over by, there near. lHH'U>Cii6t, turned away. btaa, hasty, quick. ba, brat>, good, worthy. I) r rtfc, to roast ; crackle. btet>, broad, wide. bteftt, to spread, scatter. bre&ftUl6l'et, broad-shouldered. SB fillet, c.,pl., spectacles. SBtiitfle, c., chest. btffte, to break, burst. SBtoftet, c.,pl., SBrubre, brother. 93tUb, c., bride. , c., bridesman. , c., bridegroom. C' to use, make use of, take ad- vantage of; ititr., be used to, in the habit of; til, to use for. Iiviltt, brown. bfUittflfc, brownish red. l'r>)l>c r to break, bend ; from, to break forth, speak out, ub, to break out, speak, tit, to violate the custom, 103, to break out. bttybe fifl/ om, to care about. btt|ted, to wrestle, !Brt)((u)>, .,//., -*r, wedding. $Btt)HUi tflfle, w.,wedding brew, f , ., wedding guests. 'i*r>)l(lHtiJnrtiltl>, c., wedding place. iBrl|ll, ., eyebrow. SBttyft, ., breast, chest. bttCltde, to burn. !Bf(SlllCt>tn, ., (c.,), spirits, whis- key, brandy. 39ul>, ., message; fcnbc , to send word, message. (mfceit, invited. !i*n&KUlmi<1, c., message. ^uI)UHD, c., shepherd's dog. iButtb, c,, bottom. 9$Ut, ., cage ;(=Sto6bur), storeroom, storehouse for food. , c., storehouse door. ., //, -ft storehouse window. buttie, ought. '-Bit ft, c., bush. 93ufla)>, c., herd of cattle, live-stock of a farmstead. bllftet, bushy. but, stubby. 5Bl), c.,pl., -er, town. !B>)f olf, ., town people. b>)be, to offer. c.,n., barley. , c., barley field. <".,//., -er, settlement, district. *>)flefolf, ., people of the'Bygd' or settlement. ^S>)fll)etoei, c., road through the dis- trict or settlement. bt)QiK, to build. iBt)fd, ., leap, jump. li>)Ue, to change, exchange. 93 (tf, c., brook. 'Hreuf , c., bench. 5Bt, ., berry. b(tf e, to bear, carry, endure ; DBft mcb, to bear with one, fyen, end, turn out, tit (impers.), to end, result; come about, fig ab, to be- have, 8 for, impers., to have a foreboding, as bet ficereS mig for. bane, to quiver, tremble. bflCWte, to quiver, tremble. VOCABULARY 173 l>0ic, to bend. tBDliltft, c., herd of cattle, cattle and sheep of an estate. 99011. <:.,//., $>0ntter, prayer. bcMtlifl, imploring; bebc , to im- plore. btfrft*, to brush. 2) O, as, inasmuch as, since; then, when, at the time. $attl, c , baptism. bltrttlifl, poor, ill, unwell. Tctrtf ltfll)eb '"., insignificance, worth- lessness. Sfcafl, c.. day. $fll, c., valley. !cittt, c. ,//., -me, pond; dam, dike. $attct, c.,fl., 0ttre, daughter, 1>t\t, to divide, llieb, share. bCIt, article, the. belt, dem. pronoun, that. beitttC, dem. pronoun, this. bet, /W., who. bet, there. beraf , from that, by that, of that. beteftet, after that, thereafter. betfCf, therefore, for it, for that reason, and so. bcrfyientme, at home, away at home. bevi, in it, in there, therein, in that. betillbe, in there. betitnob, against it, on the other hand, on the contrary. betnteb, with that, with it, by that, at that, then. betueb, clown there, down. btrucbe, down there, there, down at that place, etc. betltttft, next, then, after that, in the next place. f P there. t, over there, above there, above. , on that, on it, after that, thereupon, then, bcrf om, if, in case, fccntcfc, by or near it, about it, at it, over it, on account of it, thereby. , the; jo befto, the the. >, thither, there, t, thither. v, thither, over there, c, to-dangle, swing to and fro. &ittC, to quiver, tremble; vibrate. foO(J, though, however, still, indeed, after all,. I hope, surely. , <"., doctor. , lazy. C, to become numb. c, c., drop. , ., feature. C, to draw, pull; attract; af= fteb, depart, forbi, to pass by, fig llllba, to withdraw, go away, fig til ibcn, to move aside, ttl= 6(igC, to withdraw, til (en), to strike, paa, to pull at, r>)ll>C< to drip. briMltlltf, to dream. brittle, to resound. bubbe, to nod. 3>ltft, c., fragrance. bllftc, to emit fragrance. ^Ufl, c., dew; also ffiugg. bugfltlb, dewy. bum, stupid. bllltf cl, dark. , dark-blue. 174 VOCABULARY $Uff, c.,pl., -ei; (-e), tassel. Dk)b, deep. Pl)(lt 1(1, able, capable. tiirffc, to cover; Sorbet, to set the table. llttiltpct, muffled, In a low voice. tXCItfle, to chastise. &H, to die. 6l)C, to baptize. iXlJfo, f., death; for 0bc:t, at the point of death. , . , day and night, 24 hours. t, c., door. Orf it V, after, along, by. , in as much as. i, since, in as much as. ffleit, own. CftCtttltg, really, in fact. Ct, not. tit, to own. (vintbow, c.,fl., -me, property. let/ c., owner. ellct, or. Cllcro, else, otherwise, ordinarily, moreover. <$lffot, c., love. U, c., river. (finite, .,//., -r, material, stuff. fit, ft, a, an; some, about. Cll6, than; but, and, however; jrg ba, and (but) I then! few libcu bell er, however, etc., fige, still less, let alone, cut) On, still, after all, even. f, r., end. lifl, at last, finally, certainly, I should ihink. CHlll'i't, each, every, ever5'6ne. cntMlC, eilbflfle, (see RedegjSrelse 32), still less, let alone. (See enb above). , c. , meadow. c, c., globe flower. , once, sometime; iffe , not yet, still, even. even. iMU'itr, only, sole. cut cl t, single, separate, tyber. , each one individually, -e, some, a few. cut CM, either; . . ellcr, either . . or. (SltdfOtmi(JI)Cb, c., uniformity, mo- notony. c., experience. , c., remembrance, recol- lection. , somewhere. , ;/., //., ebangcltcr, gospel. (Sl'IIC, ., c., ability, faculty. 8 fiaa, to get, receive; fot i, to get hold of, ocr fifl, to be able to, get one's self to, make one's self, ub of (itOQCt), to ninke out of (as aux- iliary of the future shall, future perf. shall Atire or in the present must, can, and other meanings); bit faar tafle paa big igjctt, you will have to, had better, put on your things again. jdrt talcil t>C, chary of words, taciturn. iaativiifi, dull. t$fft(lVeblOl>, "., sheep's blood. 3fttl>, .,//., -e, dish. , c., father. , ., the Lord's prayer. f ttflct, fair, beautiful. gialfc, ., fall; case; i nHc ^dlb, at all events. falBC, to fall; let, to come natural, be easy. , c., the devil. , "> lap; armful. , to catch. , c., gipsy girl. infl, c., gipsy woman. , c., danger. fote, to go, travel; nteb, to treat, handle. ftttlifl, dangerous. VOCABULARY 175 t, c., hurry, speed; i , in good pace, fulb , at full speed, mcb , in a hurry. fftt, hold, a hold of, in tage fat i, to catch hold of, faa i, get hold of. f, a fathom thick. e, f., fiddle, violin. f?ille0ntn)>, c , worthless nag. fillet, ragged. ftltret, matted, entangled. flit, nice, delicate, pntty. filllC, to find. r, r.,pl., gtngre, finger. l, c., finger ring. ftltflCl'ttQ, having many fingers. fi vff aaveil, square built. ., mountain. c., mountain top. , c., a quarter of a mile, i% American miles. 9ier&in0toef, c-,/'/., ->; the distance of a.'Fjcrding'. ffet IK flfl, to retire, withdraw, move away. ', a fortnight. f-, feather. f itrtfflJQflet, shaded by the feathers. flnb, flat. Slafl(jerlftttMl, ., flowing ribbon. flete, more, several. flefte, most; be , most, the largest number, most of thorn. flittf, diligent, smart. ?li3, c.,pl., -er, chip, splinter, flititg, diligent, industrious, studious. 9flot, c.,fl., -ke, flock, crowd. iVI (Mil, c ,ifl-, -we, waterflood. JVlUt, n., crape, gauze; veil. fl)be, to flow, float, flltfltc, to flee. fll)ttf , to move. fll)te, to fly. flabe fifl, to blubber. flVofl)0C, c., fore-hoof. ^Otf llC, "., apron. ^ottdcbef nip, c., tip or end of the apron. fotlrt bf, forsaken, abandoned. JJ-Otnt, c.,pl. t -er, form, shape. f Otma'lie, to admonish. fotne'mme, to perceive, be sen- sible of. fotlttf'ben, needful, necessary; l)at)C , to need to. , ., treachery. 176 VOCABULARY f Orteft, foremost, farthest :ilie;ul. f OVVtfl, former. fi'fftn I10U1, sensible. fotfllj'tte, toilistuil). fOffWtt're, to defend. forf V0e, to try. fott, fast, quick. f orlrtbt, lost, dejected, miserable. fnrlfarc, to continue. fotti't, to be silent regarding, keep secret. f Of ItM'ffCt, distorted. fortfffttc, to continue. fottcr'fle, to tell, relate. JVortttlUtlfl, r., story, narrative. f OtUD, before, in advance, ahead, f Otu'Dctt, without, except, beside, foru nbctlifl, wonderful, strange. foru notct, surprised. f OfWO IJf, to cause, be the cause of. c., waterfall. c.^ peace, fteoclifl, peaceful. ?reoll)ft, sanctified to peace. t< sanctified spot. , dauntless; confident, cheer- ful. t, c., rescuer; the Savior. , forward, ahead;ligc , straight ahead. f reim&, on, onward, ahead, along. f tttnfot, above, ahead of. frcinl(CH06, forwards, f rClHIHO, there, at one's destination. f remind), strange; -e, strangers. ^remmefcfolf, ., strangers, f remover, forward, ahead. fri, free, safe. JVricr, c., wooer. f rift, well, sound. f VitltOQettfcC, exposed, lying exposed on all sides (3.2). See note 2, p. 3. t, c., fear. <' to fear - , fearfully, dreadfully. , <" Miss; unmarried lady. t. c., kind of seed. 3'Hfll/ <:, bird, f Ufltf 0, to become moist. f ulft, full ; t op af, a lot of. fUlbfpVC, to execute, carry out, com- plete. ftllMcrti, finished, graduated. ("\-tivu, c., fir-tree. (Vurtifamilie, c., clump of fir-trees. f! fie! f)flf, to drift; rush, ffa, ., beast, animal. f nelbe, to fell. , <~; felling. , mutual. t, c., course, behavior, 'do- ings'. ffdfee, c., food. f Ot>C, to feed. ^HDcrnabof Olf, n., pensioners. (See note p. 132.) f OIC, to join, connect; til, to add. flJlf, to feel; fig, to feel, feel that one is. JVOlcHc, c., feeling, sensation. Jyi'lflC, ;/., company, attendants \corn. gend., consequence. fitlflf, to accompany; cftcr, to come after, follow, meb, to accompany. ftfr, before. f0rc, to lead, guide. f orft, first, for the first; not until. , c., beginning. , to go, walk, pass; an, to do, answer, suffice, be satisfactory, of, to become of, as l)ab r bcr of Ijam ? ober, to pass over, til, to come about, go, happen, lib, to die away, also lit., op (of the sun), to rise, (of a door) to open. Wrt(trl>, c., place, farmstead, estate; court, yard. Wnatt>0(Ul, r., man-servant on an estate. VOCABULARY 177 , ., mouth vulgar). flrtl'C, to gape, stare. flttlu-ll&C, ;igape, open. flttl, mad, insane; bad, wrong. (Samling, c., old man. gnmntcl, olJ. (3aml>, c.,pl., -er, nag, jade. WtUlfl, c., time; en til, once more, nteb e'n , all at once. (.3(111(1, c., walk; alley, hallway. WrtitOfti, r., foot path. Qdltff C, quite, entirely. 6)rtV f -> a gad-about, one who talks nonsense ; a jester, merry f tllow. gift, married, (lift f , to marry. (?iftf, w.i marriage, match, party. gill), fini-, excellent; pleased, glad. fliUC, to give; 9tgt, pay attention, fig, to yield, give in, fig til at, to begin, set at a thing. C, to conceal, hide. r, c., opposite neighbor. gjcnnent, through. gieniage, to repeat. QJCtltC, gladly, willingly; usually. {eft, c.,pl., -er, guest. gjctc, to mention, speak of. gitc, to herd. ialftl, c., herding. gj|l, to bark. gjl>&e, to feed. fljtirc, to do, make; (Snbc pao, to put an end to, stop, Cube pao fig, to kill one's self. fllttb, glad; bcere i, to be delighted with, like, til, glad at the thought of. (Untie, to stare. (Bland, c., lustre, splendor. Wlno, . f glass, window. Irtdtttlic, c., pane of glass, window pane. glemnte, to forget. flli&C, to glide, slide. WHmt, ., glimpse. flltttte, to glitter, sparkle. l(VlC, c., joy. glceDe fig, to rejoice; ooer, t>eb, to rejoice over, at. (8lf| e, c., trap. n(Cg, ., neigh, neighing. goft, liel>t*, bebft, good; meb, imob, kind to, til at, able to. , n., good humor. , c.,pl., good friends. gtrtd, gray. Wtrtrt8, c., weeping, the tears. , becoming gray. , grayish white. , grayskulled, with gray head. OJtrtlt, c., spruce, fir. Wtrtn, n., a bit, a particle. Wvatld)ci, spruce covered ridge. @VailIoglC, c., cone of the spruce. , c., cone of the spruce. , c., spruco or fir woods. c., grave. Wtcl, c., a fork with heavy prongs. tell, c., brunch. (SVCIlftud, .,//., <,(), house built of branches. tciet, //., tools, gear, traps; mat- ters. tint), c., gate. , c.,pl., -e, pig. , coarse, rough. VU, c., horror. rtltttl, c., ground; reason; i en, really, in reality. (mtltbe Ofcr, to ponder over. vnl>)>C, c., group, to cry. ., grass. V0fi, c.,//., -er, ditch, trench. fOftcfant, c.,pl., -er, edge of the ditch. gtln, green. Wt0nf war, ., sod, greensward. n ti, f., God ; i 9Jabn, for heaven's sake. UDeldftf , n., covenant with God. UlD, n., gold. 178 VOCABULARY Wul, ;/., floor. (Silt, c., pi., -er, boy; man-servant. aaill>, f., hand; 6eb en, by the hand. fiittttllMcfi, it., wrist. aar, n., hair. I)iiarb, hard, severe. f, c., pi., -er, lock of hair. f/ to hail t, c., //., -er, woodpecker. f, c., sack of straw. , f-> neck, throat. c, ., neckerchief. |>aH>, half. h(tlt>f UOlt, half smothered. t)alut00fct, simpleminded, halfwit- ted. , <7jen, as in SBlinb. ^nDc, c., orchard, garden. I)dt>e, (coll. pron. ^a), to have; Sot), to be permitted, have permission, bet gobt, to be well, well off, comfortable, be pleasantly circum- stanced, bet Dllbt, flemt, be un- happy, in unfortunate or unpleasant condition, etc., ret, to be ri^ht, uret, to be wrong, for fit, to be in the habit of, bet traOett, to be busy. f)C, hot. , c., heat. hcOc, to be named or called. ci, c., ridge. |)el, whole. l)Cllct, rather; ct , nor, itfe, nor, not either; jcg. life, nor I. f)cHt(J, holy, sacred, sanctified. , c., health. , broken in health. , ratherst, preferably; f)un oilbe , she preferred that, had rather. , ., hell, off , away ; (see note 2, p. 12.) , along. t)cititc, in boor Ijcnne, where? IjfltOtJCt, over, across. iKm'uuffll, absorbed in; i lanfer, lost in thoughts. I)C n to, to fetch. IjCHlil, over to, to. ftet, here. l)crfaa, hereon, on this, to this, to that, after that. Xjcttf II, the Lord. j^eft, c., horse. fyifc, hither, here, tlitmtbiil, until now, so far. hibotict, hither, over here, in this direction. Ijilfe, to greet, salute; i ^monbeit, to shake hands, pad, to greet. , <"., greeting. , c.,pl., tmle, heaven, sky. 1)111, dem. pronoun, that. I)il!rtltt>cii, one another, each other. I)ttlbVC, to hinder. l)ift, there, yonder; of) fycr, here and there. , to heave, throw. , ., home. VOCABULARY 179 hjctlt, adv., home, homeward ; mcb , back home. t, <"., home-coming. c, at home. hjcitumcr, homeward. A>jcttc, ., heart; courage. l)[eel\>e, to help. #Jb, c., lot, multitude; i , together. l)0lle, to hold, keep; of, be fond of, like, et 20fte, to keep a prom- ise, inbe, op, stop, cease, paa, to continue, paa meb, to be en- gaged in, be busy with, fig borte, to remain away, fig fro, to keep from, ub, to hold out, stand, endure, ttlbage, to hold back. ALmltmiufl, c., bearing, attitude, be- havior. 0lfteit, Holstein. A>i>l>, ., leap. A>Opl>C, c. , mare. A^OtUHfle, c., bastard child. J)0d, with, at the house of. Fr. chez, Span, en casa de, >0?cf Otter, t , in slocking feet. ^OflC, C; cough. IjOftC, to cough. A>oucl>, .,//., -er, head. I) OU C It, swollen. iif, fibbe pad , to squat on the ground. &iig, *>U, c., mind, inclination; lontme i , to remember. $UQ, AMtflfl, ., beating, chastising; foa , be chastised, ffulbe haUe (14), was to be whipped. IjllflflC, to cut, chop. I)i JC, to shout. I)Ultc, to sob. J^tllltlc, c., bumble-bee. *>nul, c., dog. f)UiiM-f. Dm^tC&C, hundred. c, c. ,/>/,, , a hundred. , swift. , .,//., -e( ), house. , c., husband, man of the house, master. , ., inmates (of a house). , between the houses. f)uff C, to remember. , domestic. l., umcenb, tenant, cotter. A>uomn6eilaOS, c., small farm held by a cotter. l)l>aD, what. , sharp. , c., wheat-field. Illtcm, who. tl\>tt, each, every; efter ^bert fotn, gradually as, as. l)l>f rnnStf , each other; one another. llltcvfctt, neither; . . . ellet, neither . . . nor. , yellowish white. , to rest. I)l>iltc, which, what. , to whistle. , to whisper. , where. l)t>orrtf , of which, from which, from what, how. , how. i, in which, wherein. t, about which, about what, of whom. I)DOrl>rtrt, whereupon, on which, after which, to which. C, to form a vault. 1 , to attach, fasten. I)it f(C flfl, to join, to 'hook onto." I)(Vl6c, to stoop, lean; slant. Ijcfiibc, to happen. A>a-Uliclf C, c. t event. I)(Vtt(lC/ to hang. harrying, devastating. flfl, to raise one's self, itself, rise. 0, ., hay. 0t, high, tall. 180 VOCABULARY >, festive occasion; solemnity. I)0ttiHeliQ, solemn. 0irc, the right; til t)ptre, .to the , chicken, fowls, poultry. 1)0 VC, to hear; ont, to hear about, pan, to listen to. <"., autumn. , c., autumn time. J)0Welifl, suitable, fitting. 3 3, in; tre9lar, for three years, tlib DmfrebS, 'in a broad circuit,' for miles around. tOlrt llbt, among, with, one of. i&rt fl, to-day. iOcltfl, constant. tfce'l, as, just as. ifttt', from; ifra bet, from the time. if it rl>, meb, about to, on the point of; giBe fig meb, to begin. trtjc'u, again; closed. injc nluft, closed. tllie'l, adv., dead, to death. ilte, not. tlfcc, adv., evil, badly; tilibe Deb, to become ill at ease, embarrassed. ilt>V0t>, red as fire. tic, to hasten. ilter, hasty, testy, petulant. ilttC'Hcm, between. tint MCftiO, in the meantime, mean- while. tllto'l), against, toward. in I), in; i, into. ill&C, in, inside, within. ill&Cllfor, within. tutun&cr, in under, under. ilt&erlifl, heartfelt ;adv., deeply. Jltftflrtltg, c., entrance, ingress; be- ginning. illicit, no one, none. illflClllillfl, nothing. 3uM)0f(tttltg, C, housing of grain, harvest. to usher in, preface, in- troduce. , in, inside. C, ., the inner man. to arrange one's affairs, settle, put matters in order. illfcf 0ltct, fallen asleep. illtct, nothing. 3S, c., ice. iftO'lll), in proper condition, fixed. tftt'V, especially. iltl', asunder, in pieces, itll tCUCII, torn asunder, in pieces. 3t, yes; JO JO, yes, oh yes, oh well. jrtflC/ to chase, drive; faa, to urge on. Simmer, c., wailing, tumult. 3ttf, C-, girl. 3 C ill lilt (>>', c-, little girl. JD, yes, indeed, to be sure, you know. 3dt5, c., earth, the earth ;n.,pl., -er, field. <", rejoicing. JMft, just, precisely. J01C ! inter]., expressing grief, nlas! alack ! At art tic, r., cloak. fill&C, to call, name; op cftcr, to name after; paa, to call, call to; t, so called. filUffC, perhaps. Ataut, c., pi., -er, edge, border; re- gion, part of the country; direction. borte aa eber Stanter, in your part of the country (32). l, n.,pl., -er, chapter. f, to vie with each other in reading, in learning one's les-sons. At rt^pc, c., cloak, mantle; cap. Al anol, c., cariole, sulky. Atari, <"., man, fellow. f rtftc, to cast, throw. VOCABULARY 181 &af{Ck>tttfc, c., eddy-wind, sudden gust of wind. SSttt, c.,pl., -te, -ter, cat. WaUlfllC, <"., owl. $HD, ., kid. Utllb, c., n., cheek. Slitfc, c., church. Kitfcbcfttg,"., church-going, attend- ance at church. ftttfcbOttl, ., pi-, -e, , church table, table at which the blessed sacrament is partaken of. Witfcfcttfl, c., church day, day for attendance at service. AVirf eDflr, c., church door. M itf f farfc, c., church-going. ,'itfefH, c., church yard, court outside the church (not church- yard, which is Sirfegaard.) fjefc, (af), tired, weary (of). fjeitbe, to know; feel; fig, to feel, feel that one is; tgietl, to recognize. ttjCHtMHfl, c., an acquaintance, pi., -er, acquaintances. tt'icttfcfoltr&ienfetfoll, ., acquaint- ances. t, known, acquainted f, c., dress. t, loving, affectionate. c, c., sled, hand-sleigh. tir, dear. e, c., betrothed, sweetheart. t, n.,pl., lovers. liQ, loving, kind; mob, kind to. , c., old woman, wife (vulgarly used in this sense). f jtfvc, to ride, drive. flam, clammy, damp. Allamincrt, .,//., -er, quarrel. Ai lit IU1, r , cl;uig, sound, ring. f Irt^^JC, to clap; to pat, caress; til, to clap together, smoothen down, beat down ; neb, to beat down ; en paa 8tt)ggen, to pat one on one's back. flat, clear, pure. Allaff, n., smack, clap. f (ClfCe, to clash, splash. Illtte, to clink, jingle. $10, c.,pl., I0r, claw, talon, fang. {(00, wise, sensible, prudent. motfe, c., bell, clock. Alloffft, c., sexton. MlumV, c., pi., -er, lump, clump, cluster. tll)l>e, to pinch. f Ircbe, to stick; fig faft, ib. flabc, ., cloth, //., -r, clothes, broadcloth. f labC, to clothe, dress; fig, to dress (one's self), pad fig, ib. tt na^i, c.,pl., Gnawer, button. AlmU>, scant, short, adv., scarcely, barely; Inapt, scarely, hardly, scant- ily. fmbe, to pinch. , c., knife. tf, n., knife-thrust. ; PL, -r. knee; one's knees. fitffffc, to break, crack, snup. $d, c.,pl., Si(Jr, cow. foge, to cook, boil. f Olfc, cold. font me, to come; on paa, to depend on; efter, to follow; i ug, to remember; ober (en), to come over, upon, happen to (one) ; fig, to improve in health; til at , future auxiliary force, will, shall; til OTogt, to rise (in the world), acquire means, power; i SBeiett for, to cross one, interfere with; font an, come on ! M one, c., wife. 182 VOCABULARY f OUftrtttCtC, to confirm, ratify a relig- ious vow. See note 2, p. 25. &OP, c.,pl., -tr, bucket, pail. M'Ot, ., chorus, choir. Mottt, ., grain, small grain, corn, See note 3, p. 119. .Worttf ttf, c., sack of corn. More, ., cross. Mott, ., card, //., cards, playing cards. fort, short, curt. M'rnf t, c.,pl., Jfrceftet, force, strength, power. f rflflifl, strong, powerful. &rat, c. t //., trailer, wooden stool, bench. A'raue, c., collar. (tattle, to climb, creep. Wteatutettu, //., the cattle. $tfCb3,)l>e, to creep, crawl. f ue, to subdue, coerce. fun, only. ,tt uubftttb, c., knowledge. f unite, to know, know how, be able. .UlttW, c., basket. AVWclb, c., evening. &'UclbiU(t, c., evening twilight. fVtf Ite, to liven up, revive. f., woman. f, ., womankind, woman. I, "., women's work, c., women's pew. )ift, c., twigjgnarl, knot. f Utfte, to cut off twigs. .ttPijtftum)), f., stub of a twig. t Dale, to smother. M uamt, c., mill. B aa0, ., cover, lid. loaf, mean, bad. laanc, to lend, borrow. 1'aat, ., thigh, leg. Vaaue, c., barn. Iat>, lazy. laftc, to let; appear, feign, act (as If), hi ft c, to draw near to. jidfl, ., company, party; social gathering. fitt(J, <)aa 09, about. Ittfle, to prepare, arrange; fig t to get (one's self) ready; to turn out, (well, ill) ; til, to prepare. Sam, ., lamb. c, c., lamp. , to paralyze, i, c., country road. lung, long. e, c., long journey. , lengthwise, along the side of ; meb, along. latlgfom, slow; tedious. Irtltiliommclifl, long, long lasting. laildl'Ctd, afar, from afar. lavtltc, to make a noise. SJaltCf, c., laughter; laugh. It, to laugh ; ab, to laugh at. lefcc, to search; eftcr, search for. Jfffl, f-t game, play; the cry and antics of birds before pairing. leflC, to play. lei, embarrassing, tedious; trouble- some; weary of. $}(lc, c., rent, hire; bo tit Scie, to be a tenant, to rent. I tie, to rent. X'cilifllKti, <-., opportunity. i'rite, ., time of clay. 1'em, .,//! iiemmer, member, limb. VOCABULARY 183 , <., bailiff. lt, light, easy; Ijabe for, to come easy for one, be quick at. Itttt, to lighten, lift; paa, to lift. SJettelfe, c., relief; tit ftor , to (one's) great relief. lettct, eased, relieved. lete, to live; efter, to live accord- ing to. .SfUcfcaQC, //., life, born days; i fine , in his born days. etetifc, c., life, life-time. icl)Clt, c., noise. Ictte, to hand, deliver, give over to. Si, C-tft-t - er t mountain side, slope. Si*, c., trust; fcette fin til, to put one's trust in. lifce, to endure, suffer. lifte, to wear on, pass; bet leb mob 9lftenen, it was getting on toward evening; bd bet leb f aa, later on. Itbrn, little, small; for , too small. liCltOC, suffering. U&t, a little; cfter , little by little; til, a little more ; otn , after a little, shortly; for , too little. lift, like. lifle, straight, direct; alike, equal; imob, straight toward; frent, right ahead; oDerfor, right oppo- site; with reference to. , pale as death, as a ghost. . likewise, the same. ligcfrcitt, straight, forward, down- right. liiicfiia, the same, in the same man- ner, likewise; gobt, just as well. f, to lie. , f-> likeness, similarity. lite, to like. 1* tactic, c., linnet. I'inie, c., line; i lige tneb, on a straight line with, on a level with. Sift, c., art, cunning. .yiftc, c., frame -work. UftC, to move quietly, steal; fig, to slink; fig bort, to slip away. Stt>, ., life. SiU, ., waist. Httagtig, life-like, bodily, vivid. IlttC, to save, spare; pad, to ease, lessen. , c., liveliness, gaiety. , c., lifetime. Ijome, to tesound. lobtct, vertical. I'oftWttlJiU, ., pi., -er, dormer window. , ., loft-room. , enticing. Voiume, c., pocket. omnut0tflivbe, ., handkerchief. JtJoU, ., leave, permission; bebe om , to ask permission. lufcc, to stoop; fig, ib. Sue, c., flame. llUtlJb, flame-colored, red as fire. Suf i, c., air. Sit0, c-t forelock, hair of the head. luffe, to close; 1 1, closed. lull, straight, plump; i fyam, plump into him. lull, sheltered, warm, snug, cosy. lunefulB, whimsical. llt, c., herdsman's horn, alpine horn. >)&, c., sound. Hjfte, to sound ; ring ; ba Ijb bet, then was heard, the order was. U)fcllft, soundless, silent. !>), to listen. , c., luck, fortune; happiness; , to be successful. , fortunate; happy. II)UCUDC, flashing; ftnt, furious. 4* I)UG, ., c., ling, heather. >l3, light, bright, fair; ulibc Mt, to become daylight. Illfe, to shine, illuminate. Ityelet, fair, blonde. ckJ>)ft, c., desire. Vl)ilifll)*b, <"., merriment, merry- making. 184 VOCABULARY Il)tte, to listen ; til, to listen to. lt)Vt, to lie, tell a falsehood. Sceg, c.,pl., Scegge, calf, thigh. l#gge, to lay; i 06, to put to- gether; 9R erf e til, to mark, notice; til, to add; fig paa Sriflen, to take to drink; et Crb inb, to put in a word for one; af, to cease, give up; affteb. to start off; fantmen, to close, fold. goMitt, c.,pl., ficenber, loin. Itfnt, to lean, lean against. gttltgfce, c., length; i XibenS , in the course of time. C, adv., long, a long time. , to long; efter, to long for. Iffte, to learn, teach. S, ., load. \c, to run. (*fte, .,/!., -r, promise. I0ffe, to lift; poa &uen, to tip the cap, pact fig, to rise, raise oneself. 8011, c.,//., Stfrtner, reward; i , as a reward. $*nn, c.,pl., 0nner, maple. I ltd, loose. 100IU, to loosen. X'pv, ., leaf. M SDlnaDc, c., way, manner; moderation. mnttUc, ntaattet, pres., maa, must, may. 9nat), c., food, viands ; lage , to cook, prepare a meal. iWJ U Jif at, c., man of the house, master. r, ., mistress of the house, fl, c., ease, leisure; i , leisurely. c, c-t match, equal, like; mate. mage, to contrive, manage; bet fan at, to manage to. matter, lean, poor. tl'Jililt, c., strength, force, power, influence. , powerless, weak. ntdtt, mdef. pronoun, one, tliey, you. !!Kand, c.,pl., 9J?cenb, man, husband, man of the house. 3Kan(emittbe, ., the memory of man. 5D}nuBl)nflifl, doughty; stalwart; like a man, mannish. f, .,//., , man. many. mattgcfarvct/ many-colored, va- riegated. mangci)aanl>e, various. SBJntf, c.,pl., -er, field, ground; pas- ture, commons; pad en, on the ground. yiaVt, stomach. me&, with, along with, along, adv., also; lattgS , along. meDf aren, handled, treated, vb. fare meb. megen, much. SWelt, c., milk. Wleltel'laa, milk-blue. SWclfering, c., milk-pan. SWelteiWOl, r., cold room where milk is kept. mcHem, between. men, but. incite, to mean, think, say. SPicntltg, c. ,/'/., -er, meaning, opin- ion ; intention. SPlcntteffC, n., man, human being, person. SPlettneffemagt, "., human power. mend, while. SWerte, ., notice, heed; lagge til, to notice. SVteefe, c., mass; l)0re , to attend mass. meef e, to rhant. SEReeftngbaafe, c., brass-case. SPitDbag, f. t noon ; dinner; fpifc tit , to t'.ine. W ttbelol)ii&e, c., medium height. VOCABULARY 185 tut tit, middle; i, in the midst of, foran, straight before, paa, in (on) the middle of. milt), mild, gentle. lifl, mildly, gently. C, ., pi., -r, remembrance, memory. mtnbe, (.prep, om), to remind, call to mind. niinbcd, to remember. minim', smaller, less. 'JWiiK, c., mien, look; gjjJre til at, to act as if, make as if one would. mtOtttttIC, to envy, grudge. mot), against, towards, to. UKot), n. courage. r, c.pf., DJ0bre, mother. ltfl, motherly. , disheartened, crest- fallen. mot>i(J, courageous, brave. c., resistance, opposition. C, to rob of courage. tttonnc, to avail, have effect, help. ttiontro, ifr., I wonder if. mote (fig), to amuse one's self, enjoy one's self. Win' clot, <"-i morning. ilKortU'nitnilb, c., morning-time. tmtbrci, muddy. mumlC, to mumble. SRltnb, c., mouth; gjjJre , to make faces. mtllttcr, lively, merry. SWIit, <"., wall (of brick or stone). mat, sated, fullfed. mono, to meet. n.,pl., -r,a. meeting. , dark-blue. movflrtbClt, of dark complexion. 91 9l(ta, to reach, gain; tit, to reach, extend to. lQ, adj., gracious. Mil (IV, when. 9lftf>0, c., neighbor. t', c., nail, pin, rivet, t, nailed. c, to snatch, pluck. SHat, <-..//., 92cetter, night. *Jlttl>n, n.,pl., -e, , name. naunlio, notably, especially, partic- ularly. net>, down. nc&C, down, down there. nct>CttfOV, down below, below. nc6t, down in. ttcblcttte (fig), to descend, settle, light. ncOouet, downwards down, down hill. , down on, down. , down under, under. , down cast, dejected. net, no! ncmlift, namely, for, because, the fact is. nct)^C, hardly, scarcely, net op, just; font, just as. ttif (C, to nod ; bow. , c., nixie, brownie. , anyone, someone. ItogcnfintJC, ever, at any time. nCflCt, anything, something; HOT pOO, almost, near, on the point of. ttof, enough. MOf, indeed, you may be sure. not, ever (so); still; faa mange, quite a number, 6n, one more. 9lorlcnt>ino, c., north wind. nu, now, well, you see, you know, in the end. nniicvrcnbc, present, existing, pre- vailing. nty, new. 'JJDUflcr, c., new field. nt)fltft, newly married. ni|f ommcn. newly come. nljlifl, recently, lately. n))nnr, to hum. 186 VOCABULARY t1J)d, just now. tttyfc (cfter), to be on the scent after, hunt for. 9lt)ttC, c , use, benefit. llljUc, to be of use. 9l&b, c., beak, bill. Uttt, near. 9ttKrl)eb, c., proximity, vicinity. uterine (fig), to approach. 9l(t\e, c,, nose. tueft, next. 9lfte, c., stitch, ntritcu, almost. yicfoe, c., fist. :Htn>cIatUl>, c., a. boxing match, fight with the fists. lifeline, to name; mention. necessary. , precise, accurate. 1101 en&e, hesitating. C Cftf, often; font ofteft, usually. Ofl, and. Uflf no, also, too ; th. n. ClftCf fiber, c., great-grandfather. ClOiltfl, c.,pl., -er, -e t old man. Oltt, about, concerning; around; dur- ing; if, whether; gbelbcn, in the evening; en Ztb, after a time. omflOiUO, to associate with; t>illeom= flaae, to wish to be treated. Oinl)flflelifl, careful, solicitous. Cmfre&S, c., circuit. OtnfriltfJ, round, around; tribt , far about. om)>lfiute, to replant, plant about. CmitauHiflhcb, c.,pl., -er, fact, cir- cumstance. mutreitt, about. iCntliet, c.^pl., -e, round about way, detour. OUb, bad, evil; fll(>re onbt, to do harm. 0\), up; iflien, over again. ', to bring up train. , n., stay; delay; pause. , attentive; (jj0re poa, to call (one's) attention to, poii.t out. OpOtiet, up, upwards, up the hill, o\<\)t, up, up there; faa, up on . U P i") i' 1 - upstretched, pointing up. to rake up, revive. , c., turning up the soil with a spade. CVftttttD, c.,pl.,-e, revolt; gj()re , to rebel, revolt. Cl'l'ff ft, c., growth, one's years of growing up; unber Cpticefften, in youth. Crfc, n., word ; toge tit Crbe, to speak. Ct&eit, c., order, condition; i , in order; fcctte i , to put in order. Ordelltlig, adv., regularly, properly. Ore! jttr, n., alderhush. Cteftdt, ., alderbush, thicket of alderbushes. Crre, c., wood-grouse. iH'CUVrtrt, above, up there, besides, also, in the bargain. flier, over, across; more than. Cl>crt>r(lft, , layer, covering, sheet. owerfor, opposite. oucrflrtrt, to exceed, surpass; happen to. CHetflttltfl, c., crossing, passage across. Cucrl)j)rittfl, c., oral test, examina- tion. , very, exceedingly. e, exceedingly, extremely. uerraftelfe, c., surprise. owerfe, to survey, view; pass over, fail to see. a4Janl>C, c., forehead. '4Jttt, , couple. l>rtVi, in pairs, two and two. t)Jart, c., part, share; party, group. fcttsfe, to guard, take care of; t, to fit in, join ; Op, to watch, be on the watch for; J> act, to watch, take care (of). fee pipe; chimney. C, c., girl. , c.,//., -er, needle. C, <--., stick, pin, peg. , c., //., -*, -fr, room; place; situation ; small farm, cotter's place. >>laIante, to plant. plutfe, to pick, pluck; ub, to root out, eradicate. , c., clergyman. *)*reitcf OH, c., son of a clergyman. $t>il, c., a thrashing, flogging; faa , to get a flogging. l>ti)lc, to thrash, flog. '^titbit Clt, c., sermon. SJJtttbtlettOtfc, w.i words of the ser- mon, sermon. ^Jrorf cn, c ., sermon. SptttfensStfltDttfl, Sunday of service. See note g, p. 4- $tffffnft0I, c.,pl., e, pulpit. VrjJUC, to try, test. iPttf, n -> P" sh > nudge; gibe en ct , to give one a push, nudge. >fir, pure. pfytttc, to dress, embellish; \>aa fin, to dress, to dress up. 91 , to call ; paa, til, to call to. ., r., means, expedient, rem- jdyffomSot ttl, he can afford to; iffe mbe fin arme , to be at one's wit's end. ranbe, to advise, rule over; nteb, to be a match for; for, to control, be master of. rrtttbl0&, at one's wits' end, puzzled. {RaD, c., pi., -er, row; paa , in a row, in succession. to concern; fjtidb r bet big, what business of yours is that? ^ Jt i n> _ i ftiammeri nteb en, to get into a quarrel, squabble with one. trtfetlDe, furious, in a rage. toft, quick, active. IRebc, a-, nest. {Rebff(lt>, w.|//.i -#r,tool, implement tRcflCl, c., rule. tegete, to govern; hold sway. fflefllt, ., (<:.,) rain, tcflne, to count, compute; Icereot , to learn arithmetic. tetf e (fig), to rise, stand up. tetfe, to go, travel. iRcife, c., journey. rttt, clean, pure ; rent, cleanly ; quite, completely, entirely. ten5e, to run. {Rente, c., rent. {Ret, c.,pl., better, right. tet, right, straight, direct; nit, soon; font bet bar, suddenly, all of a sudden. tette, to direct, correct. tenc, to split, part, separate. !Ri, c.,fl., -er, while, time. tifl, rich, wealthy. tigtid, right, correct; quite, real; ganffe , quite right. ttfltlflUOf, indeed, to be sure. ttntie, to run, flow, pass. ( , c., ring, circle. 188 VOCABULARY Ofiltge, c., milk-pan. tinge, to ring. tinge, inconsiderable, slight. 3lt , pi., rod ; gibe , to whip. 8ttft, c., rest. title, to tear, rend. tilt), c., rest, quiet. , quiet. d, <'., praise. tofe, to praise, commend. (Rate, c., pane of glass. :ti litH, ., room, compartment. tuminelig, roomy, spacious, com- modious. tUHfc, round. rttnbt, prep-, around, about. tRftd, ., inebriation; fern fig ct , to get drunk. tttfe, to rush. l, the Russian, the Russians. e, to clear; op, tidy up, put in order. Wg, c.,j>l., SRtjgge, back. tljge, to smoke. JHllfltf, ., //., -er, rumor; reputa- tion, character. 9ijf, ., jerk, wrench. !H)Ve, c., ptarmigan, white grouse. tltftc, to shake. tl>, afraid. fltffc, to reach, hand; stretch. {Rll(Btl,tt.// , -er, railing, banister. t06, red. r0bO.nl, reddish yellow. rtfbfltttbt, red with weeping. {Rltfl, c., smoke. !H0mme, old cream. !H0mmcgt(t>, c., cream porridge. t0te, to touch, move; fig, to move, stir. t0vt, to touched, moved. Wait, <".,//-, -fr, voice. 3 2 an, so, thus; then; ont , even if; pin jjar, if so, if such were the case ; gobt font, as good as, virtually. facttmn, so, such, thus; t itoget, such a thing, anything like that. iitaf HIM, so-called. iaalcficS, so, thus, like this, in such a manner. fddfotn, as, inasmuch as. faaftemt, provided, f napno, about as, just about as. faar, sore. 2aJ)dfliOtl, c.,pl., -er, saddlegirth. 3(10, <"., //., -er, thing, matter, af- fair, concern. fogte, gentle, slow, low. faille, I dare say, I rather think. filOtltc (meb), to moderate; pern fig, to slacken one's pace. , c., hymn. , c., hymnbook. Salmeftuli, c., part of a hymn. Salt, n., salt. failtle, to gather, collect; oil S(Ct= lling, to comprehend a sentence. famine, the same; meb bet , imme- diately, at the same time; bet er bet , it is all the same, it makes no difference. fammett, together; fare, to start; loniinen , to be joined in wedlock, P- '54- fctmmenlagt, folded. fatntnenfunfeu, unnerved, un- settled. Samtale, c., conversation. \ ainlale, to talk together, converse. fain tibia, contemporary; t meb, simultaneously with, at the same time with. f ttt>, true, real. 3 anfc, ., (c.) sand. 2anbl)cJ>, '-., truth. Saitfl, c., song, singing. 2anftl)an>lefl, c., a toy given on St. John's Day. 3(1U, c,,fl., -er, sheep. f dUlte, to miss. VOCABULARY 189 fe, to see, look; nb font, to look like; fan ! there! there, that's right. <3>et>tCl, c., note, slip of paper. febtmtilig, usual. ff ilc, to sail, float. U'ttC, to be victorious. 2clf, c., harness. ' c -> harness-pin. i, ., harness. 2cljf , c., palm willow. Selffab, ., pi., -er, company, society. feh, self. \en, slow, late. Scitfl, c., bed; fyolbe en, to be con- fined to one's bed; til @ S, to-bed. 3euet(UUmcr, ., //., -mre, side- room. fifceit, after that, since, then. 2iOcli{VVClic, ., sideroom. flllft, last; e ang, the last time. fifle, to say. fifltte, to bless. fitter, sure, certain, secure; paa, sure of. *itf cr()c6, c., certainty; safety. flit, to strain, filter. *ilte, c., silk. 2tltctjttf l(Ce, //., silk kerchief, silk neckerchief. 2tltJ>, n., mind, mood, disposition; fyabe i e, to intend, purpose ; rcilbc etl i e, to occur to one, come to one's mind. flttt, angry; pad, angry with. flCltlCn, seldom, rarely. frtdf, c.,fl. t Ijoeler, shaft, thill. ffaattiom, sparing, forbearing. 2fttt>, .,//, -e, cabinet, press, cup- board. StttJc, c., harm, injury; lotnnte til , to be hurt; bet er , it is a pity. , uninjured. Stattc, c., obliquity; paa , aslant, ft it Uct, bare, bald. 2f rtllt, c , shame, disgrace. flamfulb, ashamed, abashed. ffatnmc (fig), to be ashamed. Sfammcl, c., foot-stool, stool. ffttt>>, sharp. 2fttr, c., a good-for-nothing; en tit ut, a good-for-nothing boy. 2f aniCJi'lHc, c., a. good-for-nothing girl. 2faut, ii., linen hood. fte, to happen. ffele, to squint; til, to squint at. St 1C, c., stick of wood. ftifte, to change. fttftctltd, by turns, alternately. Stit, c., custom, usage; ^ae for , to be in the habit of. flillc, to separate. Still, , light, glare. ftilti)C(li0, would-be-religious, hyp- ocritical. fttlttie, to shine. ff inticnfcc, shining. , ., beard. , bearded. 3f JCllb, ., scolding. ftjcttbc fpaa), to scold. 2f jortc, c., shirt. Stiottcarm, c., shirt-sleeve, ffjulc, to hide ; fig,to hide one's self. 2tilCftCII,t., fate. ff jctlWC, to shake, tumble. , to cut. , awry, oblique, crooked. ft(0tte, to mind, care; fig felb, to shift for one's self. <3f og, r., wood, forest. 2f OfltH'i, road through the wood, ft Ofll'itb, afraid of the woods, easily frightened in the woods. Stole, c., school; gaa paa , to go to school. 2tolcl0fl, c., school-book. 190 VOCABULARY 2f olcf ammernt, c., schoolmate. SfolClllcftCr, c., schoolmaster, ftottc, to glance, steal a glance. Sfrrtfl, c.,pl. t -er, quid of tobacco, ffrnlbe, to peal, rattle. , ., step, pace. .,cry, scream, ff rifle, to scream, ffrttie, to write. Sfrtvet, c., clerk; district judge. fruin)>el>lab, ., shrivelled leaf, ff rijfte, to boast, brag. ft rantme, to frighten. Sftitltl, c.,pl., -er, slope, declivity. 2frcrl>l>e, r., scrip. 2frivi>pcl)aul>lcr, r., pedler. fftOfBe, to stride, straddle, if r.lUic, to shove. Stub, ., shot. 3fullicr, c.,pl. t -dre, shoulder. ftulle, to be obliged. 2f uin, ., froth, foam. f fttte, to scour. if l>(Vtlc, to spatter; of, to start up. f), c.,f>I., -er, cloud. if>)be, to shoot; frem,to shoot forth, rush forward ; til en, push one. if >)fl(K, to shade. 2ft)'f>fl, ., stratum of clouds. 2ft)ll>, c., blame, fault; cause; for bin , on your account; for en Q5ang3 , just for once. f t)IOtfl, indebted, owing ; btcre i noget, to be to blame in, be the cause of. if Ue, to hurry. 2f)ltl>i0m, hasty; t, in haste. flatt, to strike, beat; $teb ont, to form a circle about; flaa til t)b, to make music; 0inene neb, to drop one's eyes; S, to fight; fig, to hurt one's self. 2lnfl,"., kind ; bet bar flig Slag, it was all the same, it didn't matter "Zlrtfl, ., blow, stroke. *laflofj1lH)e, c., a fighter, bully. ilaflC, to let go, drop; escape, be relieved of; neb, to drop. Slite, c., sheath. fluffed, to quench, put out, 8, to go out. Slllff, '., a careless fellow, sloven. Zlut, r., close, end. finite, to close; til fig, embrace. flat, at an end, over. flange, to fling; dangle; loiter. imart, //., small. See libcn. Ztltttuboru, //., lillle children. 2mnnflrtie, c., pi., little pigs. Smauf Vrtt, w.,// , low shrubs. intnalc, to laugh slightly, laugh slyly. imaau))ittte, to hum softly. fmaaff jcilfte, to grumble, scold mild- i, c., little sparrow. ?mani>)iiflc, to hum. SmaafKffcntie, r.,//., little brothers and sisters. Zmil, r.. ;/., smile; brage baa en to smile. f mile, to smile; til, to smile on. imilCtl&e, smiling. fntttf, handsome, pretty. fntftte, to smear, oil. 3nttf, .,c., talk. inittf e, to talk. fltfff, quick; t, soon. Site, c. , snow. Sltebolfc, c., snow-ball. 3ite&rtwe, f., snow-drift. VOCABULARY 191 ftufti, not covered with snow. f nigt, to slink, skulk. fnil, kind. 2llip, c.,pl., -per, tip, end. 2ol, c., sun. 3olbattf, c., sunny hillside, sunny- side. 2olbttffcl'0Iing, see Deling. 2otbatfefolf, see golf. f olglao, exceedingly happy. 2olglane, c., radiance of the sun. 3 01 ff ill, ., sunshine. 30IfIin0oafl, <-., sunshiny day. 2olfttf, ., sunstroke; heat of the sun. f om, re!, frott., who. font, as, as if (font Dm); like. iomntf, some. 30mm tr, t.,fl., -mre, summer. f 0pt, to sweep. 2org, c., grief, sorrow. f owe, to sleep. fount, to fall asleep. 2paoe. c., spade. (poor, to turn up the soil with a spade. fpagnt, to grow tame. fpagfnrtSia, gentle, mild, tame. fpffr, sparing. f pat ft, to stamp, kick. f print, to spy; eftcr, to search for. fptilf, to mirror. fptnfte (for), to hitch up. 3ptta t el, f-, "., noise, racket. fptoe, pointed. 2pil, ., play. fpiUt, to play. 3ptUtmano, c., player, fiddler. fpinftl, slender. Spit, ., spire. fpiff, to eat. fplinttrnt), bran new. Sprang, ., run, leap; poo , on the run. f pttot, to spread. fpttngt, to burst, break. , n., run, leap, bound, fpringt, to leap, bound; run; op, to start up. Sprtngfcand, a kind of rustic dance, fprfftte (fra), to unhitch (a horse from the wagon), fpmtttnot, spurting, splashing. Zpnrlog, "-, inquiry, search. 2purt, c., sparrow. , to spit. , ., infant. 3p, <-., silence. ftille, still, quiet, calm. ftitte, to put, place; fig op, to take up one's position. 2ltUitl, ., toil, trouble; ^ae meb raaben, have difficulty in re- pressing one's tears. Sttptlt, c., stream, river; current. 2litl>, i.:, stub; bit; a short story, a snatch of a song; ft)nge en , to sing a snatch of a song. , to be startled, appear sur- prised. 2, ., precipice. ftlfl "Sb'J "t, bad boy. tl)f f f , ., /*/., -r, piece, bit; distance; i bet , in that matter. fttyre, to direct, guide, manage; fig, to control one's self. fttirtc, to rush (frem, forward 1 . fllJ, steady, firm. , ., goblet. , to push, thrust; fammen nteb, to come in contact with, meet, i Sltrcn, to sound the ur, blow the alpine horn. 2, dust. 210UCI, r., boat. fllU'Cl, dusty. 2Umff), r ,//., -er, cloud of dust. fuf f c, to sigh. flllte, to hunger, starve; fijjel, to die of hunger. 2urtlKlf, c., sour milk. fliaif, to move to and fro, sway. 2tal, r., //., -er. 2lirtlc, <-., swallow. iimrc, to answer. f lie bo, to perspire. 2tejf, c., whip. f nifllc, to fail, give up. 2i'imwcIlKb, <"-. dizziness, vertigo. 2l'ili, ., hog, swine. to swing. VOCABULARY 193 , c., swinging, oscilla- tion. C, to swallow; t, to revel in. r, heavy; huge; hard. f Vft'toe, to hover, nang. Suube, c. See @t)epe. ffl, sick. 2l)0.efte, c., sick-room. 3t)gliug, c., invalid, weakling; p. 46, tender shoots, trees that have not thriven. 3t)lt, n.,pl., and -er, sight, eye- sight; view. ))ll&, c.,pl., -er, sin; bet er , it is a pity, it is too bad; bet er faa gor- OJfbrene, p. 109, his parents are to be pitied. ftlitbcrlifl, particular; iffe , not particularly, not very; iffe tale til, not say very much to, p. fund to, sinful; et>en, fearful or shocking noise. f tylted, to think, seem, appear. ftlfle, to sing. ft)llltg, visible, to be seen. fl)t, seven. Sflef, c. , sack, bag. flVlrte, to sell. f(Clf Dill, strange, singular. f(Cr, odd, strange; peevish; t nof, strangely enough. fffrffilt, separate, distinct. Setter, c.,pl., -tre, mountain pasture, mountain dairy. 3, c., greensward around a mountain dairy. Sctttttltfl, c., sentence. f cftte, to put, place. f06, sweet. \ 0{Jt, to seek, look for; ub, to single out; lib? >U, to go to church. t, c.,pl., -tier, son. , Sunday. b, c., Sunday evening. c., Sunday morn- ing- f)ul>ett:el>ett,torn asunder, to pieces. SUffcnbC, //., brother and sister, brothers and sisters. ttr, n., cousin. Softer, c.,pl., -tre, sister. 2 fl> II, c., sleep, r sleepy. .,pl., 2oer, toe. , c., fog, mist. ciaael)ciu, ., sea of mist. t, c , patience. , c., tear, trtatef ul t>, tearful, fxill of tears. ti'utreuaaDt, moist with tears. 2aril, n., tower; steeple. trttte, to lose, give up. Jttfl, ., hold, or grasp ; faa t, to get hold of; faa et oDer, to get the upper hand over. irtil, n. t pl., e, roof; ceiling. trtfle, to take; nbe, to come to an end; rtbe $aa fig, to put an end to one's self ; fig ub, to look, ap- pear; til at, to begin ; af fteb, to start off; mob, to receive, accept, to be satisfied with; HI uen, to put the hand to one's cap; faa at gtabe, to begin to cry; faa fig, to dress, put on one's things ; 3taab, to accept advice. 2;flflCUCt, <"., return journey. 1 ilium, ., offer. , in part, partly. , upon the mountains, on the mountains. ttlfrefcd, content, satisfied. tilf rebeftillen&e, satisfactory, grati- fying. , >i., troll, ogre, witch. , r., troll's bride. Xf0ltlt>0tlt, c.,p!., -me, witchcraft. tvolbffriVIIlt, having "troll-fright", having been frightened by a troll. trdlOttet, betrothed. XtOft, <".,//., -er, thrush. true, to threaten; cil til lioget, to threaten one into doing something. VOCABULARY 195 ItJJfl, secure, safe; pod, secure in, sure of. tl)f to, to press, thrust. tVtt&C, to tread, step. trccffc, to hit, meet; til at, to hap- pen to, fig, to happen, occur, fall out. Xfa, .//., Srcer, tree. Ivitf, n., feature, lines; p I4S. tmff e, to pull, draw; fig ttlbage, to draw back, withdraw. 2 tttf r one, c., crown of a tree. tfttltflC, to press, force, need, want; frent, to press forward ; fig inb paa, to thrust one's self upon; til, to need. Jmitrticl, c., //., -sler, crowding, crowd, crush; affliction. o, c.,pl.,-, Wooden shoe. f, c., wooden petticoat. $r(Cftammc, c., stem of a tree, ttot't, tired, weary. 2vtttol, c.,/A, -per, tree-top. 2:rttie, r., jacket, C, jacket -collar. t, interesting, amusing; bet flulbe Ocere t, it would be fun. t, <"., comfort, consolation. c, to comfort, console; fig nteb, to take comfort in. !ll>1tl)ilO, ti., house of correction. tulle, Ijett, to tumble along or over into, tumble, to tumble; Ijen, to tumble along, oberenbe, to fall over. Unifl, heavy; hard; bet et t at, it is hard to. f umiltuDifl, melancholy. Jltuflf, c., tongue. 2:iit, c., journey, trip; turn; gaa en , to take a walk. tut be, to dare, may. Xttil, c., doubt, twite, to doubt. lv>tltrtat>ifl, in doubt, undecided. e, to force, compel. f, cross, surly; sharp, quick; ftanfe t, to stop short. tl>elift, clearly. t>jf, thick. Jl)fcitBC, c., thick end. c, c., heaviness, weight. f to hush. tt|, twenty. tirf f elifl, agreeable, attractive, pleas- ing. tHe, to count. tffltDc, to kindle, light; , to be lighted, or kindled. tflCllf C, to think; paa, to think of. i&i, close, tight. 2;0i, ;;., cloth; things. 2 oube, c., barrel. t^r, dry. , f., drought. , n-, handkerchief, neck- cloth. u , inseparable. , unceasing, incessant. ua()t(t, conf, t though, although; prep. t in spite of. UUcUrtflClifl, immovable ;motionless. Ml>, out; paa Sagen, later in the day. ttfce, out, outside, without, out of doors. Ufcbtljfcc, to break out, burst out. ubeu, pi'fp-t without; at fee, with- out seeing. ubbflC, to distribute, portion out. ubcniof, outside, without; pref>. t outside. Ubeitlaubff, foreign. ubouct, out, outward; ttt, across to, over to. UbtccnbC, ., appearance, looks; flioe fig of, to affect. U b>)r, w.| noxious animal, monster. 196 VOCABULARY unchangeable, un- alterable. uunttiiSrct, unchanged. tlf0V{(Crk>et, uncorrupted. Uflcigil, ;/., mischief. ItflC, c., week. Ul)>)(lflClt(3, uncomfortable, sinister, in a manner to create discomfort. P- \\l\ft c., wolf. Hll)ffclif|, unfortunate, unhappy, miserable, p. llWtubfltcl, immemorial; op i Siber, from time immemorial, time out of mind. timuIiQ, impossible. uilbtt, off, away, aside; brage fig , to draw back. tltlbCf, under; during; bette, dur- ing this time, while this was going on. UHevf)f>a2>, ., water bath. 93atte, c., custom, habit; faa S8 n, to get into the habit of, get ac- customed to. tinuffcltfl, difficult; with difficulty; Ijalt turbe , he did not actually dare, could with difficulty get him- self to. want, accustomed, used. imntriuco, to thrive ill, to pine away; be unhappy, uncomfortable. tjftt, careful, wary, aware of; bttoe bar, to become aware of. VOCABULARY 197 tortte, care, guard ; tage fig i for, to beware of, take care of. &Of e, to last, endure. tmrlig, cautious. Harm, warm. Utltf out, cautious, careful. SBilff, c. t wash, washing-. Unite, to wash. lel>, by, at, near. 93eJ>, f., wood, firewood. , "., stick of wood. f, to continue, keep on. !0ccrln<], ., compensation, rec- ompense. tcbftaa, to admit. SeDffiHl, , wood-shed. !Bf QIIC, ., //., pua IjanS , on his account. i, c., weight. SBet, c.,pl., -e, way, road; fomme t 35ei mcb, to get started . Self ant, < , road-side. SJei?t\, well, indeed, I sup]>ose, presum- ably, probably; rather; toe! i(b of fig, rather wild. DClafltct, well respected. licllicf jfllM, well-known. f, c., blessing, t, blessed; bet Dor Ot, it was a blessing to. tidtc, see ectlte. uclvotfetl, well-grown, well-set; well-developed. gJeu, c. t pl., -tier, friend; nen mitt, (in address), my dear 1 tKUbf , to turn. Uflllifl, friendly, kind, pleasant. UCIttc, to expect, await; pao, to wait for, await. UCHtclig, to be expected; font t Oar, as was to be expected . iBcr&cn, c., world, ingen 3 Sing, nothing in the world. Here, H., verse; stanza. UCSlC, adj., dej. and sing., little. !8i&, ., wits, sense; gaa fta bet, to loose one's senses. toift, wide; adv., tribe; for, eibcre, farther, further, as in iffe at ftge nogct , not to say anything further; iffe agte bibere Jma, not to pay much attention; be talte , they con- tinued to speak. Wifce, (lib), to widen out, expand; - fig ub, to expand, swell. Vi5f , to know. Bifct, far, widely; omfring, far about. UilXtfift, having travelled widely, travelled. .,//., -re, wonder. e, to consecrate; to wed, marry; t)ie tub, to consecrate, dedicate. , to wave; fan one's self, liiftctlbc, waving, wafting. UiflC, to jield, make way, retreat. tlilft, wild, fantastic. iBilMfali, ., wildness. '-Biljc, "., will; foa fin , to have one's way. Utllc, be willing, will, wish, want; oitte frem, to wish to pass on. UiHtg, willing, ready. Uiltcr, wild, giddy. ill, c., ;/., wine. 2MuO, c., wind, breeze. tt>, windy, wind-loved. ., pi , -er, window. c., wing. tlilttt, to beckon. Utltfcilbf, beckoning. Q}iuir, c.,pl., -ire, winter. t, c., winter storm. 198 VOCABULARY f, n., incense. Hirfclifl, real, actual. Wirf ntuji, c., effect. SBtd, c., (.,) way, manner; habit; fjatte for , to be in the habit of; paa en SBi$, after a fashion. UiS, wise. Uiff, to show; fig, to show one's self, appear. 2Hfe, c., song, ditty, ballad. ), c., snatch of ballad. , certain, sure, secvire, safe; a, 'sure of. , certainly, surely, lobe sure. !yiiflK)C6, c., certainty. SBdgtt, c., wagon. 1 , ., floor of the wagon. l, ;/., wagon-shed. WOfltf, to watch, guard; fig for, to guard against, take care. tU'f f C, to grow. tlOlfCH, grown-up, adult. >, <"., sward, green-field. C, to cause, be the cause of. toot, our. Vorhcrtc, Our Lord, the Lord, heaven; beuar 1 (0)8, heaven pre- serve us. tircfc, angry; 00, angry with. irfbc, r., anger. l>t tbc, to twist, wring. Wl illff f , to neigh. tunic, to risk, venture; fig til, to venture. UuC, .to yield, tender. I) 21 or ft, outmost, extreme, utmost; adv., farthest out, extremely, in the extreme. t)i>mk)fl, humble. l)b>'i', outer, exterior. )) >i lire, younger. I) II dft, youngest. 1))>)>C, to raise, stir up; Sllamiiu-ri, to pick a quarrel. l)ftc, to make cheese. litre, to utter, express. e, older. CTlOft, oldest. iVllf C, to heed, notice, pay heed to. iVIlf cube, to be heeded, be paid any attention to. SCefC, f., honor, respect; bife ^, to pay respect to. (VHUC, to vex, provoke; fig otHT, to be vexed at. , f., vexation, chagrin. , f., ., sleeve. VOCABULARY 199 , ; > gjiucne, to strike the eyes; flaa unbcr glincne af eit, to be under one's direction or care ; Ijatoe 0ine meb en, to watch one, keep an eye on one, flaa !inene neb, to drop one's eyes. Cienlaag, -, eyelid. f?e, c., axe. g)l, ., beer. iMtiriicrtct, tender-hearted. S>W\te, n. ,//., -r, wish, desire. iMMf f , to wish, desire. re, n.,pl , -n, ear. Cm, c?, eagle. Critcpar, ., pair of eagles. Dticrft, uppermost, highest. |ttrtfl, remaining; be e, the rest. LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS. Compound verbs are not included in this list. The forms given in italics are everywhere those of colloquial speech. Letters printed in Latin type are silent in the spoken language except in rhetorical or solemn style or in certain meanings. In case of verbs having both strong and weak forms the more common is given first. Archaic or rare forms will be found under Remarks. INFINITIVE. IMPERFECT. Sedc, to request, S3ad, befale, to command, befalebe, befo(, PAST PARTIC. Sedet, bebt. befaler, bett)de, to signify, betljbbe, bettfb, bettjbet, bctydd, bibf, to bite, beb, binbe, to bind, ban&t, blive, to become, blev, brtnge, to bring, bragte, brifte, to burst, braft, brt)be, to break, br0b, brt)de, re/I., to trouble, brtjbbe, br0b, care, mind, brcctf e, to break, brcef f ebe, braf, brcrnbe, to burn, braeubte, branSt, burbe, ought, burbe, bl)de, to offer, order, b0b, bare, to bear, bar, brage, to draw, briff e, to drink, brioe, to drive, brog, braf, bret>. bibt, bunbet. blevet, *///, bragt. bruftet brubt, brt)bt, (brubt), brydd. brctffct, brulfct. bra-nbt, burbet, burJt, bubt, buben, baaret, braget, drat, dradd, brulfet. breuet, 201 REMARKS. befol, rare and rather antiquated. betpb is Danish, but not uncommon in Norway. colloq. form, bite, bet. archaic plural imperf. bletoe. colloq. form,btt)te,br(Jt. the weak imperf. is transitive. pres. b0r, imperf. often pron. bfirte. bubcn is adjectival. present sometimes beer. archaic plural imperf. broae. a-chalc plural imperf. breoe. 202 LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS INFINITIVE IMPERFECT. PAST PARTIC. REMARKS. b0lge, bnlgte bulgt. faa, to get, receive, fif, foot (aa) poetic plural iinperf. faat-t. finge. falbe, to fall, falbt, falbot, falbt. fare, to fare, go, for, faret, colloq. often fart. finbe, to find, faitbt, fitnbet. fltibe, to float, fl0b, fltjbt, colloq. form, flt)te,fI0t. flBBe, to fly, fI0i, flpit't. colloq. form often, fin. flaff e,to cleave, split, flaf f ebe, flalte, fla!fet, flaft. fnt)fe, fnrjftc, fn0S, fitter, fntjft. fornemme,to perceive, fornatn, fornummet, (forncmmebe), (fornemmet). fortrtjbc, fortr0b, fortrubt. frt)fe, to freeze, fr0S, froSfet, ftge, ftfg, ftfflet, colloq. form, ft)fe, f0f. f0lge, to follow, fulgte, fulgt, colloq. f0IIe, fiTltf, fuft. gaa, to go, walk, gif, gaat, gaaet, old infinitive, flange. poetic plur. iinperf. ginge, old imperative, gat. gale, to crow, galebe, gol, galet, gibe, gab, gibet. give, to give, gav, giver, ,f;V, colloq. also gaB. gjalbe, to be at stake, gjalbt, (gjalbte), flialbt, gjalbte regular in compounds. gj0re, to do, giorde, gjort, present, gj0r. glid(e), to glide, slip, flled, glebet,^/;, gj0Bet. the wind (of dust or snow), Save, to have, fjobbc, fjabbe, fabt. LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS INFINITIVE. IMPERFECT. 203 PAST PARTIC. REMARKS. bebe 1 bebte. bebt, colloquial form, bete. hcbb'e, f to ^ e name "> j)cbte'. bebbet, bet. bine, to throw, bet>, bifebe, bedet, hivd. bjcelpe, to help, bialp. bjulpet. bolbe, to hold, bolbt, bolbt, colloq. bode. bugge, to chop, cut, fjuggcbe, fjug, bugget. hew, hoine, to shriek, bmnte, boinebe, boinet, b,ocn is poetical. whistle (of the been, wind), bojnge, intr., to hang, bang, ha;ugt, the transitive imperf. is bo-ngte. jage, to chase, jagebe, jog, jaget. Itge, to peep, tigebe, leg, Icget, liget, colloq. form, lilte. Htlebe, fillet. Hinge, to sound, Hang, Ilinget. Hnoe, to climb, split, H^o, Het. cleave. Inibc, to pinch, tneb, Inebet, colloq. form, Inipe, ' Inep. fnccffe, to crack, Inal, Inceflet, the weak form is break, Inallebe, transitive. lomme, to come, lorn, lommet. Irtjbc, to creep, Ir0b, Irbet. lunne, to be able, can, lunbe, tunnet, colloq. past prt. some- times Iimnt. iBOlbe, to chant, lottb, tocebet. tOale, to strangle, loalte. toalt. smother, lade, to let, ) lob, labet, ladt, colloq. infin. also late, labe, to feign, 5 rare plural imperf. lobe. Ie, to laugh, lo, let, leet. liJe, to suffer, leb libt, archaic plural imperf. lebe. Itde, to wear on, pass leb, lebet, Jidt. (of time), ligge, to lie, laa, Hgget, rare and incorrect past partic. lagt. iQde, to obey, I0b, (Inbbe), Idbt. Iljbe, to sound, I0b, Itjbt. Inoe, to lie, Ipt, Ipiet. loegge, to lay, lagde, lagt. Iagde=[5. Ipbe, to run, I0b, Ipbet, archaic plural imperf. maatte,to be oblidged, maatte. maattet, maatt. ntjbe, to enjoy, njJb, nt)bt. colloq. form,nt)te, n0t. archaic plural imperf. npbe. 204 LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS INFINITIVE. IMPERFECT. PAST PARTIC. REMARKS. tttjfe, to sneeze, nqfte, ii0, nttf. pi&e, to whistle, pcb, pebet. frie') to ride ' red, rebet, ridt, archaic plur. imperf. (i\(.) rebe,coloq. infm. some- times rie. rinbe, to flow, ranbt, runbet. rl)ge, intr., to smoke, rtffl, r^gct, colloq. form, rt)te, r0f. roeffe, to suffice, raf, riiffct. rccfte, to stretch out, ralte, raft. to reach, fe, to see. faa, fet, feet. pron. fe, fett. ftbbe, to sit, fab, fibbct, archaic plur. imperf. fabe, colloq. form, fitte, fat. ftge, to say, fagde, fagt, fagde^fa. f^ f ' ( to s 'nki slide, H'Q, kg ft, archaic plur. imperf. fcge, imperative, ft. ffjcclbe, to tremble, ffalB, ffja-luebe, ffia-lDct. fljcere, to cut, ffar, ffaarct, present sometimes ftjccr. IfrUle' [ toslide i ffrcd, ftrcbct, fkridd, archaic plur. imperf. ffrcbc. flrifle, to cry out, ffrcg, ffreget, archaic plur. imperf ftrege, colloq. form, ffrtf e, ftref. flrtbe, to write, ffreB, ffrcect, rare plural imperf. ftrebe. ftrt)bc, to brag, ffrpib, ftrtjbte, ftrtjbt, colloq. form, ffrtjtf, ftuEe, shall, ffitlbe, ffuflet, colloq. pastprt. some- times ftullt. ftOCEtte, to shy, start, ffBat, ffucettet, the transitive verb ffuccltebe, is always weak. ftt)be, to shoot, ffi^b, ffitbt, colloq. form, ff[t)te, ffiot. fft)t)C, to shove, ffj^f, ffj(*t)Ct. flaa, to strike, flog, flaat, flagcn, flaact, flagcn is adjectival. flibe, to grind, fli&te, fle6, fliut, flebct, past partic., adj. fle= ben means polished. colloq. form, flipe, flipte. flibe, to tear, fUb, flibt, archaic plur. imperf. flebe, colloq. form, flite, flet. flippe, to let go, be flap, fluppet. relieved of, LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS 205 INFINITIVE IMPERFECT. PAST PARTIC. Slocnge, to dangle, Slang, REMARKS. Slccngt, Icenge, flamgte means to fling, throw. fmule, (fmebe), to fmiebe, smidde, \tX6t,tmUd. cast, smite, fmeb, fmt)fle, to slip, glide, ftntfg, fmpget. fmccffe, to smack, fmceffebe, (fmaf). fma-ftet. fmo;(be, to bang, fmalbt, fmcelbte, jntaclbt. crack, fmo>tte,to sli p through f mat, fmuttet. also infin. fmutte. creep through, fntpre, to smear. fmitrte, fmurt. fttige, to slink, steal, fneg, fnegct, suigt, archaic plural iinperf. fnege. fltt)be, to snuff (a fitpb, (fumble), fntjbt. candle), cheat, fobe, to sleep, fob, fobet. fpinbe, to spin, fponbt, fpunbet. fpringe, to leap, fprang, fbrunget. fBratfe, to crack. fpraf, fpruffet. fprcette, to spatter, fprat, fprcettet. fbprge, to ask, ftoitrte, ffurt, colloq. fpprre, and present fl>0r. ftaa, to stand, ftod, ftaat, (da), ftaaet, archaic plur. iinperf. ftobe, and imperative ftat ; occasional past partic. ftanben in compounds. ftigc, to ascend, fteg, fteget. archaic plur. imperf. ftege; colloq. also fhe. ftitfe, to prick, ftaf, ftuffet. ftin!e, to stink, ftanl, ftinfebe, ftin!et. ftjoele, to steal, ftial, ftiaalet. ftride, to fight, com- ftreb. ftribt, stridd, archaic plur. imperf. bat, sometimes ftrebe. ftrt)ge, to strike, ftrpg, ftruget, colloq. form, ftrttle, ftrpg. ftrffffe, to suffice, ftraf, ftrutfet. ftrceffe, to stretch, ftrafte, ftroft. fbid(.e), to singe, burn, fbeb, fbiebe, fbedet, the weak form usually transitive. fbi(e), to smart, fbeCb^fbiebe^A/n V,fbiet, svidd. fbige, to deceive, ffeg. f Beget, archaic plur. iinperf. fbege. fbirtbe, to vanish, foanbt, fbunbet. f binge, to swing, fbingebe, fbang, fbinget, fbunget. fbccrge, to swear, foor, fboret, archaic plur. iinperf. fbore. 206 LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS INFINITIVE. IMPERFECT. PAST PARTIC. REMARKS. fb0mme, to swim, fnnge, to sing, ftjnte, to sink, falge, to sell, fcette, to set, put, tage, to take, tie, to be silent, fBummcbe, fbam, fbtfmmet. fang, funget, fan!, funfet. folgte, folgt, fatte, fat. tog, taget, tat, colloq. foeEe. taug, ticbe, tidde, tiet, tidd, trine, to step, trcn, trinebe, traa, I to step, tro, traabte, trade, I tread, tra(be), trccbbe, traffe, to hit, meet, trof, trafle, to pull, trot, turbe, to dare, turbe, tnrbct, ttirdt. tbinbe, tbinbcbe, tbaub, tbunbet. tbinge, tbang, tbingcbe, tuiuiflct, tceUe, to count, talte, ttcUebe, talt, tallct. bibe, to know, btbfte, archaic plur. imperf. toge, colloq. form, ta, tof. taug is a book form; in the spoken lan- guage the verb is weak. trinct. traabt, traaJJ, the regular and best form is trade. trabb, truffet. truffet. bige, beg, bide, to will, bilbe, binbe, to twine, win, banbt, borbe, to become, (barbt, dial), bibft, beget, bittet, villt. bmibet. borbcn, weak imperf. rare. pron. bteftC, bift, colloq. form, bite, archaic plur. imperf. bcge. Borbe is archaic and poetic. bride, to turn, wring, bred, briebc, twist, rridde, baffe, to awaken, baffebe, (bafte), baffct, bredet, Brief, vridt. vrtdd. bolte, baft, balgt. balge, to choose, balgte, select, banne, to accustom, bannebe, bante, bannet, bant,. bcere, to be, cebe, to eat, bar, aab, boeret, vart. cebt, literally, to awaken one from sleep, in transferred sense, as to arouse attention. the regular form bant is chiefly adjectival. colloq. form, cete, oat. A 000671 118 8